1} 


5Β 3Π8 738 


eee, ; Pan Ἢ fap ᾿ hs “ok Bie 


1D} Sy 


ἢ ς ὃ 


ὃς 

7 

«Ὁ. 

ἐν... Ὁ 
45: ay 
ae et 


; ν᾿ 
\ 1, : ᾿ 
. ͵ f 
\ eee , 
x Ey / 
\ SS ΓΖ s 
if ee 
ἰζά yf 3 
ΠΥ 
; ἘΣ 
ΓΞ 
; “4 heel [3 
bates = 4 
\ εν ἢ Ξ Ἂς 
is τὐὙ pres (. »- 
δ τος ἢ ' 
ἀν ΤΠ iy fH] “ 


—_ * 
ima 


VEX Liprls 


- μας 
τς ἐπ 


Ἧ 


$ 
if 


Us| 


| 


EDUCATION DEPT, 


PL 3F 


τ 
΄ ξ΄ 


AIP PLA 


A GREEK PRIMER 


INTRODUCTORY TO XENOPHON 


BY 


WILLIAM G. FROST, A.M. 
fi 


OBERLIN COLLEGE 


' SECOND EDITION 


6 oston 


ALLYN AND BACON 
1891 


ae ὃν ον 99 Copy right, 1389, 
ἔς 2°. By ALiyvN’ sawp Bacon. 


FOUCATION DEPT. 


 Gnibersitn Press: 
Joun WiLson AND Son, CAMBRIDGE. 


PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 


oe publication of a second edition has given an oppor- 

tunity to correct obvious errors, and to make some im- 
portant improvements. The general plan of the work, however, 
has met with such full and uniform commendation from teachers 
of experience, that the author has ventured upon no radical 
changes. 

Younger teachers will pardon a few suggestions : 

1. In giving out a new lesson fake sufficient time to go over 
it with the student, showing him what he is to study, and 
explaining any special difficulties. 

2. When three or four of the lessons have seemed difficult, 
devote an entire recitation to reviewing them, and require much 
greater promptness and fluency than when going over the 
ground the first time. 

3. When a lesson must be divided, do not separate the intro- 
ductory matter from the exercises. Give out the introductory 
matter and one third of the exercises, both Greek and English, 
the first day, and the entire lesson the second day. 

4. Secure some oral work like that suggested by lessons 
VIIL., IX., and X., each day. Let the student translate the 
sentences of the review lesson on hearing them read, with his 
book closed. 

The author has profited by suggestions from many quarters, 
and hopes to receive others which may be duly considered 
before another revision of the Primer is called for. 


961641 


OBERLIN, September, 1800. 


_ Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/alphagreekprimerOOwillrich 


EREBAGE: 


ΗΝ little book must speak for itself. No one is more 

conscious of its shortcomings than the author, or more 
impatient of the incomplete statements, and the detached and 
diluted Greek sentences, so useful in a handbook for beginners. 
The book has been prepared, however, in the belief that a 
worthy contribution to classical studies, and to the cause of 
learning in general, is possible; that the facts of the language 
may be grouped in a more effective manner than formerly ; and 
that greater practical results, though it may be at the sacrifice 
of some traditional formulas, are attainable. 

In our day every educated person desires to know something 
of Greek, and it is essential that the work of the first term 
should be something more than a preparation for that which 
is to follow. The student must be enabled to see the con- 
nections between Greek and English, and made to feel, even 
in the first lessons, that he is approaching the literature of a 
great age and people. 

The revolt against the idea that Greek is a “dead” language 
has scarcely reached, as yet, the elementary text-books, and 
preparatory teachers have few helps in training their students in 
“reading at sight,’’ or in other exercises, which involve the 
use of the language in a vea/ way. While nothing revolutionary 
is proposed, it is hoped that this Primer will be adapted to 
the wants of teachers who seek progress in this direction. 

To have any sense of literary values, one must acquire an 
almost vernacular command of a good vocabulary. To -en- 


vi PREFACE. 


courage the beginner in this difficult task, we have been at some 
pains to select for this manual the six hundred and sixty-five 
most important words,! and to make provision for oral exercises, 
as a necessary supplement to black-board work. It is certainly 
time that the deaf and dumb method of language-teaching 
were superseded. 

Another legacy from a more formal age is the plan of teach- 
ing elementary grammar by minute references. How many 
hours have been wasted in the turning of leaves! The inex- 
perienced student needs the facts and principles of the lesson 
as a connected whole on the page before him. Before leaving 
the Primer he is taught to use the grammar, and to use it ina 
rational way. 

The inductive method is employed largely throughout 
the book, but is not allowed to dominate in the order of 
development. 

1 The Vocabulary is made up as follows :— 

Words which occur four times or more in Anabasis I-III, 
and which are also among the five hundred most common 
words in the De Corona, Oedipus Rex, ae Memo- 
rabilia,and ThucydidesI ... . :. 423 
All other words occurring seven times or more in Meats L-ILl, 92 
Common words (though less common than the above) which 
are related to words already on the list; that νίκη for 


example may stand beside νικάω, and ἀρχαῖος beside ἀρχή 68 
Words which are in Li use in vs as νέκταρ and 


δημοκρατία . . . τ τ ον 30 
Words like ἵλεως which are saceeeace as tae pnd ΤΕ ον 18 
Words necessary for conversation, as rot and ofuepov. . 10 
Words involved in literary extracts, as φείδομαι. . . 24 
Ties) FO SEN BOE Ol SESS | ς 
Words like afpéw are entered more than once in the 
vocabulary. 


This enumeration does not include proper names, nor the list 
of grammatical terms and phrases for class-room conversation, on 


page 215. 


PREFACE. Vii 


The fundamental elements of syntax are taught most easily 
in connection with the forms, and false ideas are thus excluded. 
The aim has been to make the regular forms so prominent 
that the student will be startled into attention when he en- 
counters the exceptions. It is unnecessary to refer more in 
detail to the faithful rendering of tenses, the idiomatic use of 
participles, the introduction of connected discourse and dialog, 
and other matters in which care has been taken to remove or 
smooth away the old stumbling-blocks. 

It is believed that much is gained by grouping, in each 
lesson, facts which are more easily learned together than 
separately. The more difficult lessons must be reviewed the 
more frequently. It is designed that each paragraph of Greek 
sentences should be made the basis of conversational exercises 
like those of Lesson VIII. 

The author’s sincere thanks are due to the able scholars who 
have preceded him in similar attempts, and to a number of 
his associates and pupils. It must suffice to mention here the 
Greek Club of Oberlin, whose companionship has been most 
stimulating ; Mr. F. H. Howard, of the Syracuse High School, 
who has kindly reviewed nearly the entire book ; and Prof. M. L. 
D’Ooge, upon whose mature scholarship it has been a pleasure 
to lean. He was particularly fortunate in enlisting Mr. Francis 
K. Ball, of Cambridge, Mass., in the revision of the proof-sheets. 
The Primer has been much improved by that gentleman’s 
scholarship, judgment, and taste. 

It is to be expected that some errors will appear in a first 
edition, and the kindness of those who point them out to the 
author will be appreciated. 


OBERLIN COLLEGE, 
Sept. 5, 1889. 


An athlete’s prize. 


Greek vase. 


XIII. 
XIV. 
XV. 
XVI. 
XVII. 
XVIII. 
XIX. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Part I. 


INTRODUCTORY MATTERS. 


The Alphabet . 

Pronunciation . 

Reading at sight . : 
Verbs : Accent and Principal Parts Ξ 
Nouns: Accent and Declension 

The Attributive Position . 

Euphony of Consonants: Mutes 
Verbs: Peculiarities of Augment . 
Nouns: Dual and Plural . 

Verbs: Personal Endings 

Euphony of Vowels: Contraction . 
The Verb “To Be.” — Enclitics 
Dialog between Gentleman and Boy . 
Questions isi ie 


Part IT. 


THE MOST COMMON INFLECTIONS. 


(SEPARATE VOCABULARIES.) 


Nouns: The Vowel Declensions 
Nouns: Exercises . ‘ 
Verbs: Indicative Active of ; Avw . 
Nouns: The Consonant Declension . 
The Consonant Declension: Variations . 
Participles: Declension and Use . 
Verbs: Indicative Middle of A’w . 


x TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
LEsson. PAGE 
XX. Nouns: Syncopated Stems . 48 
XXI. Verbs: Exercises 50 
XXII. —- Variations from λύω. 52 
XXIII. Lengthened Present Stems 54 
XXIV. Nouns: Stems in -σ-, τις, τος : 56 
XXV. Adjectives: Consonant Declension . .. . 58 
XXVI. Exercises— Miscellaneous . 60 
XXVII. Adjectives: Irregularities, — Greek Poetry 62 
XXVIII. Adjectives: Comparison . 64 
Typical Greek Words hottnwed by Moder ΚΤ ες 66 
Part ΠῚ. 
“μι VERBS AND PRONOUNS. 
(SEPARATE VOCABULARIES.} 

XXIX. Reading at Sight 70 
XXX. Verbs: Indicative of -μι πρίων. 72 
XXXI. Pronouns: Personal and Reflexive 74 
XXXII. Exercises: Elegies. . . 76 
XXXII. Verbs: τίθημι and δίδωμι. 78 
XXXIV. Pronouns: Interrogative and sercidietradive 80 
XXXV. Exercises: Anecdote of Xenophon 82 
XXXVI. Verbs: The Eight Classes . 84 
XXXVII. Verbs: Irregular Stem Changes . 86 
XXXVIII. Conditional Sentences: Present and Past Supposidedth 88 

XXXIX. Verbal Adjectives. —Double N ἘΠῚ —The Case 
Absolute . nek er ea oa 
XL. Exercises: Selections. 92 
Résumé of Vocabularies . 94 


Part IV. 


SUBJUNCTIVE, OPTATIVE, AND IMPERATIVE MODES. 
(WorpD STUDIEs, USING GENERAL VOCABULARIES.) 


XLI. 
XLII. 
XLITI. 
XLIV. 


Verbs: 


Subjv. and Opt.— Conditions. . ... . 
Subjv. and Opt.— Conditions - a 

Uses of the Modes 

Subjv. and Opt., Middle se Pacis 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


xi 


LESSON. 


ΧΙ. 
XLVI. 
XLVII. 
XLVIII. 
XLIX. 
L. 

LI. 

LII. 
LIII. 
LIV. 
LV. 


LVI. 


LVII. 
LVIII. 
LIX. 
LX. 
LXI. 
LXII. 
-LXIII. 
LXIV. 
LXV. 
LXVI. 
LXVII. 
LXVIII. 
LXIX: 
LXX. 


Verbs: The Imperative Mode .... 
Complete Synopsis . a eee 
εἶμί, εἶμι... . ; 
dpdw, δύναμαι, ἀξ λλύμι. ἐμὲ 
Conditional Sentences: General Supnceitidas 
The other modes of -u: verbs 
βαίνω, τυγχάνω, οἴομαι 
Prepositions . q 
Verbs: φέρω, οἶδα, perro, cptone : 
Formation of Words . . : 
Exercises: The Speech of Rares: 
Résumé of Syntax . 
Grimm’s Law 
Part V. 
USE OF THE GRAMMAR. 
(WoRD STUDIES. GRAMMAR STUDIES. History.) 
Use of the Grammar: 
Writing Greek. . . . . Heroic Age 
The Vowel Declensions . Mythology 
The Consonant Declension Lyric Age 
The Consonant Declension Persian Wars 
Irregular Nouns . . . . Athenian Empire . 
Elements of the Verb . . Feloponnesian War 
“μι Verbs. . . . . . « Sentences from Xenophon 
ah VOPR <5 chro τα Epameinondas of Thebes . 
Verbs with Second ὝΕΣ Philip and Demosthenes . 
Contract Verbs . . . . Alexander the Great . 
Liquid Verbs .. . . . Sentences from Xenophon 
Mute Verbs. . . . . . Hellas under the Romans 
Irregular Verbs . . . . The Revival of τα νῷ ἢ 
Adjectives 0). vo  .. s ” Moderse Greece’. 
Exercises ... . . . Patriotic Song of Adlicns' 
VOCABULARIES TO SEPARATE LESSONS 
GENERAL VOCABULARIES: GREEK-ENGLISH 
ENGLISH-GREEK 
GRAMMATICAL TERMS: ENGLISH-GREEK 


IMDEK: τ oe oe a ee re 


PAGE 
106 
108 
IIO 
112 
114 
116 
118 
120 
122 
124 
126 
128 
130 


132 
134 
136 
138 
140 
142 
144 
146 
148 
150 
152 
154 
156 
158 
160 
163 
176 


199 
215 
217 


TO THE STUDENT. 


THE study of the language and genius of the Hellenic race 
should afford the best development of judgment and taste, and 
give the inspiration which comes from contact with the great 
original minds. With as little delay as possible you desire to 
read Homer and Demosthenes, and to taste the wisdom of Plato 
and the tragedians. 

This little book is designed to make your first steps sure and 
rapid. Only matters of practical importance and of every-day 
use are presented. Each paradigm is a typical word. When you 
can decline du/‘hrdpds you will be able to decline several hundred 
other words which are exactly like it. The notes at the beginning 
of a lesson, or at the bottom of a page, must not be overlooked. 
They are just what will help you. 

Each word or fact about the language, then, must be learned for 
use. What is given in one lesson will be needed for use in getting 
each succeeding lesson. It will not do to master nine-tenths of 
the lesson, — you must master it αὐ, and review anything which 
you find is slipping away from you. 

The number of things to be learned is not very great. More 
than half the space in this primer is occupied by “exercises.” 
These are designed to make what is learned famzliar, and ready 
for use, by frequent repetition. We seldom use any part of our 
knowledge which is not used easily, and what you learn in Greek 
will be of little value unless you practise with it until it is used 
without effort. The 665 Greek words in the Primer have been 
selected because they are the most common in Greek authors, A 
student of ordinary capacity and perseverance can soon master these 
words and the entire Primer, and will then be able to recognize 
three-fourths of the words on any page of ordinary Greek prose. 


EARS ΕΙΚΘΙ 


INTRODUCTORY MATTERS 


THE ALPHABET. 


Letter. Sound. Name. Pronunciation. Be 
a A father ἄλφα alfa a 
β. Β bad βῆτα bayta b 
Y Yr ΡΟΣ γάμμα gamma g 
ὃ Δ do δέλτα ~— lta d 
ε E men ὃ ψιλόν epseelén e 
ἕ Ζ zeal ζῆτα zayta Ζ 
n H pray ἦτα a δ 
θ9 Θ thin θῆτα thayta th 
ι Ι police ἰῶτα edta i 
K K Aing κάππα kappa kc 
λ A dive λάμβδα lambda ] 
μβ Μ man po mu® m 
ν Ν nun νῦ πὰ ὃ n 
ἕξ Ἐ wax ἕξι. ksee x 
ο O wholly, obey ὃ μῖκρόν omeekrén ο 
π II pin πὶ pee Ρ 
ρ Ῥ hr ῥῶ hro r 
eet ks. aR σμα sigma 5 
τ Ἐ Zop ταῦ tow es ἊΣ 

in now 

υ Y prune ὃ ὖ ψιλόν oopseelén uy 
φ Φ philosophy φῖ fee ph 
Χ Χ ὦ xt ch 
yp Ψ lips yt psee ps 
ω Q no ὦ μέγα oméga Ο 


1 Before x, y, x, or ἕ, y has the sound of mg, as in anger. 
2 s at the end of a word, as ἄνθρωπος, elsewhere o. 
3 y has a sound between vo and ee, = German #. 

4 A harsh guttural not heard in English, = German cf. 


4 Ss fish £ GREEK PRIMER. Parr I. 


© 
e «ε a Sd 


. 
. 
. 
.Ψ 
. 
. 
. 
. 
.ο 
.“οἍ 


: ἰθ ρα ἔδελκρις, ΤῊ ὁ letter ἃ is wanting in the alphabet, 
but its sound before an initial vowel or diphthong is 
indicated by the “rough breathing” (*); its absence by 
the ‘smooth breathing” (?). Thus ἐν, zz, is pronounced 
en, but ὑπό, by, is hoo-pd. 

Quantity. The quantity of syllables is an important 
matter in Greek, since the accent, as well as the metri- 
cal use of words, depends upon it. 

A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or 
a diphthong. 


Of the Vowels, « and o are always short, ἡ and ὦ always long, 
a, t, Ὁ, Short in some words, long in others. 

In the vocabularies and principal paradigms of this book the 
doubtful vowels are marked when long (4, τ, Ὁ), except in cases 
where the quantity may be inferred from the accent. E has the 
same guality of sound as ἡ; 0 aS w; a, t, v as G, t, Ὁ; the only 
difference is in the prolongation. 


THE DIPHTHONGS. 


Sound. cqpiralaue Scud detest 
a= aye... . ae = ONE. Lk. ee 
εἰ = heght? éori eS 2 ςς ΔΘΕ 
ὁ SEO en Oe oof Foe ys ee 


Other diphthongs are rare. 


_ Exercise 1. Classify the Greek consonants, like the Eng- 
lish, as surds and sonants, liquids, mutes, labials, etc. Be sure 
that the reasons for this classification are understood. 


1 Many scholars prefer-to give εἰ a true diphthongal sound, as δ in 
eight. 


Part 1. ‘PRONUNCIATION. 5 


LESSON I. Pronunciation. 


The pronunciation of Greek is phonetic. There are 
no silent letters,! and no letter except gamma has more 
than one sound. 


Syllables. Each vowel or diphthong marks a distinct 
syllable. 

Consonants go with the vowels which follow them, but combinations 
of consonants in the middle of a word are divided when they are such 
as could not stand together at the beginning of a word. 

Accent. Observing the Greek words below we learn: 

1. Every word has a written accent, except a few 
proclitics (προκλένειν, to lean. forward), as some pre- 
positions and forms of the article, which are pronounced 
as a part of the word which follows them. 

2. Some words are accented on the ultima, some on 
the penult, and some on the antepenult; but there are 
two limitations. 


General Laws restricting Accent. 


If the ultima is long the acute accent never stands 
as far back as the antepenult, nor the circumflex as far 
back as the penult. 

The circumflex stands only on long syllables; and a 
long penult, before a short ultima, if accented, requires 
the circumflex. | 


1 Tota subscript, however, is not sounded ; thus, ἐν σκηνῇ, pronounced 
en skanay, 272 ὦ fent. 


6 GREEK PRIMER. Part 1. 


EXERCISE 1. Apply these rules to every word in the lists 
below which has the acute on the antepenult, or the circumflex 
on the penult. 


EXERCISE 2. Pronounce and learn the following words : ἦ 


Masculine. Feminine. 
ὁ θεός, the god (THEO-logy). ἡ ἀρχή, the beginning 
ὁ λόγος, the word (Theo-LoGy). (ARCHA-ic). 
ὁ στρατηγός, the general (STRATEGY). ἡ κώμη, the village. 
ὁ πόλεμος, the war (POLEM-ic). ἡ σκηνή, the tent. 
ὁ ἄνθρωπος, the man, person Othe Words: 
(ANTHROPO-logy). év, in (foll. by Dat.). 
Neuter. ὑπό, by (foll. by Gen.). 
τὸ δῶρον, the gift (DoRo-thea). ἦν, was. 
τὸ πλοῖον, the boat. ἀγαθός, good. 
τὸ πεδίον, the plain. καλός, beautiful, noble. 


ExeErcISE 8. Pronounce and write in Roman letters : 


1. Ἐξενοφῶν. 5. Pidurmos.” 9. Δημοσθένης. 13. Σωκράτης. 


2. Zovvov.2 6. Θερμοπύλαι. το. Αὐλίς. 14. Εὐκλείδης. 
3. Δαρεῖος. 7. ἘΞέρξης. 11. Ἡσίοδος. 15. Δῆλος. 
4. Μαραθών. 8. "“Aprepts. 12. φάλαγξ. 16. Βοιωτία. 


Exercise 4. Write in Greek letters and pronounce : 


1. Philadelphia. 4. Philosophia. 7. Sophoclés. 10. Genesis. 
2. Cyrus(Kuros). 5. Ephesus. 8 Exodus. 11. Ilion. 
3. Christus. 6. Boedtia. g. Euboea. 12. Homérus. 


1 From the outset the student should aim to connect the Greek 
sound with the thing signified, rather than with an English word. To do 
this, picture the object or action to your mind as you pronounce the word, 
and at once compose a sentence in which the word will be used. An 
adjective will change its ending so as to “ agree” with the noun which it 
modifies ; -os masculine, -y, feminine, -ov neuter: thus, καλὸς ἣν 6 orparn- 
yds, καλὴ ἣν ἡ κώμη, καλὸν hv τὸ δῶρον. 

The Greek, unlike the Latin, has a definite article, ##e, which, like an 


adjective, agrees with its noun. 
2 The Greek endings -os and -ον correspond to the Latin -ws, and -wm. 


Part I. READING AND TRANSLATIONS. tT 


LESSON II. Reading and Translations. 


Geography and History of Hellas. 
Tewypadia καὶ Ἱστορία Ἑλλάδος. 


To the Student. Read the following sentences aloud in the 
Greek repeatedly, accenting the syllables upon which there are 
acute, grave, or circumflex accents. 

The dialog is between a teacher and a student. As you 
read, refer to the map which follows. 

From the first sentence, “ Where is Hellas situated?” you 
learn the meaning of two new words, as well as the fact that 
the Greeks use the semicolon for a mark of interrogation. 

In the third speech you observe that the colon, used also for 
a semicolon, is a single dot at the top of the line; also that 
while each paragraph or quotation begins with a capital letter, a 
new sentence does not require one. 

Observe throughout that an acute on the ultima becomes 
grave (*) when followed by other words in close connection. 

Most of the words in this dialog are words which have been 
borrowed by our own language with but slight changes. While 
they do not look like English words they sound like them; 
hence the importance of reading the Greek aloud. 

The meaning of words which do not resemble corresponding 
words in English is to be inferred from the context. A few may 
remain to be explained by the teacher. 


AIAAOTOS. 
ΔΙΔΆΣΚΑΛΟΣ. Ποῦ κεῖται ἡ Ἑλλάς ; 
ΜΑΘΗΤΗΣ. Ἑλλὰς κεῖται ἐν Εὐρώπῃ. 
A. Nai: καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ῴκησαν ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι. 


8 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IL. 


ot δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἦσαν Ἕλληνες - ποῦ δὴ ᾧκησαν οἱ 


᾿Αθηναῖοι ; 
Μ. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ῴᾧκησαν ἐν τῇ ᾿Αττικῇ. 
Δ. Ποῦ δὲ ῴκησαν οἱ Κορίνθιοι ; 
Μ. Οἱ Κορίνθιοι ῴᾧκησαν ἐν τῷ ἰσθμῷ. 
Δ. Ποῦ δὲ ῴκησαν οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ; 
Μ. Οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ῴᾧκησαν ἐν τῇ Λακωνικῇ. 
Δ. Tis ἦν Πλάτων ; 
Μ. Πλάτων ἣν ᾿Αθηναῖος φιλόσοφος. 
Δ. Καὶ τίς ἦν Δημοσθένης ; 
Μ. Δημοσθένης, ὃ ᾿Αθηναῖος, ῥήτωρ ἦν, καὶ 


> Ν , 
ανταγωνιστὴς Φιλίππου. 


Δ. Τίς δ᾽ ἦν Μίλων ; 

Μ. Μίλων ἦν ἀθλητής. 

A. Tis δ᾽ ἦν Περίανδρος ; 

Μ. Περίανδρος ἦν δεσπότης Κορίνθου. 
A. “Apa ἣν δεσπότης ἐν τῇ Αττικῇ ; 


Μ. Οὐ μάλα: δημοκρατία ἣν ἐν TH ᾿Αττικῇ, καὶ 
ὀλιγαρχία ἐν τῇ Λακωνικῇ. 

Δ. Tis δ᾽ ἦν Παῦλος ; 

Μ. Παῦλος ἦν ἀπόστολος, καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐπιστολὴν 
πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους. 

Δ. Tives δὲ πόλεμοι ἦσαν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ; 

Μ. ὋὉ πρῶτος δὴ πόλεμος τοῖς Ἕλλησιν Fv ὁ 
Τρωικός. ἐν δὲ τῷ πρὸς τοὺς Μεσσηνίους πολέμῳ 
οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐνίκησαν. ἐν δὲ τῷ Περσικῷ 


πολέμῳ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐνίκησαν τοὺς βαρβάρους. ἐν 


Part I. READING AND TRANSLATIONS. 9 


δὲ τῷ Πελοποννησίῳ πολέμῳ οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἐνί- 
a > 4 A > 4 ε 

κησαν τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους. καὶ ᾿Ἐπαμεινώνδας, ὁ 
Θηβαῖος, ἐνίκησε τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους. καὶ Φίλιπ- 
πος, ὁ Μακεδών, ἐνίκησε τοὺς Ἕλληνας. ᾿Αλέξαν- 
’ ε , > 7 ‘\ \ 9 x 

Spos δέ, ὁ μέγας, ἐνίκησε καὶ τοὺς “EhAnvas καὶ 


τοὺς βαρβάρους. 


[395 


ed 


: } 
IINAR 7 
iiss. ς 
EAAAAOS 


7? 


10 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IL. 


LESSON III. Verbs: Accent and Principal Parts. 


Recessive Accent of Verbs. 


The accent of a verb stands as far from the end of 
the word as the quantity of the ultima will allow. 
(Final -ac and -o. are treated as short.) Hence, 

If any form of the verb has two syllables, it accents 


the first. 
If it has more than two syllables, it accents the penult 
if the ultima is long; otherwise the antepenult. 


Exercise 1. Tell where the accent of each of these verbs 


should be: 

Pres, Ind. Act. Ava, I am loosing. BovAevw, I am planning. 
(Pres. Impv. Act. Ave, be thou loosing. βουλευε, be thou planning. 
{Impf. Ind. Act. ἐλῦον, I was loosing. ἐβουλευον, I was planning. 

Fut. Ind. Act. λύσω, I shall loose. βουλευσω, I shall plan. 

Aorist Ind. Act. ἐλυσα, I loosed. ἐβουλευσα, I planned. 

Pf. Ind. Act. λελῦκα, I have loosed. βεβουλευκα, I have planned. 

Pf. Ind. Middle λελῦμαι, I have loosed βεβουλευμαι, I have planned 

for myself (or loosed myself). for myself. 

Aor. Ind. Pass. ἐλύθην, I was loosed. ἐβουλευθην, I was planned. 

The forms above, excluding those in parenthesis, 
constitute the Principal Parts of these verbs, and show 
the manner in which the principal parts of all verbs 


are formed. They are the key to all verbal forms. 


Remarks on the Principal Parts. 


The great peculiarity of Greek, as of Latin, is the copiousness 
of its inflections. ~ But before learning the various terminations, 
we must attend to the core or stem of the word. 

The Verb Stem. In all the forms of a verb we find one com- 
mon element (the syllables Av-, BovAev-, above), which contains 


Part L VERBS: ACCENT AND PRINCIPAL PARTS. 11 


the simple meaning of the verb (/0ose, f/an), and is called the 
verb stem. 

Prefixes. The Augment, ε, is the sign of past time (not part 
of the stem). ‘The Reduplication, the first letter of the word 
with ε, is the sign of completed action. (Observe the mean- 
ing of the forms to which these prefixes are attached.) 

The Zense Stems. ‘The principal parts show us six lengthened 
forms of the verb stem, which are called tense stems. Each of 
these tense stems is to be inflected (1. 6. to receive various 
modifications of ending) to denote the different modes, persons, 
and numbers. 

The imperfect is formed from the same stem as the present 
and classed with it. 


EXERCISE 2 Commit to memory the principal parts of these 
verbs, with the meaning of each form ; and write out, with the 
accents, the principal parts of πιστεύω, 7 am trusting, and 
κωλύω, Lam hindering. 


ExercIsE 3. Fix the meaning of these forms, with their 
_ accents, and the szgus of the several shades of thought, -ca for 
the aorist, -μαι for the middle voice, -θη- ὁ for the passive voice, 
etc. by giving repeated/y the Greek for: 

1. I was loosing ; I loosed ; I was loosed ; I will loose ; be 
thou loosing. 2. I planned; I was planning; I have planned 
for myself; I shall plan. 4. I have trusted ;~I shall trust; 
I was trusted ; I was trusting; I trusted. 4. I was planning ; 
I was trusting; I will trust ; I trusted. 5- I have planned ; 
I have trusted ; I trusted; I hindered; I planned. 6. Be thou 
trusting ; I was loosed ; I was planning; I planned. 7. I have 
hindered ; I trusted; I planned; I was hindered ; I hindered. 


1 The sign of the passive is -6e-, but e is lengthened to ἡ before a 
single consonant. 


12 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IL. 


LESSON IV. Nouns: Accent and Declension. 


Retentive Accent of Nouns and Adjectives. 


The accent of any form of a noun or an adjective depends upon the 
accent of its nominative singular. This is largely arbitrary, and must be 
learned from the lexicon when we learn the word. 

In all forms of a noun or adjective the accent remains 
on the same syllable as in the nominative singular, or 
as near that syllable as the quantity of the ultima will 
allow. | 

A change in the quantity of the ultima may require a 
change in the accent from circumflex to acute. 


EXERCISE 1. Observe how the accent of the words below 
is changed as they are declined, and give the general law of 
accent (Lesson I.) which requires each change. 


DECLENSION. Gender. Masculine, feminine, and neuter 
nouns have usually different forms. 


Case. ‘The cases, with their simpler uses, are shown below. 


’ 


Nominative ὁ ἄνθρωπο-ς, the man. 
Genitive τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, of the man, from the man. 
Dative τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, to or for (indirect object), with 


or by (means, etc.), the man. 
Accusative τὸν ἄνθρωπο-ν, the man (direct object). 
Vocative ὦ ἄνθρωπε, O man. 


1 The so-called vocative —the form used in addressing a person or 
thing —is hardly to be regarded as a distinct case. The nominative 
is commonly used for this purpose, but nouns in -os have a vocative 
singular in -e. 


Parr L NOUNS: ACCENT AND DECLENSION. 13 


Three Typical Nouns, showing varieties of gender and accent. 


ὁ ἄνθρωπο-ς ἡ ἀρχή τὸ Sapo-v 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ο΄ τῆς ἀρχῆς" τοῦ δώρου 
τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῇ ἀρχῇ τῷ δώρῳ. 
τὸν ἄνθρωπο-ν τὴν ἀρχή-ν τὸ Sapo-v 


ExeErCISE 2. Decline in the same way, giving the ineaning 
of each form, the words for ¢he village, the war, the tent, the 
general, and τὸ πλοῖον, the boat, 6 ἵππος, the horse, ὃ ποταμός, 
the river (Aippo-POTAMUS) , ὃ ἐχθρός, the (personal) enemy. 


ExercisE 3. The following words are wrongly accented. 
State what rule is violated in each case. 


1. ἐπιστεύον. 2. βούλευσω. 3. ἔβουλευσα. 4. ἀγαθός. 5. avOpw- 
πος. 6. τό δὼρον. 7. Ev τῇ κῶμῃ. ὃ. ὅ τοὺ θεοὺ λόγος. 9. ἡ τού 
πόλεμου ἀρχή. 


Exercise 4. Write out the declension of article, adjective, 
and noun together, and give the translation of each form. The 
adjectives must agree with the nouns which they qualify.” 


ὁ καλὸς ποταμός, ἡ καλὴ κώμη, τὸ καλὸν πλοῖον. 


1 SPECIAL RULE FOR ACCENT. A long ultima, in the genitive or 
dative, if accented, requires the circumflex. 

2 For the present adjectives are used whose terminations are the same 
as those of the nouns. 


ΙΠΠΟΣ. 


14 GREEK PRIMER. Parr I. 


LESSON V. The Attributive Position. 


Any word or group of words which follows the 
article of the word modified, is said to be in the attrib- 
utive position; as, 

ἡ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ σκηνή, the general’s tent. 
τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δῶρον, the god’s gift. 

Sometimes the article is repeated expressly to show 
that the following word is a modifier (attributive); as, 


ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, τὸ δῶρον τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 


Other words are said to be in the Predicate Position. 
With such the copula is often omitted; as, 


ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, che tent (15) the general’s. 


Vocabulary,! Reading, and Translations. 

ImporTANT Directions. aster the vocabulary first, so that 
you can give the Greek word for the English, or the English for 
the Greek. 

Always read a Greek sentence aloud before attempting to 
translate it. 

The English sentences should be written in Greek to secure 
accuracy. They must also be given viva voce, and repeated 
until there ts neither mistake nor hesitation. 


»“»νἭ 


I. 1. Ἐπίστευον τῷ θεῷ, ἐπίστευσα τῷ θεῷ. 


«. 

2. ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐν τῇ κώμῃ ἦν. 3. ἤγα- 
Ν ? > “ , > Ν, Ν ’ 

γον τὸ παιδίον ἐκ τῆς κώμης. ἦγον τὸ καλὸν παιδίον 


1 Vocabularies to the several lessons will be found in order at the end 
of the book, preceding the general vocabularies. 

2 Observe that certain verbs take the object in the dative, and remem- 
ber what verbs they are. Translate ¢rust, or trust in. 


Part L THE ATTRIBUTIVE POSITION. 15 


3 A A 4 lal > A A ~ A 
ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς. . ποῦ HV τὸ καλὸν πλοῖον ; τὸ 
a 5S 9 aa) a 5 iy ε » 
πλοῖον ἦν ἐν τῷ ποταμῷςἁ 9. ἄρα ἦν ὃ ἄνθρω- 
πος ἐν τῇ κώμῃ; ναΐ, ὃ ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 
» Ν Lal > ’ “A > ’ 

6. ἔπεμψα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δῶρον ἐν πλοίῳ. 

, A “ 5 ’ e A A 

7. πεπίστευκα τῷ καλῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. ὃ. ὑπὸ τοῦ 

“ 3 ΄ \ ν ¥ > 

στρατηγοῦ ἐπέμφθην. 9. τὸν ἵππον ἄξω εἰς 

Ν l4 > 4 ε A wn 3 ἴω 

τὸν ποταμόν. 10. ἐκωλύθην ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ. 
11. καλὸν τὸ δῶρον. 


II. 1. I have trusted in the word of the god ; I was trust- 
ing; I trusted. 2. I was sending the fine! horse out of the 
village ; I have sent; Isent. 3. I was sent out of the beau- 
tiful village by the general. 4. I have led the fine horse to 
the river. 5. I was led to the village by the good man. 
6. Where was the good general? ‘The general was in the tent. 
7. Was the horse in the village? Yes, the horse was in the 
village. 8. I loosed the fine horse ; I was loosed by the no- 
ble general. 9. I was trusting the word of the god; I will 
trust to the general in war. 10. The war was in the beautiful 
village. 11. I was sent to the beautiful village. 12. I will 
send the general in the beautiful boat. 13. The general’s 
beautiful gift was in the boat. 14. I led the beautiful child 
to the village. 15. I was leading the beautiful child to the 
tent. The child (was) beautiful. 

1 The meaning of a word like καλός depends upon the context; e. g. it 


is to be translated fixe when used with horse, zob/e when applied to an 
action, etc. 


16 GREEK PRIMER. Parr L 


LESSON VI. Euphony of Consonants: Mutes. 


The Greek alphabet is classified like the English. The double classi- 
fication of the mutes is here given, and must be made perfectly familiar. 


ORDERS. 
Surds, Spirants. Sonants. 
Labial π φ β 
CLASSES. } Ling τ θ ὃ 
Palatal K X Y 


Euphony (εὐφωνία) is one of the most striking characteristics of. the 
Greek language; and as there are no silent letters, a study of euphony, 
under its two divisions of consonant change and vowel change, takes the 
place of all study of spelling. The following rules are of constant use. 

1. Before a lingual mute a labial or a palatal mute 
must be changed to the same order, and another lingual 
mute must be changed to σ, thus: 


From πέμπω the aor. pass. is-not ἐπέμπ θην but ἐπέμφ θην 
6 πείθω τ ἐς ἐπείθ θην “ ἐπείσ' θην 


ΐ ἔγω τ (6 ἐλέγθην ““ ἐλέχ θην 
2. Before Μ a labial becomes μ, a palatal y, and a 
lingual o, thus: 


From γράφω the pf. mid. is not yéypad μαι but yéypap μαι 
“διώκω + Ὁ δεδίωκ par ““ δεδίωγ μαι 


“ ( 


“6 πείθω πέπειθ μαι ““ πέπεισ' μαι 


3. Before Σ' a labial forms ψ', a palatal £, and a lingual 
is dropped. Thus: 


From γράφω the fut.is not γράφ ow but γράψω 
( λέγω ( “ λέγ σω ( λέξω 


ς͵ πείθω 6 “ πείθ σω ‘6 “πείσω 


ἘΧΕΒΟΙ͂ΘΕ 1. Give the rule illustrated by each of the prin- 
cipal parts of the following mute verbs. Commit the parts to 
memory, with the meaning of each. 


Part I. EUPHONY OF CONSONANTS: MUTES. 17 


Persuade. 
πείθω ἔπειθον πείσω ἔπεισα mereka! πέπεισμαι ἐπείσθην 
Send. 
πέμπω ἔπεμπον πέμψω ἔπεμψα πέπομφα2 πέπεμμαι ἐπέμφθην 
Write. 
γράφω ἔγραφον γράψω ἔγραψα γέγραφα yéypappar ἐγράφθην 


Pursue. 

διώκω ἐδίωκον διώξω ἐδίωξα δεδίωχαϑ δεδίωγμαι ἐδιώχθην 
Say, tell. 

λέγω ἔλεγον λέξω ἔλεξα (εἴρηκα) λέλεγμαι ἐλέχθην 
Lead. 


ἄω ἦγον ἄξω ἤγαγον 5 ἦχαῦ ἦγμαι ἤχθην 
Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 

I. 1. Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, Kat ὁ λόγος ἦν 
πρὸς" τὸν Θεόν, καὶ Θεὸς ἣν ὁ λόγος. 2. ἔλεξα 
ὅτι ὁ λόγος ἦν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ. 3. πείσω, πέμψω, 
ἐδίωξα, γέγραφα, ἤχθην, λέξω. 4. ἔγραφον, δε- 
δίωχα, πέπεισμαι, πέπεμμαι, ἄξω, ἔλεγον. ὅ. πέ:- 
πεικα, ἐπέμφθην, διώξω, ἔγραφον, ἦχα. 


II. 1. The man was handsome. The child was beautiful. 
2. I was pursued by the general. I will pursue the general. 
3. I have persuaded the man. Yes, I was persuaded by the 
man. 4. I said, persuaded, sent, wrote, pursued, led. 
5. I was saying, persuading, sending, writing, pursuing, leading. 
6. I will say, persuade, send, write, pursue, lead. 

1 A lingual is dropped before « in the perfect. 

2 Trregular. 

8 A so-called “second perfect.” κ is omitted, and a final mute usually 
becomes rough (aspiration). 

4 The use of πρός in this sense is peculiar to the New Testament. 


2 


18 GREEK PRIMER. Parr I, 


LESSON VII. Verbs: Peculiarities of Augment. 


70 the Teacher: From the Greek below the student should learn 
inductively : : 

1. That the article is used with proper nouns to mark persons as well 
known —“ the (before-mentioned — notorious) Kuros.” 

2. That the article is often equivalent to a possessive pronoun. 

3. That the “dative of possessor ” is not to be translated literally. 

4. That middle forms may be translated as passives. 


EXERCISE 1. Give the Greek words for: 


good by gift yes that 

fine word beginning (?) from 

village God loose no, not to, into 

tent man plan boat say 

was general _ trust horse small child 

in war where? river send 
persuade 


EXeERcIsE 2. Learn the principal parts of the following verbs, 
and try to discover how and why they each differ from Avw in 
augment and reduplication. 


1. Make an expedition. 
στρατεύω στρατεύσω ἐστράτευσα ἐστράτευκα ἐστράτευμαι ἐστρατεύθην 


2. Ask. 
ἐρωτάω ἐρωτήσω ἠρώτησα: ἠρώτηκα ἠρώτημαι ἠρωτήθην 


3. Plot against. ; 
ἐπιβουλεύω ἐπιβουλεύσω ἐπεβούλευσα ἐπιβεβούλευκα 
ἐπιβεβούλευμαι ἐπεβουλεύθην 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


Some forms of the verb are new, but the student will readily 
discover where they are made. 


1 Augment produced by lengthening the initial vowel is called “ Tem- 
poral Augment” to distinguish it from “‘ Syllabic Augment.” 


Part I. VERBS: PECULIARITIES OF AUGMENT. 19 


I. 1. Tis ἦν Κῦρος ; ὁ Κῦρος ἢν vids Δαρείου. 
2. ποῖ ἔπεμψε Κῦρον ὁ Δαρεῖος ; ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον 
ποταμόν. ὅ. τίς ἣν ὁ τοῦ Κύρου ἀδελφός ; 6 ᾿᾽Αρ- 
ταξέρξης. 4. ὁ Κῦρος ἐπεβούλευσε τῷ ἀδελφῷ. 
5. πόθεν ἐστράτευσεν ὁ Κῦρος ; ποῖ ἐστράτευσεν; 
6. Κλέαρχος, ὁ στρατηγός, ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ πλοίῳ. 
7. ὁ Κῦρος οὐκ ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ. 8, μικρὸς 
φόβος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἦν τῷ Κύρῳ. 9. ἐν τῇ μάχῃ 
ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐδίωξε τὸν τοῦ Κύρου ἀδελφόν. 
10. ἔγραψα, πέπομφα, ἐπείσθην, ἔλεγον, ἔλεξα, 
πείσω. 11. ἐπιβεβούλευμαι. ὑπὸ τοῦ Κύρου. 


12. πέπεισμαι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδίου καὶ τοῦ φίλου. 


II. 1. The general’s son was small. The child was small. 
2. The man has (see 8 i exercise I. above) small fear of his 
enemy. 3. I was persuaded by my friend. 4. I have 
plotted against the general’s son. 5. I have been asked 
~whither I made an expedition. 6. Who was’‘in the battle? 
The friend of Kuros was in the battle. 7. I was sent from 
the small boat into the village. ὅ. I chased the horse out 
of the tent. 9. Kuros said that Klearchos had little fear of 
his (the) brother. 10. Whither did Kuros make an expe- 
dition? τι. I was trusting the noble general. 12. I have 
been trusted by the child. 13. I will hinder my enemy. 
14. I say that the child was beautiful. I will say the tent 
was beautiful. 15. I have said that the river was beau- 
tiful. I pursued the horse. 16. I have persuaded the - 
general. I was in the power of the man. 17. I am writing, 
was writing, have written, will write, wrote. 18. The gene- 
rals were on the boats. 


20 GREEK PRIMER. Part L 


LESSON VIII. Nouns: The Dual and Plural. 


The dual number denotes two, the plural more than 
two. The dual is a luxury of language. 


Declension of Three Typical Nouns. 


Sing. Nom. ὁ ἄνθρωπο-ς ἡ κώμη τὸ δῶρο-ν 
Gen. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῆς κώμης τοῦ δώρου 
Dat. τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῇ κώμῃ τῴ δώρῳ 
Accus. τὸν ἄνθρωπο-ν τὴν κώμη-ν τὸ δῶρο-ν 

Dual N. A. τὼ ἀνθρώπω τὼ KOLO τὼ δώρω 
G. Ὦ. τοῖν ἀνθρώποιν τοῖν κώμαιν τοῖν ϑώροιν 

Plur. Nom. οἱ ἄνθρωποι] αἱ κῶμαι τὰ δῶρα 
Gen. τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν κωμῶν τῶν δώρων 
Dat. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ταῖς κώμαις τοῖς δώροις 


Accus. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰς κώμᾶς τὰ δῶρα 


ExercisE 1. Decline as above six other nouns. 


ExercIsE 2. Decline through all numbers, — article, adjec- 
tive, and noun together, — translating each case as you give it : 


ὁ καλὸς στρατηγός. 
ἡ καλὴ" σκηνή. 


τὸ καλὸν παιδίον. 


1 SprcraAL RuLES FoR Accent. — The diphthongs a and οἱ when 
final have the effect of short vowels upon the accent of the penult 
and antepenult. 

All nouns of the A-declension, regardless of the accent of the nom. 
sing , have the circumflex on the ultima in the genitive plural. 

2 The dual feminine of adjectives is declined like that of the noun. 


\ 


Part I. NOUNS: THE DUAL AND PLURAL. 21 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


The Athenians send their children in boats to a place of 
safety, refuse tribute, and conguer the Barbarians. 


I. Οἱ βάρβαροι ἦσαν ἐν ᾿Αττικῇ, καὶ at κῶμαι 
μεσταὶ φόβους. πέμπουσιν οὖν ot ᾿Αθηναῖοι τὰ 
παιδία ἐκ τῶν καλῶν οἴκων εἰς τὰ μικρὰ πλοῖα. 
πιστεύουσι γὰρ τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ δῶρα τοῖς βαρ- 
βάροις οὐ πέμπουσιν. νικῶσιν οὖν οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι 
τοὺς βαρβάρους. | 

II. 1. What was in the villages of Attike ? There was fear 
of the barbarians in the beautiful villages of Attike. 

2. Where were the barbarians ? They were in Attike. 

3. Whither do the Athenians send their small children? 
The Athenians send their small children into the boats. 

4. Whence do they send their children? They are sending 
their children from their beautiful homes. 

5. What did I say concerning gifts? I said that the Athe- 
nians do not send gifts to the barbarians. 

6. What did I say concerning the gods? I said that the 
Athenians are trusting to the gods. 

7- Do the Athenians conquer the barbarians? Yes, the 
Athenians conquer the barbarians. 

8. Where were the children of the Athenians?! The chil- 
dren of the Athenians were on the small boats. 

g. Were the Athenians full of fear? No, the children of the 
Athenians were full of fear. 

10. Where were the tents and horses of the barbarians? 
The tents and horses of the barbarians were in Attiké. 


1 By quite a remarkable idiom, with a xeuter plural the verb is singular. 


22 GREEK PRIMER. Part L 


LESSON IX. Verbs: Personal Endings. 


The Verb Stem of λύω is Av-. 

The Present stem is Av- plus a Variable Vowel, -%-, 
which is o before p or ν, elsewhere ε. 

To this tense stem are added certain endings to show 
the person and number.! 

In the present, the endings of the first and third persons singular, and 
the « of the ending in the second person, are commonly dropped (see table 
below), and the variable vowels lengthened. 

In the third plural the ending is vot, but by a regular euphonic law ν is 


dropped before σ, and the preceding vowel lengthened; o when compen- 
satively lengthened becomes ov. 


Present Indicative Active. Imperfect Indicative Active. 
Sing. I. Av (μι), I am loosing. €dvo-v, I was loosing. 

2. λύει-ς (.), thou art loosing. ἔλνε-ς, thou wast loosing. 

3. λύει (σι) he is loosing. ἔλυε (v),? he was loosing. 


Dual 2. Ave-rov, ye two are loosing. éAve-rov, ye two were loosing. 
3. Ave-rov, they two are loosing. ἐλυέ-την, they two were loosing. 


Plur. 1. Avo-pev, we are loosing. ὀ €Avo-pev, we were loosing. 
2. Ave-re, ye are loosing. ἐλύε-τε, ye were loosing. 
3. λύουσι (v),? they are loosing ἔλυο-ν, they were loosing. 
(λυο-νσι). Ξ 


ExercisE 1, Write out and commit to memory a table of 
personal endings, as they appear in the present and in the 
imperfect. 


EXERCISE 2. Conjugate πιστεύω and βουλεύω in the same 
manner. 


1 Personal pronouns are therefore unnecessary in Greek save for 


emphasis. 
2 At the end of a sentence, or when the next word begins with a vowel, 


ἐν movable” is usually added after σι in all words, and after ¢ in the third 
singular. 


Parr L VERBS: PERSONAL ENDINGS. 23 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. 1. He is loosing; he was loosing ; we were loosing ; we 
are loosing. 2. You are trusting; ye are trusting; ye were 
trusting ; he was trusting. 3. Thou art planning ; thou wast 
planning ; we are planning; he is planning. 4. They two 
were loosing ; they two are loosing ; they were loosing. 


II. Write a translation of the following, and then, without 
referring to the book, render it again in Greek. 


1. Διδάσκαλοσ. Πιστεύω τοῖς θεοῖς. τί λέγω ; 
Maeutus. λέγεις ὅτι πιστεύεις τοῖς θεοῖς. 
2. Δ. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐστράτευον εἰς Σικελίαν. 
TOL ἐστράτευον ; 
Μ. Eis Σικελίαν ἐστράτευον οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι. 
3. Δ. Ἦ γον τοὺς ἵππους ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς. πόθεν 
ἦγον τοὺς ἵππους ; 


Μ. Ἔκ τῆς σκηνῆς τοὺς ἵππους ἦγες. 


4. A. ᾿Επεβουλεύομεν τῷ στρατηγῷ. τί λέγω; 
Μ. Λέγεις ὅτι ἐπεβουλεύετε τῷ στρατηγῷ. 
5. Δ. Πιστεύομεν τοῖς θεοῖς. τί λέγω ; 
Μ. Λέγεις ὅτι πιστεύετε τοῖς θεοῖς. 
6. A. Ποῖ καὶ πόθεν πέμπουσιν οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι 


Ἀ ϑ 

τὰ παιδία; 

> “- 
Μ. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι πέμπουσι τὰ παιδία ἐκ 

~ » > ν- A “~ 

TOV οἴκων εἰς τὰ μικρὰ πλοῖα. 

al 5 “~ > 
7. A. Ποῦ Hv τὰ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων παιδία; 


Μ. Τὰ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων παιδία ἣν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 


24 GREEK PRIMER. . Parr I. 


LESSON X. Euphony of Vowels: Contraction. 


A final short vowel is often e/zded} 

A short vowel at the end of a verb-stem is often 
lengthened before a single consonant.” 

Contraction occurs when a verb stem ends ina, ε, or 0, 
and is followed by a variable vowel. Thus πειράω, 7 am 
trying, becomes πειρῶ. 


Contraction is nearly confined to the present and imperfect, since in 
other tenses there is a consonant before the variable vowel. 


Exercise 1. Learn the rules for contraction, and examples, 
given with the vocabulary. These will be used constantly. 


EXERCISE 2. Write out the present and imperfect indicative 
active of each of these verbs in the uncontracted form, and then 
contract and accent each word according to the rules, thus : 


νικάω νικῶ ποιέω ποιῶ δηλόω δηλῶ 
νικάεις νικᾷς ποιέεις ποιεῖς δηλόεις δηλοῖς 
νικάει κι τ᾿ A.2 ποιέι -κιτλ. δηλόει K. τ᾿ A. 


Exercise 3. Give the uncontracted form for each of the 
following words, and the rules illustrated by it: 


I. πειρᾷ, 2. ἐδήλους. 3. δηλοῖ. 4. ἐποίεις. 5. ἐποιεῖτε. 6. ποιεῖ. 
7. πειρᾶτε. 8. ἐπείρων. 9. πειρῶσιν. 10. νικᾷ IT. ἐνίκας. 12 ἐνίκα. 
13. δηλοῦσιν. 14. ποιεῖ, 15. νικῶ. 16. πειρᾷ. 17. ποιεῖς. 18. ἐδήλου. 
19. ἐδηλοῦτε. 20. ποιῶ. 


EXERCISE 4. Give the Greek for the following brief sen- 
tences, using the contract forms: 


1 A final short vowel is protected in some cases by ν movable. 

2 Before a single consonant in verbal inflection a, ε, and 0, are forma- 
tively lengthened: οἷο ὦ, ¢ to ἡ, andato 7. Buty cannot stand after e, «, 
or p; hence, after these letters a becomes 4a. 

8 «. το A. is an abbreviation for καὶ τὰ λοιπά (and the rest) = et cetera.’ 


PartlI. EUPHONY -OF VOWELS: CONTRACTION. 25 


1. 1 was trying; he was trying; we were trying; they were 
trying. 2. We are showing; we were showing; they were 
showing; he was showing. 4. We were conquering; they 
were conquering ; he is conquering; I conquered. 4. You 
are making ; you were making; ye were making ; I shall make ; 
I made. 5. ‘Thou art showing; he is trying. 


EXERCISE 5. Prepare to use these words in rapid dialog, 
like the following : 
1. AtaazKaaoz. Ot ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐνίκων τοὺς Bap- 
4 4 3 ’ 4 Φ La) 
βάρους. τί ἐποίουν ot ᾿Αθηναῖοι ; 
ΜάθητησΣ. Οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐνίκων τοὺς βαρβάρους. 
2. A. Παῦλος, ὁ ἀπόστολος, σκηνὰς ἐποίει. τί 
ἐποίει Παῦλος ; 
Μ. Παῦλος, ὁ ἀπόστολος, σκηνὰς ἐποίει. 
3. A. Ὃ πόλεμος ἐδήλου τὸν τῶν βαρβάρων 
’ ’ 3 / ε , 
φόβον. τί ἐποίει ὁ πόλεμος ; 
M. ὋὉ πόλεμος ἐδήλουν τὸν τῶν βαρβάρων 


φόβον. 


4. A. "Apa Παῦλος ἐποίει σκηνάς ; 
Μ. Ναί, Παῦλος ἐποίει σκηνάς. 
ὃ. A. Ποῦ ἐποίει Παῦλος σκηνάς ; 
Μ. Παῦλος ἐποίει σκηνὰς ἐν Κορίνθῳ. 
6. Δ. *Apa ἦν οἶκος Παύλῳ ἐν Κορίνθῳ ; 
Μ, Οὐκ ἦν οἶκος Παύλῳ ἐν Κορίνθῳ. 
7. Δ. ἾΆρα ἣν ὁ τῶν βαρβάρων φόβος δῆλος; 
Μ. Nat, δῆλος ἣν ὁ φόβος 6 τῶν βαρβάρων. 
8. A. "Apa αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ δῆλαι ; 
Μ. Οὐκ ἦσαν δῆλαι αἱ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ σκηναί. 


26 GREEK PRIMER. Parr 1. 


LESSON XI. The Verb “To Be.” Enclitics. 


INDICATIVE. 
Present. Imperfect. INFINITIVE, 
Sing. 1. εἰμί ἡ Or ἦν εἶναι 
2. εἶ ἦσθα 
3. ἐστί ἦν 
Dual. 2. ἐστόν ἦστον Or ἦτον PARTICIPLE. 
3. ἐστόν ἤστην Or ἤτην Masc. ὧν 
Plur. 1. ἐσμέν ἦμεν Fem. οὖσα 
2. ἐστέ ἦτε Or ἦστε Neut. ὄν 
3. εἰσί ἦσαν 


Enclitics. (ἐν κλίνω, to incline.) 

The forms of the present indicative of the verb “ to 
be” (save the second singular, εἶ), and a few other 
words, attach themselves so closely to a preceding 
word as to give up their separate accent, except when 
especially emphatic. 

The word before an enclitic, 

If oxytone,! retains the acute; as, θεός ἐστιν. 
If proparoxytone, properispomenon, or proclitic, 
adds an acute; as, ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν. 


An enclitic of two syllables, however, after a paroxytone, retains its 
accent; as, λόγοι εἰσίν. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
I. 1. *Ayus, ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, ἔλεγεν ὅτι οἱ Λακε- 
δαιμόνιοι οὐκ ἐρωτῶσι πόσοι εἰσὶν οἱ πολέμιοι, 
ἀλλὰ ποῦ εἰσιν. 2. λέγομεν τὴν κώμην εἶναι 


1 If a word has the acute on the ultima, it is called oxytone ; if on the 
penult, paroxytone; if on the antepenult, proparoxytone. A word with 
the circumflex on the ultima is perispomenon, on the penult properi- 
spomenon 


Parr I. THE VERB “TO BE.” ENCLITICS. 27 


καλήν. ἔλεξα τὸν ἥλιον εἶναι δῆλον. 8. οἱ ἀν- 
θρωποι ἀγαθοί εἰσιν. αἱ κῶμαι Kadai εἰσιν. τὰ 
δῶρα καλά ἐστιν; 4. ἐν τοῖς πλοίοις ἐσμέν. ἐπὶ 
τοῖς πλοίοις μεν. 9. ὁ ἀγαθὸς ὧν ὅ ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖ. 
ἀγαθὴ οὖσα" καλή ἐστιν. 6. ἐνικήθην ὑπὸ τῶν 
, > 
βαρβάρων. πολέμιος εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε. 7. ἐνίκων 
ε ’ὔὕ : ε 4 QA 5S » 

με οἱ βάρβαροι ἡ σκηνή μου καλὴ ἦν. . ἂν- 
θ , > ¥ θ ele ¥ 5 

ρωπός et. αἀνθρωποί ἐστε. ἄνθρωποι ἦσαν. 
9. τὰ πλοῖα Hv ἐν τῷ 2 ὰ πλοῖα ἐν τῷ 
: ἣν ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ. τὰ πλοῖα ἐν τῷ 
ποταμῷ ἐστιν. 10. ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ἐστε. ἐν 


ταῖς σκηναῖς ἦτε. Il. ὁ ἥλιος δῆλός ἐστιν. 


II. τ. We were in Corinth; we are in Corinth ; he is in 
Corinth. 42. ‘The boats are in the river ; the boats were in the 
river. 3. The boats are.not in the river; the boats are fine. 
4. They say that the village is (use the infinitive) beautiful, 
5. He who is good is handsome ; she who is good does good 
(things). 6. We are in the tents; you are in the tents ; he is in 
the tent. 7. The villages are beautiful; the river is beautiful. 
8. We are not full of fear; the house is small; I was in the 
village. 9. The Lacedemonians ask where the enemies are. 
How many are there? το. Where are the horses? The 
horses are in the beautiful village. 

1 The infinitive of indirect discourse is to be translated by a finite 


verb. Thus, in the sentence above, We are saying that the village is 
beautiful. 


2 ἐστί takes ν movable. 

8 A participle with the article is to be translated by a relative clause ; 
thus, above, Ae who zs good. 

4 A participle without the article is translated by a temporal, condi- 
tional, or causal clause; thus, above, 2. she zs good, or because she 15 good. 


A participle is seldom or never translated by dezzg. 


28 GREEK PRIMER. Parr I. 


LESSON XII. Exercises in Reading. 


The object of this lesson is to increase the student’s fluency and con- 
fidence in reading the Greek, to enable him to feel the force of words in 
the Greek order, and to put him on the alert for words whose meaning 
may be guessed, or at least remembered, by their resemblance to English. 

To accomplish this object, the whole should be read repeatedly with 
the teacher to secure correct emphasis as well as pronunciation, and then 
it should be committed to memory. Several forms occur which are 
irregular, and have not yet been studied. 

Faithful work upon this lesson will fix much of what has been already 
studied, and contribute to rapid work in the future. 


ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ KAI ΠΑΙΔΙΟΝ. 


Anepanos. Ποῖ καὶ πόθεν, ὦ παιδίον ; 

Gentleman. Whither and whence, my boy? 

Ilataion. ὋὉ παιδαγωγός, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, aye με 
ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου εἰς τὸ διδασκαλεῖον καὶ τὸ γυμνάσιον. 

Boy. The pedagog, sir, is leading me from my home to 
the school-house and the gymnasium. 

A. Τὸ δὲ διδασκαλεῖον καὶ τὸ γυμνάσιον ποῦ 
εἰσιν; 

G. But where are the school and the gymnasium? 

Il. To μὲν' διδασκαλεῖον ἐν TH κώμῃ ἐστί, TO 
δὲ γυμνάσιον πρὸς τῷ ποταμῷ. 

B. The school is in the village, but the gymnasium is near 
the river. 

A. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὡς σκυθρωπὸς εἶ. 

G. But how sullen you are ! 

1 These little words (called particles), are used to mark a contrast = on 
the one hand... but on the other hand. 

In English such contrast is in most cases sufficiently marked by the 


voice (e. g. emphasizing school and gymnasium, above); so that it is 
unnecessary to translate μέν by a distinct word. 


Parr L. EXERCISES IN READING. 29 


Il. Ἢ yap’ ἡμέρα καλή ἐστι, καὶ ἐπιθυμῶ 
παίζειν τῇ σφαίρᾳ. 

B. (ἴ85, I am sullen,) for the day is fine, and I want to be 
playing with my ball. 

A. "Apa οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖς εἶναι ἀθλητὴς καὶ 
φιλόσοφος ; 

G. Do you not want to be an athlete and a philosopher? 

Il. Οὐχ ore ἡ σφαῖρα νέα ἐστίν. 

B. Not when my ball is new. 

A. Ἐγὼ δ᾽ οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ὃς οὐκ ἐφοίτα εἰς 
διδασκαλεῖον, καὶ νῦν ὁρᾷ τὴν τῆς ἀμελείας 
μωρίαν. 

G. But I know a man who did not go to school, and now 
he sees the folly of neglect. 

Il. Καὶ ἐγὼ ἐπιθυμῶ ἰδεῖν τὴν τῆς ἀμελείας 
μωρίαν. 

8. 1 αἶϑο want to see the folly of neglect. 

A. ‘AX ὁ Περικλῆς καὶ ὁ Θεμιστοκλῆς ἐφοίτων 
εἰς διδασκαλεῖον. 

G. But (the great) Pericles and Themistocles used to go to 
school. 

Π. Οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς νέα σφαῖρα. 

B. They did not have a new ball. 

A. Τί δὴ διδάσκουσιν ἐν τῷ διδασκαλείῳ ; 

G. Now what do they teach in the school ? 

II]. Διδάσκουσι τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ THY ypap- 
ματικήν. 

B. They teach music and grammar. 


1 This word often implies an ellipsis, as indicated in the translation 
above. 


30 GREEK PRIMER. Part L 


A. Ti δὲ βιβλίον ἀναγυιγνώσκεις ; 

G. But what book do you read? 

Il. Ta βιβλία τοῦ Ὁμήρου: καὶ ἐκεῖνος λέγει 
ἀεὶ περὶ πολέμου. σὺ δὲ πολλὰ ἐρωτᾷς. 

B. The books of Homer; and he always tells about war. 
But you are asking many (questions). 

A. Καλὸν παιδίον εἶ, καὶ καλῶς λέγεις. φέρε 
δή, λαβὲ ὀβολὸν καὶ τρέχε. 

G. You are ἃ fine boy and talk well. Come now, take an 
obol and be running on. 

Π. Ads pou δύο καὶ θᾶσσον τρέχω. 

8. Give me two and I run faster. 


Questions on Introductory Matters. 


1. What letters have the same form and sound as in 
English ? 

2. What letters are found in Greek which do not occur in 
English ? 

3. When the same vowel has a breathing and an accent, 
which stands first ? | 

4. What is the quantity of each of the vowels ? 

5. What final diphthongs have the effect of short vowels on 
the accent of the penult and antepenult ? 

6. Under what circumstances could a verb be _ properi- 
spomenon ? 

7. What is the difference between a verb stem and a tense 
stem? 

8. Of what is the augment the sign ? 

9. What is the szgz of the passive? the future? the perfect? 


PartI. QUESTIONS ON INTRODUCTORY MATTERS. 31 


10. Why are there two past tenses, — the imperfect and the 
aorist ? 

11. What is a proclitic? an enclitic? Name several of each. 

12. What may change the place of the accent of a noun? 

132. How do you find the A/ace for the accent of a noun? of 
a verb? 

14. What happens to z before 6? ¢ before +? 6 before o? 

15. What happens to « before μλ @ before μ᾽ ¢ before σὴ 

16. Contract and accent δήηλοομεν, ποιεουσιν, νικαετε, and 
ἐπειραον.- 

17- What person and number are indicated by -pev? -τεῦ 
-σὺ -σιῦ -νσιῦ -Tov? -v? -τηνῦ 

18. What is the place for the augment of a verb compounded 
with a preposition ? 

19. What verbs have augment and reduplication alike ? 

20. When does a plural subject take a verb in the singular ? 

21. Mention some. peculiarities of augment and reduplication. 

22. How are capitals and punctuation marks used? 

23. How are participles to be translated ? 

24. When is v attached to the end of a word? 

25. How is the infinitive of indirect discourse to be trans- 
lated ? 

26. What is the common Greek construction for “I have” ? 

27. What is the “attributive position ” ? 

28. What peculiarity of accent is there in the A-declension? 

29. When does a penult, if accented, require the circumflex ? 

30. When does an ultima, if accented, require the circumflex ? 

31. What is peculiar in the quantity of the final diphthongs 
αι and ou? 

32. What are the variable vowels of the indicative present, 
and when is each used? 


——— ee mais 
Sy ΤΑΝ ! 


τ 


ZOPOKAHS O ΠΟΙΗΤῊΣ 


This figure shows how the ἱμάτιον was worn by Athenian gentlemen. 


PART SECOND 


THE MOST COMMON INFLECTIONS 


34 GREEK PRIMER. Part IL. 


LESSON XIII. Nouns: The Vowel Declensions. 


O-declension nouns — constituting the so-called sec- 
ond declension — are masculine or neuter, and are 
declined like ἄνθρωπος and δῶρον.ἷ 

A-declension nouns, with stems in -a- or -7-,— con- 
stituting the so-called first declension, — are masculine 
or feminine. 

All nouns of the A-declension are declined alike in 
the dual and the plural. 


VARIATIONS IN THE SINGULAR. 


1. Masculines. These are distinguished from the 
feminines only by a final o in the nominative, and the 
ending του in the genitive; as, ὁ πολίτης, the citizen 
(POLIT-ics), gen. πολίτου. | 

The final vowel of the nominative, whether a or ἡ, is 
retained throughout the singular, except that nouns in 
-rns have a vocative in -a@ short. 


2. Feminines. The final vowel of the nominative, 
whether ὦ or ἡ, is retained throughout the singular, 
except that a final short @ is changed to ἡ in the gen- 
itive and dative, unless preceded by e, 1, or p. Thus the 
genitive of ἅμαξα is ἁμάξης, while the genitive of γέφυρα 
is γεφύρας. 

The quantity of a final a is usually betrayed by the accent, 
short -ἅ allowing an acute on the antepenult or a circumflex on 
the penult. 


1 ἡ ὁδός, the way’, ἡ νῆσος, the island, and a very few others, are feminine. 


Parr IL. NOUNS: THE VOWEL DECLENSIONS. 35 


A-DECLENSION ENDINGS. 


Singular. Dual. Plural. 
Masc. Fem 
ns ἄς qe a a αι 
ου Ὡς as ns as αιν av 
n ¢ n @ n ¢ atv ats 
ην ἂν ἣν ἂν ἂν a as 
n(@) ἃ 


ExercisE 1. Decline, observing the rules above : 


[ 


ἅμαξα, the wagon. 
vedvias, the youth. 
χώρα, the land, country. 


ὁ πολίτης, the citizen. 
ἡ γέφυρα, the bridge. 
ἡ τιμή, (the) honor. 


asa on .3. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. 1. Οἱ ὁπλῖται ἐν ταῖς φιλίαις κώμαις εἰσίν. 
2. καλόν ἐστι τὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ἔργον. 3. φίλος 
ἔργῳ φιλεῖ, οὐ λόγῳ. 4. πιστεύει τῷ ἀγαθῷ πολίτῃ 

ε , \ nae ΄ Ψ > > A 
ὃ νεανίας. ὃ. τὰ τοῦ ὁπλίτου ὅπλα ἣν ἐν Τῇ 
ἁμάξῃ. 6. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τιμὴν φιλοῦσιν. 7. ἡ τοῦ 

“ ’ » a ε ’ ε 4 
στρατηγοῦ φιλία ayer τοὺς ὁπλίτας. 8. ὁ ταμίας 
> 4 ee ’ ε ε te > 4 
ἐπεβούλευε τῷ νεανίᾳ. 9. οἱ OmAITAL ἐστράτευον 
» A ’ 5 ’ 3 ”~ , ε Ἂς ΄“) 
εἰς τὴν χώαν. 10. ἐνικήθην ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ 
στρατηγοῦ. 1]. ot νεανίαι τὸν στρατηγὸν τιμῶσιν. 

II. 1. The generals were sending the arms from the wagon 
to the tents. 2. The general was sending the hoplites from 
the country into the village. 3. We were trusting in the 
steward and the hoplites. 4. They are sending the young 
men and the citizens. 5. The generals were friendly to the 


hoplites. 6. The good steward was sending gifts to the young 
men. 7. We love our friends in deed and not in word. 


36 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


LESSON XIV. Nouns: Exercises. 


EXercIsE 1. Give the Greek for: 


Son; who? whither? whence? and; battle; small; dear; 
brother; fear; accordingly; concerning; house; full; hostile; 
for; how many? me; make an expedition; friendly; but; plot 
against; wagon; conquer; do; steward; try; show; tool; am; 
love; heavy-armed foot-soldier ; young man; honor; deed, work; 
bridge ; citizen; country; earth. 


Adjectives in -os, preceded by ε, 4, or p, form their 
feminines in -@ instead of -n. 


The feminine, in the nominative and genitive plural, follows the accent 
of the masculine. 


EXERCISE 2. Decline φίλιος, φιλία, φίλιον. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


Ly 


ε ,ὕ λ ert. 5) , 
I. 1. Ἱππίας καὶ Ἵππαρχος υἱοὶ ἦσαν Πεισιστρά- 
ρ 
~ ao 3 
του τοῦ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων tupavvov. 2. οἱ Σκύθαι 
5 nw 5 ε ’ὔὕ Ν A Ν “ 1 A 
οἰκοῦσιν ἐν ἁμάξαις. 8. χαλεπὸν μὲν τὸ Tovey,’ τὸ 
δὲ κελεῦσαι" ῥάδιον. 4. ἡ μὲν ἀρχὴ χαλεπή ἐστ 
κελεῦσαι" ῥάδιον. 4. ἡ μὲν ἀρχὴ χαλεπή ἐστι, 
ῥᾳδία δὲ ἡ τελευτή, ὅ. τὸν τῶν θεῶν σῖτον λέγου- 
> » 
σιν οἱ ποιηταὶ εἶναι a οσίαν. 0. ἡ Αἴγυπτος 
Y 
δῶρόν ἐστι Tov Νείλου. 7. οἱ Πέρσαι θύουσιν 
ε vA ‘ “ Ν ὔ ec » a » 
ἡλίῳ καὶ yn καὶ σελήνῃ. 8. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃν ἔπεμψα 
Lal ec » nw 
᾿Αθήνησιν οἰκεῖ, 9. ὁ νεανίας ᾧ ἔπεμπον τὰ πλοῖα 
1 Present infinitive, — action viewed as continued. Observe that this 
infinitive is the subject of the sentence and takes an article. 
2 Aorist infinitive, —action viewed without regard to. continuance. 


SPECIAL RULE FoR ACCENT. The first aorist infinitive active accents 
the penult (accent not recessive). 


Part II. NOUNS: EXERCISES. 37 


Ν > > ’ > ε Ν ’ 
καλὸς ἦν. 10. ἠρώτησεν οὖν ὁ στρατηγὸς πόσοι 
3 Ν ε ’ ε ’ ’ὔ 3 \ 
εἰσὶν οἱ πολέμιοι. 11. ἡ χώρα πολεμία ἐστὶ 
τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 12. ὁ σῖτος ἐν ἁμάξῃ ἦν. 18. αἱ 
τῆς χώρας κῶμαι φίλιαί εἰσιν. 14. λέλυκα τὸν τοῦ 

, Ψ , , a , 
νεανίου ἵππον. 15. γράψω λόγον τοῦ πολέμου. 
» , “~ “ , 5 A 5 / 
ἔγραψα λόγον τῆς τοῦ πολέμου ἀρχῆς. 16. ἐπεί 
σθην ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδίου͵. ἔπεισα τὸ παιδίον. 
17. ἦχα τὸν ἵππον καὶ τὸ παιδίον εἰς τὸν ποτα- 
μόν. 18. τὸ πλοῖον ἣν καλόν. 19. -ἔλεγον ὅτι 
Ν A \ = 
TO πλοῖον καλὸν Hv. 

II. 1. The tyrant lives in a beautiful house. 2. It is 
hard to conquer’ the Scythians. 3. To love? a_ brother 
is easy. 4. The general orders the soldiers to sacrifice. 
5. A good beginning makes a good end. 6. Ambrosia is 
the food of the gods. 7. The soldiers were trusting their 
captains. 8. In the beginning God made (mot the imperfecl 
tense) the earth, the moon, and the sun. 9. The citizens 
were trying to conquer the tyrant. 10. The gods do not 


manifest the end from the beginning. τι. How many men 
are in the tents? 12. Out of the friendly villages. 


1 Aorist infin., νικῆσαι 2 Present infin. (continuance). 


7 
ἐπποι 


From the Century Magazine, by permission. 


38 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


LESSON XV. Verbs: Indicative Active of λύω. 


” 


Each of the “ principal parts,” now so familiar, must be inflected to 
denote the different persons and numbers; and the same endings will be 
used as in the present and the imperfect. Thus from the material already 
mastered a large number of new forms can be produced. 

Note the grouping of the tenses as “ principal ” and “historical,” ac- 
cording to the endings used. 

The infinitive ending is -ev (contracted with preceding ε to -ειν), 
or -va. The 1 aorist infinitive in -oa is irregular. 


PRINCIPAL TENSES. HISTORICAL TENSES. 


Stems 1 dv? Avo”! λυ. λυσ-α- 
Present. Future. Imperfect. 1 Aorist. 
Indic. Sing. 1. Ave (μι) λύσω (μι) ἔ-λυο-ν ἔλυσα (v) 
2. λύει-ς λύσεις ἔ-λυε-ς é-Avora-s 
3. λύει (σι) λύσει (σι) ἔ-λυε ἔτλυσε 
Dual 2. λύε-τον λύσ-ετον ἐ-λύε-τον ἐ-λύσα-τον 
3. λύε-τον λύσ-ετον ἐ-λυέ-την ἐ-λυσά-την 
Plur. 1. λύο-μεν λύσ-ομεν ἐ-λύο-μεν ἐλύσα-μεν 
2. λύε-τε λύσ-ετε ἐ-λύε-τε ἐ-λύσα-τε 
3. λύου-σι λύσ-ουσι ἔ-λυο-ν ἔτλυσα-ν 
Infin. λύει-ν, to λύσει-ν, to be λῦσαι, to 
be loosing. about to loose. loose. 
Partic. λύων, loos- λύσων, about λύσᾶς 
ing. to loose. 
Stems λελυκ-α- λελυκ-ει- λυθε- 
1 Perfect. 1 Pluperfect. 2 Aorist Pass.2 
Indic. Sing. 1. λέλυκα ἐ-λελύκ-ειν, -κη, ἐ-λύθη-ν 
2. λέλυκα-ς ἐ-λελύκ-εις, -ῆς ἐ-λύθη-ς 
3. λέλυκε ἐ-λελύκει ἐ-λύθη 


1 Whatever is added to the verb-stem to form the tense-stem (~|,., 
-o°| < "σα, K. τ. A.) is called the “ tense-sign.” 

2 The aorist passive is here grouped with the active because it has 
active endings. It has no variable vowel. 


Parr Il. VERBS: INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF λύω. 39 


Indic. Dual 2. λελύκα-τον ἐ-λελύκει-τον ἐ-λύθη-τον 
3, λελύκα-τον ἐ-λελυκεί-την ἐ-λυθή-την 
Plur. 1. λελύκα-μεν ἐλελύκει-μεν ἐ-λύθη-μεν 
2. λελύκα-τε ἐ-λελύκει-τε ἐ-λύθη-τε 
3. λελύκᾶσι ἐ-λελύκει-σαν ἐ-λύθη-σαν 
(λελύκα-νσι) ἐ-λελύκε-σαν 
Infin. λελυκέ-ναι, to have λυθῆ-ναι, to be 
loosed. loosed. 
Partic. λελυκώς, having λυθείς, loosed. 
loosed. 


From the translations in the above paradigm, we 
learn that tense denotes time only in the indicative. 

In the other modes the tense merely shows whether the action is 
viewed as continued (present), completed (perfect), or indefinite (aorist). 
Hence the augment —sign of past time— does not belong either to the 
aorist infinitive, which simply represents an action without regard to 


time or continuance, or to the‘aorist participle, which, regardless of time, 
usually represents an action as prior to that of the principal verb. 


Exercise 1. Conjugate as above κελεύω, τιμάω 3 and φιλέω. 

Exercise 2. Repeat in Greek accurately and rapidly : 

1. He is loosing ; he will loose ; he loosed ; he was loosed ; 
to loose. 2. To have loosed ; he who loosed (6 λύσας). 3. He 
who will loose (6 λύσων) ; to be loosing ; we have loosed ; they 
have loosed. 4. They will pursue ; to be pursued ; to pursue. 
5. They were pursued ; we have pursued. 6. We tried ; you 
were trying; he has conquered. 7. They will love; he who 
was loved; they were loved. 8. We were conquered; you 
will lead; he wrote. 9. We will ask; he has made an expe- 
dition ; they will make an expedition. 10. He who loosed; 
he who was loosed; to loose. 


1 SPECIAL RULES FOR ACCENT. Infinitives in -va: accent the penult. 
Consonant-declension participles in -s, except the first aorist active, are 
oxytone. 

2 Infinitives in a-ew contract to -ἂν, not -ᾷν. 


40 


GREEK PRIMER. 


Part II. 


LESSON XVI. Nouns: The Consonant Declension. 


Many nouns have stems ending in a consonant. These 


constitute the so-called third declension. 


In studying the paradigms observe: 


1. The euphonic changes before o are the same as in 
A final lingual (7, δ, @) is 


dropped; as σῶμα for σωματ. 


verbs (see Lesson VI.). 


The stem, disguised in the nominative singular by the 


changes occasioned by a, is found by dropping the case. 


ending -os of the genitive. 


2. The neuter has the nominative and the accusative 


alike; and these in the singular are the simple stem. 
Care must be taken to learn the gender of each 


consonant-declension noun. 


Sing. Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 


N.A. 
α. Ὁ. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 


Dual 


Plur. 


EXeErcIsE 1. 


Masculine. 

ὁ φύλαξ 

(φυλακ-)΄ 
watchman 
ὁ φύλαξ 
τοῦ φύλακ-ος 
τῷ φύλακο-ι 
τὸν φύλακ-α 
τὼ φύλακ-ε 
τοῖν φυλάκ-οιν 


οἱ φύλακ-ες 


τῶν φυλάκ-ων , 


τοῖς φύλαξι 
τοὺς φύλακ-ας 


Feminine. 
ἡ φάλαγξ 
(φαλαγγ-) 
phalanx 
ἡ φάλαγξ 
τῆς φάλαγγ-ος 
τῇ φάλαγγοι 
τὴν φάλαγγ-α, 
K. τ. XA. 


Neuter. 
τὸ σῶμα 
(σωματ-) 
body 
τὸ σῶμα 
τοῦ σώματ-ος 
τῷ σώματο-ι 
τὸ σῶμα 
τὼ σώματ-ε 
τοῖν σωμάτ-οιν 
τὰ σώματ-α 
τῶν σωμάτ-ων 
τοῖς σώμασι 
τὰ σώματ-α 


Write out a table of consonant-declension 


endings ; and decline as above the Greek words for chariot, τὸ 


PartIl NOUNS: THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 41 


ἅρμα, ἅρματος ; hope,» ἐλπίς, ἐλπίδος ; and army, τὸ στράτευμα, 
στρατεύματος. 
Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
A ¥ 

I. 1. Διὰ τὰ πράγματα τὰ παιδία ἐκ τῶν οἴκων 
> ’ > “~ 9 c ’ 3 
ἐπέμψαμεν. 2. ἐν τῷ ἅρματι ὃ στρατηγός ἐστιν. 
ὃ. τὸ τοῦ φύλακος σῶμα καλόν ἐστιν. 4. ὁ φύλαξ 


»Ὰ ΄, 2: ft ἣν ae “ A 
ταῖς φάλαγξιν ἐπίστευσεν. 9. TO ὄνομα τοῦ τῶν 
> , 4 , > ε » 
Αθηναίων τυράννου Πεισίστρατος ἦν. 6. οἱ ap- 

’ “ Ἂϊς, ° “~ > Ν 
θρωποι χρήματα φιλοῦσιν. 7. τὸ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὰ 


’ > «ε ’ Ν 9 ε / 
καλόν ἐστιν. ὃ. ὃ λύσας τὸν ἵππον ὃ στρατηγός 
ἐστιν. 9. ὁ νεανίας ἐστράτευσε πιστεύων τῷ 

“ ε »-“ Ν ε ’ ’ὔ > 
στρατηγῷ. 10. ἡ γῆ καὶ ἡ σελήνη καλαί εἰσιν. 
11. ὁ ποιητὴς ἦν ἐν τῷ καλῷ οἴκῳ. 12. ἡ τιμὴ" 
φιλὴ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστίν. 18. ὁ φύλαξ τοὺς 
9 > > Ἀ , - , 
ἵππους ἦγεν εἰς τὸν ποταμόν. [14. ἡ πόνου τε- 
λευτὴ οὐ χαλεπή ἐστιν. 15. τὸ τοῦ φύλακος 


nw la) ν 4 
σωμα ἐν τῷ αρματί ἐστιν. 


II. 1. The watchmen will love the sun. 2. The steward 
has done noble (deeds). 3. The deeds of the phalanx were 
noble. 4. The captain was in a chariot. 5. The army 
is making an expedition. 6. Muron is the name of the 
captain. 7- Kuros has made an expedition trying to con- 
quer his brother. 8. The general has a fine shield. 9. The 
general called the watchman. το. The poet has an honorable 
name. 11. Poets have written concerning the earth and the 
moon. 12. The guards are dear to the general. 13. Toil 
was hard for the children. 14. The guards have troubles. 
15. The captain will call the guard by name (daz.). 


1 Abstract nouns often take the article. 


42 GREEK PRIMER. Parr LI. 


LESSON XVII. The Consonant Declension: Variations. 


Masculines and feminines have some variations in the 
singular : 

1. Zhe Nominative. Stems in -ν-, -p-, -o-, -oT-, -ovT-, 
reject -s in the nominative, and lengthen ε, ο, to ἡ, o. 
Decline ὁ ἡγεμών, ἡγεμόνος; the guide. 

2. The Accusative. Barytone! stems in -r-, -6-, -θ-, 
after a close vowel, commonly omit the mute and take. 
the case ending -ν. Decline ὁ or ἡ épvis, dpvidos, the 
bird (ORNITHO/ogy.) (The close vowels are ἐ and v). 

3. Lhe Vocative. The vocative, which is regularly 
like the nominative, is the same as the stem: 


a. In barytone stems ending in a liquid or -ντ-; 
ὦ. In stems ending in -06- ; 
c. In most nouns in -ἐς, -evs, and -us. 

Give the vocative of ὁ ῥήτωρ, ῥήτορος, the orator; ἡ 


ἐλπίς, ἐλπίδος, hope, ὁ δαίμων, δαίμονος, the divinity, 
spirit (DEMON). 


CONSONANT-DECLENSION ENDINGS. 


Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc.andFem. Neut. 
Nom. -s or none none τε -€S τα 
Gen. τος -οιν των 
Dat. “t τοῖν -σι3 
Acc. -vor-a none -ε -ας τὰ 


1 Words without accent on the ultima are called barytone. 
9 


2 y before -σι in dat. plu. is dropped without lengthening the pre- 
ceding vowel. 


Part Il. THE CONSONANT DECLENSION: VARIATIONS. 43 


~ Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
I. An Athlete’s Epitaph (ἐπιτάφιος). 


Πατρὶς μὲν Κέρκυρα, Φίλων δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽, εἰμὶ δὲ Τλαύκου 
Υἱός, καὶ νικῶ πὺξ δύ᾽ ὀλυμπιάδας. 
— SIMONIDEs. 


Il. 1. Αἱ ἀσπίδες τῶν Ἑλλήνων μικραὶ ἦσαν. 


2) ε “ ε ’ » Σ ’ 5 3 «ε 

2. οἱ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος ὄρνιθες καλοί εἰσιν. . ol 

avd » ἀγαθῷ pr ἐπί 4. 6 
ρωποι τῷ ἀγαθῷ ῥήτορι ἐπίστευσαν. : 


“ἡγεμὼν εἰς ἀγῶνα τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐκάλεσεν. 
ὃ. οἱ ἡγεμόνες εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοὺς λοχαγοὺς 
ἐκάλουν. 6. μυριάδες τὴν πατρίδα πεφιλήκασιν. 


7. χάρις χάριν ποιεῖ. 


III. 1. I was conquered by the Greek phalanx. 2. The 
guard’s body is in the chariot. 4. We will send the shields 
into the country. 4. The birds of the country are not beau- 
tiful. 5. The citizens do not trust the orators. 6. The 
youths honored the divinity. 7. The hope of honor will 
persuade the youths. 8. The bodies of the barbarians are 
in the river. 9. The guards used-to-love’ the captain. 
10 We have sent the horses and chariots from the village. 
11. The generai says that the guards were in the phalanx. 
12. The young men love the birds, and the birds trust the 
young men. 13. The orators will persuade the citizens to 
send gifts. 14. The hope of gifts persuaded the barbarians. 
15. What art thou doing, O spirit? 16. Guide, did you 
send the child to the house? 17. Guard, are the arms in 
the tent? 18. O hope, whither will you send the young 
man ἡ 


1 A familiar form to be rendered by the imperfect. 


44 GREEK PRIMER. Part IL 


LESSON XVIII. Participles: Declension and Use. 


Active and Aorist Passive participles are of the con- 
sonant declension in the masculine and the neuter. 

The participial ending -ντ- (fem. -οντσα =-ovea), in the 
perfect -or- 1 (fem. -via), appears in the genitive. | 


loosing giving 
S. λύων 2 λύουσα λῦον διδούς ὃ διδοῦσα διδόν 
λύοντος λυούσης λύοντος διδόντος διδούσης διδόντος 
λύοντι λυούσΉῃΉη λύοντι διδόντι διδούσῃ διδόντι 
λύοντα λύουσαν λῦον διδόντα διδοῦσαν διδόν 
D. λύοντε λυούσα λύοντε διδόντε διδούσα διδόντε 
λνόντοιν λυούσαιν λυόντοιν διδόντοιν διδούσαιν διδόντοιν 
P. λύοντες λύουσαι λύοντα διδόντες διδοῦσαι διδόντα 
λυόντων λυουσῶν λυόντων διδόντων διδουσῶν διδόντων 
λύουσι ὃ λυούσαις λύουσι διδοῦσιξβ διδούσαις διδοῦσι 
λύοντας λυούσας λύοντα διδόντας διδούσας διδόντα 
loosed having loosed 
λυθείς 8 λυθεῖσα λυθέν λελύκώς λελυκυα λελυκός 
λυθέντος λυθείσης λυθέντος λελυκότος λελυκυίας λελυκότος 
K. τ᾿ Ar. K. τ᾿ A, 
having loosed showing 
Avods? Avodoa λῦσᾶν Sexvis® Sexvioa δεικνῦν 
λύσαντος λυσάσης λύσαντος δεικνύντος δεικνύσης δεικνύντος 
κ. τ. A. K. T. A. 
Characteristic Uses of the Participle. 
1. The Attributive Participle, like any adjective, 


may qualify a substantive as an attributive; as, φιλῶν 


ἀδελφός, a loving brother. 


1 Final τ in the perfect participle is changed to o, and the preceding 


vowel is lengthened to w in the masculine. 


There is no variable vowel. 


2 Decline thus : λύων, Avovoa, λῦον, k.T.A.; also, λύων, λύοντος, K.T. A. 
8 yr is dropped before o, and the preceding vowel compensatively 


lengthened ; ε becomes εἰ. 


Partll PARTICIPLES: DECLENSION AND USE. 45 


When used alone with the article, its substantive being 
omitted, the participle is best translated by a relative 
clause or a noun; 88, 


ὁ λύσας, he who loosed. 
ὁ νικῶν, the victor. 


ἡ λυθεῖσα, the woman who was loosed. 

2. The Circumstantial Participle describes some ac- 
tion connected with that of the principal verb, and is 
translated by a clause of time, cause, means, manner, 
purpose, condition, or concession; or by a verbal noun 
with a preposition. 

θύσας Sapa ἔπεμψε τοῖς φίλοις, when he had sacrificed he sent 
gifts to his friends. 

δῶρα πέμπων τοὺς βαρβάρους ἔπεισεν, He persuaded the barba- 
rians by sending gifts. 


The participle denotes time ve/atively to that of the 
principal verb. Thus (in the sentence above) he sacri- 
ficed before he sent gifts. 

Ovev would mean while sacrificing. 


Reading and Translation. 


I. 1. Οἱ πεμφθέντες ἔλυσαν τὴν γέφυραν. 2. οἱ 
πολῖται τοῖς στρατεύουσι δῶρα πέμψουσιν. 3. τὰ 
τῶν νενικηκότων δῶρα καλά ἐστιν. 4. ὁ στρατη- 
γὸς τοὺς νικήσαντας εἰς τὴν κώμην ἄγει. 8. ἐπι- 
βουλεύων τοῖς πολίταις τὴν κώμην οὐκ ὠφελήσεις. 
6. νικῶν τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὠφέλει. 
7. ὁπλίτας ἔπεμψε λύσοντας" τὴν γέφυραν. ὃ. τοῖς 
θεοῖς πιστεύοντες νικήσετε, ὦ ὁπλῖται. 


1 The future participle denotes purpose. 


46 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IL. 


LESSON XIX. Verbs: Indicative Middle of λύω. 


The Middle Voice represents the subject as acting 
upon himself (Direct Middle), or for himself (Indirect 
Middle).? 

Except in the future and aorist tenses the middle and 
passive voices are alike in form; λύομαι, J am loosing 
myself, or [ am being loosed. 


The two sets of middle endings may be seen unmodified in the perfect 
and pluperfect, where there is no variable vowel. 

In other tenses o of the ending of the second singular coming between 
two vowels is dropped, and contraction follows. 

The principal parts as given in the active voice show the stems equally 
well for the middle. The perfect middle is given among the principal 
parts because its stem is distinct from that of the perfect active. 


PRINCIPAL TENSES. HISTORICAL TENSES. 
Stems λυ. λυσ΄,. λυ, λυσ-α- 
Present. Future. Imperfect. 1 Aorist. 
Indic. S. Avo-pa λύσο-μαι ἐ-λυόςμην ἐ-λῦσά-μην 
λύει λύσει ἐ-λύου ἐ-λύσω 
λύε-ται λύσε-ται ἐ-λύε-το ἐ-λύσα-το 
D. λύε-σθον λύσε-σθον ἐ-λύε-σθον ἐ-λύσα-σθον 
λύε-σθον λύσετσθον ἐλυέ-σθην ἐ-λῦσά-σθην 


Ῥ. λυό-μεθα λυσότμεθα ἐ-ςλυό-μεθα ἐ-λῦσά-μεθα 


λύε-σθε λύσε-σθε ἐ-λύε-σθε ἐ-λύσα-σθε 

λύο-νται λύσο-νται ἐ-λύονντο ἐ-λύσα-ντο 
Infin. Ave-o bar λύσε-σθαι λύσα-σθαι 
Part. Avd-pevo-s* — Avod-pevo-s? λυσά-μενο-ς 2 


1 The active and middle voices are distinguished by different endings. 
The “voice sign” of the passive is -0e-. 
2 Participles in -os are declined like ἀγαθός. 


Part IT. VERBS: INDICATIVE MIDDLE OF λύω. 47 


Stems (λυθε-) λυθησ΄͵, λελυ- 


Future Passive.! Perfect. Pluperfect. 
Indic. λυθήσο-μαι λέλυ-μαι ἐ-λελύ-μην 
λυθήσει λέλυ-σαι ἐ-λέλυ-σο 
λυθήσε-ται λέλυ-ται ἐ-λέλυ-το 
K. T. A. 


λέλυ-σθον ἐ-λέλυ-σθον 
λέλυ-σθον ἐ-λελύ-σθην 


λελύ-μεθα ἐ-λελύ-μεθα 
λέλυ-σθε ἐ-λέλυ-σθε 


λέλυ-νται ἐ-λέλυ-ντο 
Infin. λυθήσεσθαι λελύ-σθαι 3 The fut. perf. λελύσομαι 
Part. AvOnod-pevo-s AeAv-pévo-s? κ' τ. A. is rare. 


ExercIsE 1. Write out a table of middle endings. 
EXxEKcISE 2. Conjugate γράφω and νικάω in the middle.’ 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
I. Zhe Dictum of Sokrates. 
ἔλεγεν ὃ Σωκράτης τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον εἶναι ἢ τὸ ἀδικεῖσθαι. 
II. 1. We are being loosed; we are loosing ourselves. 
2. They are loosing themselves ; they are being loosed; they 
are loosing. 3. He will loose the boat; he will loose himself ; 
he will be loosed. 4. He loosed the boat; he loosed him- 
self ; he was loosed. 5. He was loosing the horse ; he was 
being loosed ; he was loosing himself. 6. I have loosed the 
boat ; I have loosed myself; I have been loosed. 7. We 
shall be loosed ; we shall loose ourselves ; we shall loose the 
boat. 8. He who is being loosed will sacrifice ; she who is 
being loosed will, etc. 9. To be loosing ; to be loosing one’s 
self; to loose ; to be loosed. 


1 The future passive is here grouped with the middle because it has 
middle endings. 

2 SPECIAL RULE FoR ACCENT. Infinitives and participles in the per- 
fect middle accent the penult. 

8 This involves an important review of euphonic changes. σ brought by 
inflection between two consonants is dropped; as,yéypagde for γέγραφ-σθε. 


GREEK PRIMER. 


48 Part IL. 
LESSON XX. Nouns: Syncopated Stems. 
MONOSYLLABIC.’ SYNCOPATED Nowuns.? 

ἡ νύξ ὁ πατήρ ἡ μήτηρ ἡ θυγάτηῃρ ὁ ἀνήρ 
(νυκτ-)} (πατερ) (μητερ) (θυγατερ) (ανερ-) 
night father mother daughter man 

S. νύξ πατήρ μήτηρ θυγάτηρ ἀνήρ 
VUKT-0S πατρός μητρός θυγατρ-ός ἀνδρ-ός 
νυκτ-ί πατρτ-ί μητρ-ί θύγατρ-(ί ἀνδρ-ί 
νύκτ-α πατέρα μητέρα θυγατέρ-α ἄνδρ-α 

D. νύκτ-ε πατέρες μητέρ-ε θυγατέρ-ε ἄνδρ-ε 
γυκτ-οῖν πατέρ-οιν μητέρ-οιν θυγατέρ-οιν ἀνδρ-οῖν 

Ῥ, νύκτ-ες πατέρ--ς μητέρ--ς θυγατέρ-ς ἄνδρ-ες 
VUKT-OV Tarép-wv μητέρτων θυγατέρων ἀνδρ-ῶν 
νυξί πατράσι μητράσι θυγατράσι ἀνδράσι 
νύκτ-ας marép-as μητέρ-ας θυγατέρτ-ας ἄνδρ-ας 


In this lesson and in subsequent lessons the article is not declined 
with the noun, but the student is expected to use it throughout. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


T. 1. Maenruz. ὋὉ δὲ Κῦρος τίς ἐστιν ; 
ΔΙΔΆΣΚΑΛΟΣ. ὋὉ Ξενοφῶν λέγει τὸν Κῦρον εἶναι 


υἱὸν Δαρείου, ἄνδρα καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν. 

2. Μ. Τίς δὲ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κύρου; Δ. Ὁ 
Ξενοφῶν λέγει τὴν τοῦ Κύρου μητέρα Παρυσάτιδα 
εἶναι, θυγατέρα ᾿Αρταξέρξου. 

8. Μ. *Apa οὐκ ᾿Αρταξέρξης ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Kv- 
ρου; A. Οὐχ ὁ αὐτὸς ἀνήρ: ὁ yap ἸΠαρυσάτιδος 


1 SPECIAL RULE FoR ACCENT. Monosyllabic stems of the conso- 
nant declension accent the case ending of the genitive and the dative of 


all numbers. 
2 For remarks upon these nouns, see Vocabulary. 


Parr IT. NOUNS: SYNCOPATED STEMS. 49 


πατὴρ πρεσβύτερος ἦν. ᾿Αρταξέρξης οὖν ὁ νέος 
ἀδελφός ἐστιν, υἱὸς τοῦ αὐτοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς 
μητρός. 

4. Μ. "Apa ἐφίλει ἡ Παρύσατις τὼ παιδίω ; 
Δ. Τὸν μὲν Κῦρον ἐφίλει, τὸν δὲ ᾿Αρταξέρξην 
ἐμίσει. 

Μὰ. 1 δὲ ἔγραψεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν ; Ar *O 
Ξενοφῶν αὐτὸς διὰ φιλίαν ἔγραψε περὶ Κύρου τοῦ 

’ ξ A » A Ἁ Ἁ 4 A 
Δαρείου υἱοῦ: ἔγραψε δὲ Kai περὶ Κύρου τοῦ 


4, 
πρεσβυτέρου. 


II. 1. The young men used to honor their fathers and 
mothers. 2. The fathers and mothers used to be honored 
by the young men. 3. The same young man honored his 
father and mother. 4. The father and mother were hon- 
ored by the young man himself. 5. The young men have 
honored their father and mother. 6. The father and mother 
have been honored by their children. 7. The daughter was 
trusting her father and mother. 8. The father and mother 
will trust the elder daughter. 9. The children are trusting 
to the men in the village. το. We were sending our 
daughter into the same village. 11. The child was loved 
by his brothers. 12. The guide’s daughter had (dative of 
possessor) a little bird. 13. We loved the child, but hated 
the man. 14. You do not hate the man, but you hate the - 
man’s deeds. 1:5. If you hate (participle) your father and 
mother, you will not honor (them). 16. Those who hate 
are hated, but those who love are loved. 17. The people 
did not sacrifice the same night." τ. The guards conquered . 
the enemy by night.? 


1 Dative. 2 Genitive. 


50 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


LESSON XXI. Verbs: Exercises. 


EXERCISE 1. Write out a table of verb endings. 
EXERCISE 2. Give the signs for voices and tenses. 
EXERCISE 3. Give the general and special rules for accent, 


with examples. 
Exercise 4. Give examples of all the vowel changes which 


we have seen in verbs. 
Exercise 5. Give examples of the consonant changes which 


we have seen in verbs. 


FORMULA FOR ANALYZING VERBS, 


1. The full or unmodified form. 
2. The principles of change, if any. 
3. The tense, mode, voice, person, and number. 
4. The rule for accent; as, 

λύουσιν, full or unmodified form Av-o-vor-v; of which Av is the verb 
stem, o the variable vowel completing the tense-stem, vor the personal 
ending, and ν the v movable. 

v before o is dropped, and the preceding vowel compensatively 
lengthened. 

This form is found in the present indicative, active, third plural. 

The accent of a verb is recessive, when there is no rule to the contrary. 


Give : 


Exercise 6. Analyze by the formula: 


1. ἐλύθησαν. 4. κελεῦσαι. 7. ἐφίλουν. 10. λελυμένος. 


2. λέλυσαι. 5. γράψει. 8. πεισθήσεται. 11. δηλοῦσιν. 
4. λυθῆναι 6. διωχθείς. 9. γέγραμμαι. 12. λύσας. 


ExercIsE 7. Prepare to use verb forms in rapid dialog like 
the following ; and repeat such exercises daily. 
Διδάσκάλοσς “EAvov τοὺς ἵππους. τί ἐποίουν ; 
Maoutus. ἔλυες τοὺς ἵππους. 
: , ¥ 
A. "Edvoa τοὺς ἵππους. τί ἐποίησα; M. Edv- 


. 
σας τοὺς ἵππους. 


Part II. VERBS: EXERCISES. 51 


A. ΔΛελύκαμεν τὰ πλοῖα. τί πεποιήκαμεν ; 
Μ. Λελύκατε τὰ πλοῖα. 

Δ. Ἐλύθημεν ὑπὸ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. τί λέγομεν ; 
Μ. Λέγετε ὅτι ἐλύθητε κ. τ. λ. 

Δ. Πεπίστευκας τοῖς θεοῖς. τί πεποίηκας ; 
Μ. Πεπίστευκα τοῖς θεοῖς. 

Δ. ᾿Ἐλελύκεσαν τὸ πλοῖον. τί ἐπεποιήκεσαν ; 
M. ᾿᾽Ἐλελύκεσαν τὸ πλοῖον. 

A. Οἱ ὁπλῖται ἐπειράσαντο τὴν γέφυραν λῦσαι. 
τί ἐπειράσαντο; M. ἘἜπειράσαντο κ. τ. X. 

Δ. Νικήσομεν τοὺς βαρβάρους. “Ti ποιήσομεν ; 
Μ. Νικήσετε τοὺς βαρβάρους. 

Δ. ᾿Ἐλέξαμεν τὸν στρατηγὸν λυθῆναι. τί eré 
ἕαμεν; M. ᾿Ἐλέξατε τὸν κ. τ. λ. 

Δ. Ἐλέγομεν τοὺς ὁπλίτας λελυκέναι τὴν γέφυ- 
ραν. τί ἐλέγομεν; M. λέγετε τοὺς xk. τ. λ. 

A. Ἐστράτευε πεισθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. διὰ 


τί ἐστράτευεν ; Μ. Ἐστράτευε πεισθεὶς x. τ. λ. 


EXERCISE 8. Use the middle and passive. Thus: τί λέγεται 


Ν με ο εν > 4, 
περὶ TOV ἵππων ; οἱ ἵπποι ἐλύοντο, κ. τ. A. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translation. 


1. ᾿Ανάγκῃ οὐδὲ θεοὶ μάχονται. 2. τοῖς μὲν 
δούλοις ἡ ἀνάγκη νόμος ἐστίν, τοῖς δὲ ἐλευθέροις 
c , > , ey” > 3 \ 4 
ὁ νόμος ἀνάγκη. 3. οἱ Ἴωνες ἐλεύθεροι μὲν κακοί, 


δοῦλοι δὲ ἀγαθοί. 


52 GREEK PRIMER. Part IL 


LESSON XXII. Verbs: Variations from Avo. 


All verbs are like λύω in a majority of their forms. 

With few exceptions, all variations from Avw appear 
in the principal parts; so that we master the most irreg- 
ular verb when we learn its six principal parts. 

Common variations are the following : 

1. Deponent Verbs have no active, and use the middle forms 
(rarely the passive) in an active sense.’ 

2. Liguid Verbs (i. e. verbs with stems in -A-, -p-, -v-, or -p-) 
reject -σ- of the tense sign. Instead of -c-, 

In the future, they take -e- and contract. 
In the aorist, they take -a alone, and lengthen the stem 
vowel. 

3. Second Aorists. Many verbs have lengthened stems in the 
present. Some of these form their aorist from the simple verb 
stem in the manner of the imperfect.? Such a form is called a 
“second aorist.” 

The “sign” of the second aorist is the short stem. 

Its meaning is the same as that of the first aorist. 


Three Typical and Common Verbs. 


Become (stem yev-). 
γίγνομαι γενήσομαι ἐγενόμην γέγονα γεγένημαι 
Remain (stem μεν-). 
μένω μενῶ ἔμεινα μεμένηκα 
Leave (stem λιπ-). 
λείπω. λείψω ἔλιπον λέλοιπα λέλειμμαι ἐλείφθην 


EXERCISE 1. Conjugate μένω in the future and the aorist. 


1 “Passive deponents” use passive forms in the aor., and sometimes 
in the fut.; as, βούλομαι, wish, βουλήσομαι, ἐβουλήθην. 

2 SPECIAL RULE FoR ACCENT. Second aorist infinitives and partici- 
ples accent the end of the stem; as, λιπεῖν, λιπών. 


Part II. VERBS: VARIATIONS FROM λύω. 53 


EXERCISE 2. Conjugate λείπω and ἄγω in the imperfect 
and the second aorist, active and middle, with infinitives and 
participles. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. A Soldier's Epitaph. 
Χρήσιμος ἐν πολέμοις Τιμόκριτος, οὗ τόδε σῆμα" 
"Apys δ᾽ οὐκ ἀγαθῶν φείδεται, ἀλλὰ κακῶν. 

II. 1. Ὁ Κῦρος ἔμενεν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ. 2. 6 
Κῦρος ἔμεινεν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ. 3. ἐλίπομεν τὸν πα- 
’ 5 ™~ 9 4 5 / Ν / 
τέρα ἐν τῷ ἅρματι. . ἐλείτομεν τὴν πατρίδα 

, 5 ὃ \ , δὲ 3. 7 ΄ Se 
στρατεύοντες. . διὰ τί δὲ ἐλίπομεν τήνδε τὴν 
’ > > aA 3 ’ ν ε ἴω Ἁ ν ε 
χώραν; 6. ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο nde ἡ γῆ καὶ ὅδε ὁ 
ἥλιος. 7. ἐν τῇ μάχῃ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐγένοντο 
4 / Ν A ‘a ’ὔ A 
χρήσιμοι. 8. τόδε τὸ σῆμα τῶν φυλάκων τῶν 
Ἑλληνικῶν. 9. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς Τιμό- 
/ 35 3 Ud , > , 5 ’ὔ 
κριτός ἐστιν. 10. ἐγιγνόμεθα, ἐγενόμεθα, ἐλεί- 


’ ἴω ¥ 
πετε, ENLITETE, μένομεν, μενοῦμεν, ἔμειναν, ἔμενον. 


III. 1. I became; I was becoming; you became service- 
able in war. 2. The daughter was waiting in the village. 
3. The young man remained in the boat. 4. The citizens 
left the village. 5: The chariots of Kuros will remain in the 
tents. 6. Arés did not spare the children of the Athenians. 
7. These men are guides. 8. The name of this elder man 
is Sokratés. 9. We left the soldiers’ graves in a hostile land. 
10. The Athenians left their native land by night. 11. The 
leader’s name was Xenophon. 12. The Greeks loved and 
tried to benefit their fatherland. 


1 Demonstrative pronouns take the predicate position. 


54 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


LESSON XXIII. Verbs: Lengthened Present Stems. 


We learned in the last lesson that many verbs have a length- 
ened form in the present. γίγνομαι and λείπω both lengthen 
the verb stem in forming the tense stem of the present, though 
in different ways. Observe that the lengthened form of λείπω is 
retained in all tenses except the second aorist. 


Exercise 1. Learn the principal parts of the following verbs, 
and observe how each differs from Ave. 


Flee (stem φυγ-). 
φεύγω φεύξομαι! ἔφυγον πέφευγα 
Take (stem λαβ-). 
λαμβάνω λήψομαι ἔλαβον εἴληφα εἴλημμαι ἐλήφθην 


Die (stem θαν-). 
θνήσκω θανοῦμαι ἔθανον τέθνηκα 


Announce (stem ἀγγελ-). 
ἀγγέλλω ἀγγελῶ ἤγγειλα ἤγγελκα ἤγγελμαι ἠγγέλθην 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. Pithy Sentences? 
1. Φίλους ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς δεῖ τοὺς φίλους ὠφε- 
λεῖν. 2. καὶ φιλεῖν Set ὡς καὶ μισήσοντας, καὶ 
᾽ν ε Ν / > “A > ” 
μισεῖν ws καὶ φιλήσοντας. 3. ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν 
τραγῳδία γίγνεται καὶ κωμῳδία γραμμάτων. 


1 Some verbs are deponent simply in the future tense. 
2 x. Friends in their misfortunes — ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς. 
2. To love with the thought that (as) we shall (sometime) also 
hate. 
3. “ Tragedy and comedy use the same alphabet.” 


Part ll. VERBS: LENGTHENED PRESENT STEMS. 55 


Il. 1. Οἱ ὁπλῖται ἔλειπον σῖτον ἐν tH ἁμάξῃ. 


ς 


ἴω 9 > m yv » 
2. ot πολῖται ἔλιπον Ta ὅπλα EV τῷ οἴκῳ. ὃ. OL 


ral A , ¢ A 
πολῖται μένουσιν ἐν Tals κώμαις. 4. οἱ στρατιῶται 


la) lal A a ϑ “ 7 ey 
μενοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς. 95. οἱ ἐν TH κώμῃ υἱοὶ 

\ > ’ ε ee > ‘\ > 4 
κακοὶ ἐγένοντο. 6. οἱ υἱοὶ ἀγαθοὶ ἐγίγνοντο 
3 “A » ε ’ \ ‘ > Ν 
ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ. 7Τ. οἱ πειρώμενοι καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ 


’ὔ > 4 “~ Ν Ν > nw 
γενήσονται. ὃ. ἐπειρώμην λιπεῖν τὸν λοχαγὸν ἐν TH 
~ , Ν > ’ Us Ν 

σκηνῇ. 9. λέγουσι τὰς ἐλπίδας λείπειν τοὺς πολε- 

’ Ν Ν Ξ » > Ἁ Υ 
μίους. 10. τοὺς μὲν δούλους ἔπεμψα εἰς τὴν χώραν, 

+ Aes. Ν x > si vA ε A 
αὐτὸς δὲ ἔμεινα ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 1]. οἱ στρατιῶται 
ΕἾ ΕἸ ΄- ΄' nw > wn , e wn 
ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν TH αὐτῇ νυκτί. 12. 6 Κῦρος 
¥ \ “ Ἀ ae εν Ν 
ἔλαβε τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς κώμας. 13. ὁ ayyedos τὴν 
μάχην ἀγγελεῖ τῷ στρατηγῷ. 


III. 1. We will remain ; we remained ; we were remaining ; 
we have remained. 2. You are leaving the phalanx; you 
left ; you were leaving ; you will leave. 3. The guides be- 
came, have become, will become, were becoming, slaves. 
4. The Greeks and the Turians write the same characters. 
5. The messenger fell (died) in the battle (while) fleeing. 
6. ‘he wicked tyrant was dying in his chariot. we Le 
money in the village was being taken by the soldiers. δ. ¥e 
will announce ; ye have announced ; ye were announcing; ye 
announced. 9. The earth and the sun came into existence 
in the beginning. το. We were fleeing ; we fled ; they fled ; 
he will flee. 11. They will take; they took; they have 
taken; I have been taken. 12. The messenger has an- 
nounced that the enemy are fleeing. * 13. The general fell 
while trying to take the village. 14. The slaves remained in 
the tents, and did not flee by night. 


56 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


LESSON XXIV. Nouns: Stems in -c-, +-, -v-. 


Master the following very common words: ! 


τὸ γένος ἡ πόλι-ς ὁ βασιλεύ-ς ἡ ναῦ-ς 
(yeveo-) (πολι-) (βασιλευ-) (vav-) 
race city king ship 
γένος πόλι-ς βασιλεύ-ς ναῦ-ς 
(γένε-ος) γένους πόλε-ως 3 βασιλέ-ως νε-ώς 
(γένε-) γένει (πόλε- ἢ) πόλει ᾿ (βασιλέ-) βασιλεῖ νηΐ 
γένος πόλι-ν βασιλέ-ἃ ναῦ-ν 
(γένε-ε) γένη πόλε-ε βασιλέ-ε. νῆ-ε 
(γενέ-οιν) γενοῖν πολέ-οιν βασιλέ-οιν ve-otv 


(yéve-a) γένη (πόλε-ες) athe (βασιλέ-ες) βασιλεῖς νῆ-ες 


(γενέ-ων) γενῶν πόλε-ων βασιλέ-ων νε-ῶν 
γένεσι πόλε-σι βασιλεῦ-σι ναυ-σί 
(γένε-α) γένη πόλεις βασιλέ-ας ναῦ-ς 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
I. H ANABAXSIS.? 
aA > s A 
Κῦρος, ὁ Δαρείου. ἀδελφὸς ἣν Αρταξέρξου τῆς 
’ , Ν ε Ν 3 ’ - Vas § 
Μηδίας βασιλέως: Kal ὃ πατὴρ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν 
στρατηγὸν τῶν τῆς Φρυγίας στρατιωτῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
5 4 ε ’ ε “A Ν ’ ν 
ἐτελεύτησεν ὃ πατήρ, ὃ Κῦρος σὺν μυρίοις ᾿Ελλησι 


1 Final σ of a stem drops before case endings. See γένος. 

Except in the nom., acc., or voc. sing. € is inserted before a final close 
vowel (: or v), which is then dropped. See πόλις. 

The acc. plural sometimes conforms to the nominative. 

Final v of a diphthong disappears before vowels. 

The stem vav- becomes νη- before a short vowel, and ve- before a long 
vowel. 

2 Some words in -ews, -ewy, are accented on the antepenult. 

8 ἡ ᾿Ανάβασις (dvd, up, and Balyw, go) = the march up from the coast. 

4 vids is often omitted with a genitive. 


Part II. NOUNS: STEMS IN -σ-, +, -v-. 57 


καὶ δυνάμει βαρβάρων ἐστρατεύσατο ἐπὶ τὸν βασι- 
λέα, εἰς τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν. 

Ξενοφῶν δέ, ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὡς φίλος Προξένου τοῦ 
στρατηγοῦ, συνεπορεύθη τοῖς “Ἑλλησιν. 

"ANN ἐν τῇ μάχῃ οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ἐνίκησαν, ὁ δὲ 
Κῦρος ἀπέθανεν. 

Δεδήλωκεν οὖν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
πορείαν καὶ πῶς ἐπολέμουν τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ πῶς 
ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως χώρας πάλιν εἰς 
τὴν Ἑλλάδα. 

‘II. 1. The king has commanded the soldiers to take the 
ships. 2. The Greeks are a noble race. 3. The enemy 
were fleeing in their ships. 4. We will make a journey with 
the steward. 5. The young man hates his elder brother the 
king. 6. When the king died his brother became king. 
7. The general made an expedition again with ten thousand 
Greeks. 8. A force of barbarians also was defeated. 
g. How will the men in the city make war? 10. The 


barbarians have made war against the race of the Greeks. 
11. The king fled from his home and country. 


58 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IL 


LESSON XXV. Adjectives: Consonant Declension. 


Many adjectives are declined in the masculine and 
the neuter exactly like the consonant-declension nouns. 


These words will present no difficulty if the student will note the stem, 
and its necessary euphonicchanges. χαρίεις has dat. plu., masc. and neut., 
χαρίεσι. 


Decline, as by previous directions: 


pleasing all? 
χαρίεις χαρίεσσα χαρίεν πᾶς πᾶσα πᾶν 
χαρίεντος χαριέσσης χαρίεντος παντός πάσης παντός 

K. T. A. K. τ᾿ A. 

black fortunate 2 
μέλας μέλαινα μέλαν εὐδαίμων εὔδαιμον 
μέλανος μελαίνης μέλανος. εὐδαίμονος 

K. T. A, K. T. A, 


‘Hiv; is a little different from πόλις; and εὐγενής 
from γένος. 


sweet well-born 
ἡδύς ἡδεῖα ἡδύ εὐγενής εὐγενές 
ἡδέος ἡδείας ἡδέος (εὐγενέ-ος) εὐγενοῦς 
(ἡδέϊ) ἡδεῖ ἡδείᾳ (ἡδέϊ) ἡδεῖ (εὐγενέ-) εὐγενεῖ 
ἡδύν ἡδεῖαν ἠδύ (εὐγενέ-α) εὐγενῆ εὐγενές 
ἡδέε ἡδεία ἡδέε (εὐγενέ-ε) εὐγενῆ 
ἡδέοιν ἡδείαιν ἡδέοιν (εὐγενέ-οιν) εὐγενοῖν 
“ἡδέες) ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα (εὐγενέ-ες) εὐγενεῖς (εὐγενέ-α) εὐγενὴ 
ιἰδέων ἡδειών ἡδέων (εὐγενέ-ων) εὐγενῶν 
ἡδέσι ἡδείαις ἡδέσι εὐγενέσι 
ἡδεῖς ἡδείας ἡδέα εὐγενεῖς (εὐγενέ-α) εὐγενῆ 


1 The genitive and the dative dual and plural of πᾶς (and the genitive 
dual and plural of παῖς) have the regular accent, contrary to special rule 
for monosyllables (Lesson XX.). ais long in πᾶν, and when -ντ is dropped. 

2 Compound adjectives usually have the masculine and the feminine 
alike. 


Parr II. ADJECTIVES: CONSONANT DECLENSION. 59 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. Pithy Sayings. 


ε 


1. Βραχὺς μὲν ὁ βίος, ἡ δὲ τέχνη οὐ βρα- 
χεῖα. 4. ἐκ κακῆς ἀρχῆς γίγνεται τέλος κακόν. 
8. ἐλευθέρου ἀνδρός ἐστιν ἀεὶ τὰ καλὰ λέγειν. 


4. ἀνθρώπῳ οὐκ ἔστι' προσμάχεσθαι δαίμονι. 


IJ. 1. The Greeks had (dative of possessor) black ships. 
2. The Athenians were not always fortunate. 3. We love 
our friends of noble birth. 4. A short word ‘is graceful and 
sweet. 5. The end will show the beginning. 6. The 
war was long, but the end fortunate. 7. Art does not 
always benefit people. 8. The fortunate man was loved by 
all. g. The guard has sent gifts to all his boys. το. ‘The 
boys were sent from the long black ships. 11. The king’s 
graceful daughter was in the black ship. 12. ‘The journey 
through the king’s country was not pleasant. 13. The cap- 
tain was not well born, but he was fortunate. 14. We left 
our friends in their native land. 15. The soldiers were leav- 
ing the black horse in the plain. 16. The journey through 
the king’s country was long. 17. We left the king’s graceful 
daughter in the palace. 18. The mother of the boys was 
fortunate. 

1 Ἐστί, usually enclitic, has the regular accent ἔστι: when it denotes 


existence or possibility ; when it stands at the beginning of a sentence ; 
or when it follows οὐ, μή, εἰ, ὡς, or καί. 


60 GREEK PRIMER. Parr Il. 


LESSON XXVI. Miscellaneous Exercises. 


To the Student: It cannot be too strongly insisted upon that a mere 
understanding of the rules of language, or the ability slowly and painfully 
to recall the forms, is of no value. 

Both rules and forms must be made so familiar as to be used without 
effort, or they will never be used at all. 

The object of language exercises is not to show that rules and forms 
are understood, but rather to acquire the Aadzt of correct speech. 

All exercises are to be repeated until each word stands for an idea, 
like a word of English, and until the accents and agreements are made 
instinctively. 


Several comparatives are declined like μείζων, greater, with 
shortened forms in some cases, and the nominative and the 
accusative masculine alike in the plural. 


Masc. and Fem, Neut. The Numerals. 


μείζων μεῖζον εἷς μία ἕν 
μείζον-ος ἑνός μιᾶς ἑνός 
μείζονο-ι ἑνί μιᾷ ἑνί 
μείζον-α μείζω μεῖον. ἕνα μίαν ἕν 
μείζον-ε All δύο 
μειζόν-οιν Genders. ; ϑυοῖν 
μείζον-ες μείζους μείζον-α μείζω τρεῖς τρία 
μειζόν-ων τριῶν 
μείζοσι τρισί 
μείζον-ας μείζους μείζον-α μείζω τρεῖς τρία 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. 1. Οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν ἄνευ πόνου ποιεῖται. 2. τοῖς 
οὖσι πιστοῖς πιστεύομεν. 8. ἐκεῖνοι οἱ ἄνδρες 
οὐ πιστοὶ ἦσαν. 4. ὀλίγοι ἄνδρες ἀεὶ εὐδαίμο- 
νές εἶσιν. 5. ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τελευτὴ βίου ἐκ 
Θεοῦ εἰσιν. 6. οἱ στρατιῶται ἐθαύμαζον ἐκεῖνον 


Part II. MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 61 


° 


ὄντα πιστόν. 7. οἱ φίλοι ἐποίησαν τρία πλοῖα 
ἈἉ “~ ’ - € ε ’ Ἁ “ 
παρὰ τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 8. οἱ ἡγεμόνες τοὺς παῖδας 
\ a ce > τὰ ΄ > \ 
Tapa τῶν νεῶν ἦγον. 9. ἡ θάλασσα ἀγαθὸς 
μὲν δοῦλός ἐστι, κακὸς δὲ βασιλεύς. 10. οἱ 
μὲν παῖδες λέγουσι βίον μακρὸν εἶναι, οἱ δὲ πρε- 
σβύτεροι ὄντες λέγουσι βραχὺν εἶναι. 11]. δύο 
ἄνδρε παρὰ ταῖς μελαίναις ναυσὶν ἐμαχέσθην. 
12. ὁ ἡγεμὼν σὺν ὀλίγοις πιστοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἔμε- 
νεν. 18. οἱ τρεῖς παῖδες ἐλείφθησαν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 
14. ἡ χάρις καλή ἐστι τοῖς παισὶ καὶ τοῖς πρε- 
σβυτέροις. 15. ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος ἔλεξε μίαν σκη- 
νὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ δένδρου εἶναι. 10. ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς 
στρατιώτας καλεῖ. 17. λέγεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς 


στρατιώτας ἀδικῆσαι. 


II. 1. Life without friendship is hard. 2. The king led 
the soldiers to the ships. 3. Two houses were built (made) 
among these trees. 4. Those who do good are admired. 
5. The servant with four companions made-a-journey to the 
city. 6. No one remained in the city. 7. A well-born 
race is fortunate. 8. A few trusty slaves remained near the 
king. 9. Those men were not faithful to their native land. | 
10. The power of good deeds is not small. 11. Myriads of 
men plan to obtain wealth. 12. The men were trying to 
conquer. 13. Boys admire those who are ( participle) 
older. 14. The tombs of the soldiers are near the sea. 


62 


GREEK PRIMER. 


Part II. 


LESSON XXVII. Adjectives: Irregularities. 


A few irregular adjectives are very common, 


Μέγας, great, and πολύς, much, plural many, are declined 


(as though from peyado- and πολλο-) like ἀγαθός, except in 
§ ΜΕΥ Y Ρ 
four places where the stems are a-, and πολυ-. 
Ρ ΜΕΥ 
μέγας 1 μεγάλη μέγα πολύς πολλή πολύ 
μεγάλου μεγάλης μεγάλου πολλοῦ πολλῆς πολλοῦ 
μεγάλῳ μεγάλῃ μεγάλῳ πολλῷ πολλῇ πολλῷ 
μέγαν μεγάλην μέγα πολύν πολλήν πολύ 
μεγάλω μεγάλα μεγάλω 
μεγάλον μεγάλαιν μεγάλοιν 
μεγάλοι μεγάλαι μεγάλα πολλοί πολλαί πολλά 
μεγάλων. μεγάλων μεγάλων πολλῶν πολλῶν πολλῶν 
μεγάλοις μεγάλαις μεγάλοις πολλοῖς πολλαῖς πολλοῖς 
μεγάλους μεγάλας μεγάλα πολλούς πολλάς πολλά 
EXERCISE 1. Decline article, adjective, and noun together, 


giving the English for each form of the Greek. 


3. TO μέγα ἅρμα. ὁ εὐγενὴς ἀνήρ. 


I. ἡ χαρίεσσα θυγάτηρ. 5. 
4. πολλὴ γῆ. 6. ὁ εὐδαίμων πατήρ. 


2. ἡ μείζων πόλις. 


GREEK POETRY. 


Poetry is to be read metrically. Greek meter is based on 
the quantity of the syllables, accent being disregarded. 


The quantities are so plain that they constitute a musical notation, and 
the alternation of long and short syllables produces the rhythmic effect. 

A syllable containing a short vowel is considered long before two 
consonants. But before a mute and a liquid it may be either long or 
short. In the last syllable of a verse quantity is disregarded. 


1 Vocative singular μέγα. 


Part IL. ADJECTIVES: IRREGULARITIES. 63 


In the Llegiac Couplet the lines consist of six feet, dactyls 
(-v» ) or spondees (--), but in the second line the third and 
sixth feet consist of single syllables ; thus, 


Πατρὶς | μὲν Kép- | κῦρα, || Φί- | λων δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽, | εἰμὶ δὲ | TAavxov || 
‘> » 


Yios, | καὶ vi- | κῶ || πὺξ δύ᾽ ὁ- | λυμπιά- Sas. || 


Read in the same manner the couplet on page 53. 


ὨΙΔῊ ANAKPEONTOS.? 


Each line of this ode consists of an introductory syllable, fol- 
lowed by four “ feet,” occupying equal time, the last incom- 
plete. 


prt es PP ee ress Pe ae 


ἡ γῆ μέ- λαιν- a πίέί-νει 


Ἢ γῆ μέλαινα πΐνει, 
, ᾽ > lal 
πίνει δὲ δένδρε᾽ αὖ γῆν, 
᾽ » 
πίνει θάλασσα δ᾽ avpas, 
4 
ὁ δ᾽ ἥλιος θάλασσαν, 
Y 
Tov δ᾽ ἥλιον σελήνη" 
’ / > ε A 
τί μοι μάχεσθ᾽, Eratpou, 
3 ~ ? 
καὐτῷ θέλοντι πίνειν ; 

Notes. Elision is much the same in Greek as in English verse. In 
the last line we have something more than elision; namely, Crasis 
(κρᾶσις, a mingling; from κεράννυμι, to mix), the words καί and αὐτῷ 
being blended together. 


μάχομαι governs the dative μοι, and with this dative θέλοντι, a circum- 
stantial participle, denoting time or cause, is in agreement. 


1 δὴ ᾿Ανακρέοντος, an Ode of Anakredn. - Note that the I in QIAH is 
« subscript, not pronounced, although it is always written in the line when 
capital letters are used. While ascribed to Anacreon, and quite in his 
spirit, this ode is probably by some clever imitator. 


64 GREEK ‘PRIMER. Part IL. 


LESSON XXVIII. Adjectives: Comparison. 


The comparative ending is -repo-(s), and the super- 
lative -rato-(s), applied to the masculine stem of the 
positive ; as, μῖκρός (stem puxpo-) μικρότερος, μικρότατος. 


_ Stems in -o- with short penult lengthen the -ο- ; as, σοφός, wise, σοφώ- 
Tepos, σοφώτατος. εὐδαίμων forms εὐδαιμον-έστερος. 
Χαρίεις (stem χαριεντ-, shortened to χαριεσ-) forms χαριέστεροξ. 


Some adjectives in -vs and -pos take -ἰοὸν (nominative -ἰων), 
superlative -.cro(s), applied not to the stem of the positive but 
to the roor of the word, as, ἡδύς (stem ἧδυ-, but root 76-), 
ἡδίων, ἥδιστος. 

For a few common words compared irregularly, see the 
vocabulary, which must be learned thoroughly. 

Two constructions may follow the comparative ; as, 


ὁ παῖς μικρότερός ἐστι τοῦ πατρός. 
” Bis 


ὁ παῖς μικρότερός ἐστιν ἢ ὁ πατήρ. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
» > 
I. 1. Ἔστιν ὁ μὲν χείρων, ὁ δ᾽ ἀμείνων epyov' 

ν 3 Ἁ 3 39 ’ 8... ἢ, ν / 
ἕκαστον, οὐδεὶς δ᾽ ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸς ἅπαντα σοφός. 
2. ἅπαντα ῥᾷστα τοῖς σοφοῖς. 3. ὅπλον μέγιστόν 
ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπίς. 4. ἡ ᾿Αφροδίτη καλλίστη, χαριε- 
στάτη, καὶ κακίστη ἦν πασῶν θεῶν. 5. ῥᾷόν ἐστι 
τὸ εὖ λέγειν ἣ τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν. 6, βέλτιόν ἐστιν εἶναι 
Ν + » ὃ ΡΝ ’ ε , 
τὸν ἄριστον ἄνδρα ἢ σοφώτατον. 7. ὁ θάνατος 


Ν Ν a , Ν a / 
κοινὸς Kal τοῖς χειρίστοις καὶ τοῖς βελτίστοις. 


1 “ Accusative of specification,” translated 7 respect to each business. 


Parr IL. ADJECTIVES: COMPARISON. 65 


8. πάντων χρημάτων κράτιστόν ἐστι φίλος σοφὸς 
πε / A , > > δ , 3 an 
καὶ ἀγαθός. 9. κρεῖσσόν ἐστι μετ᾽ ὀλίγων ἀγαθῶν 
πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κακούς, ἢ μετὰ πολλῶν κακῶν 
QA > , 3 θ ‘ ’ θ 10 “ s 
πρὸς ὀλίγους ἀγαθους μάχεσθαι. 10. τῷ Tapia 
Ν , 9 a ae ld 9 Ν “ 
τὰ πολλά ἐστι, τῷ στρατηγῳ πλέονα, ἀλλὰ τῷ 
βασιλεὶ τὰ πλεῖσται, 11]. ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως παῖς 
σοφώτερος, ἀμείνων, καὶ χαριέστερος τῆς θυγατρός 
ἐστιν. 12. ᾿Αρταξέρξης πρεσβύτερος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 

, > kA δἰ }ν. ἃ , 
Κύρου ἦν. 13. ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἀνὴρ πιστότατος oTpa- 
, 3 ΄, , \ ,ὕ , ρας 
τιώτης ἐστίν. 14. τάδε τὰ δένδρα μακρότερα ἐκεί- 
νων ἐστίν. 


II. 1. Wisdom is better than power. 2. The best men 
are not always the strongest. 3. It is better to do well than 
to talk well. 4. The worst men do not admire the best 
things. 5. Sokratés was not inferior to Xenophon. 6. The 
larger children love the smaller (ones). 7. The most beauti- 
ful woman is not always the most fortunate. & We wish to 
take the greater not the smaller (things). 9. He wishes to 
‘do the easiest (work), το. It is easier to be bad than good. 
11. Aphrodité was more beautiful and graceful than Hera. 
12. The end of a good life is most beautiful. 13. The very 
beautiful chariots of the great king are admired. 14. We 
wish to spare the children of our worst enemy (the most hostile 
man). 15. Each man wishes to do the things which are 
(participle) best for his fatherland. 16. When death calls 
(participle) he does not spare the strongest and wisest. 
τή. Of Darios and Parusatis are born two’ boys, the elder 
Artaxerxes, but the younger Kuros. 


66 


GREEK PRIMER. 


Part II. 


Appendix to Part II. Typical Greek Words. 


Borrowed, with slight changes, by modern languages. 


αὐτός, Bios, γράφω 
πολύς, γλώσσα 
ῥήτωρ 

TOLEW 

δράω, act 

ἀνά, Up; λύω 
γράμμα (γράφω) 
φίλος, σοφία, wisdom 
κλίνω, lean 

κρίνω, judge 

εὖ, well ; λόγος 


ἀκούω, hear 
ἀριθμός, number 
γίγνομαι 

γίγνομαι 

μοῦσα, ἃ muse 
φύω, Cause to grow 


πολύς, γωνία, an angle 
δέκα, ten 

λίθος, a stone ; γράφω 
φωνή, a sound 


LITERARY. 


ἡ ῥητορίκή" 
ποιητής 
δρᾶμα, an action 
ἀνάλυσις 

ἡ γραμματική * 
φιλοσοφία 
κλῖμαξ, a ladder 
κριτής, a judge 


εὐλογία 


SCIENTIFIC. 


ἡ ἀκουστική * 
ἡ ἀριθμητική * 
γένεσις 
γένος 
ἡ μουσική | 
φύσις, nature 
ἡ φυσική (SC. ἐπιστήμη 
scientia) 


ἡ φωνητική ἢ 


autobiography. 
polyglot. 
rhetoric. 
poet. 
drama. 
analysis. 
grammar. 
philosophy. 
climax. 
critic. 
eulogy. 


acoustics. 
arithmetic. 
genesis. 
genus. 
music. 


physts. 


polygon. 
decade. 
lithograph. 
phonetics. 


1 Properly an adjective with which τέχνη, ard, is understood. 


Part II. TYPICAL GREEK WORDS. 67 


τῆλε, at a distance ; φωνή telephone. 
τέχνη, art ; λόγος ‘ technology. 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
ὑποκρένομαι, reply ὑποκριτής, an actor hypocrite. 
ἦθλον, a prize ἀθλητής athlete, 
γυμνός, unclad γυμνάσιον gymnasium. 
πόλις, πολίτης ἡ πολιτική . politics. 
παῖς, ἄγω παιδαγωγός pedagog. 
δῆμος, the populace ; ἄγω δημαγωγός demagog. 
δῆμος, κράτος, power δημοκρατία democracy. 
αὐτός, κράτος αὐτοκρατής, autocrat. 
δίαιτα, mode of life diet. 
πρέσβυς, old πρεσβύτερος, elder Presbyterian. 
μῖκρός, σκοπέω, watch, microscope. 
observe 
ἐπί, σκοπέω ἐπίσκοπος, an over- bishop (episco- 
seer pal). 
μήτηρ, πόλις μητρόπολις metropolts. 


The Greek has a very practical value from the relation which it sus- 
tains to our own language. According to Dr. A. P. Peabody: ‘In Web- 
ster’s Quarto Dictionary, of words beginning with aa there are 159; 
with anth, 64; with ch/, 27 ; with chr, 90; with geo, 60; with ph, 436; 
with fs, 86; with sy, 294. To these must be added about 100 words with 
these several beginnings from the supplement. We have in these several 
classes more than 1,300 words. There are, also, several terminations 
which, perhaps with no exceptions, certainly with few, indicate a Greek 
origin. Such are atry, gen, ics, metry, ogy, phy, sis, tomy.” These words 
are all luminous to the scholar, because they are made up of common 
Greek words used in their common signification. But Dr. Peabody by 
no means states the full case. He has mentioned but few of the prefixes 
and suffixes which indicate Greek words in our vocabulary, and has not 
even alluded to the numerous scattering words like monarchy and spasm. 
Nor has he called attention to the fact that these words are not only very 
numerous, but very important. The Greek has given us directly, or 


68 GREEK PRIMER. Part II. 


through Latin paraphrases, almost the entire vocabulary of philosophy, of 
science, and of literary criticism, — words like psychology, idea, astronomy, 
cephalopod, pathetic, dramatic, elegy. These are the words of precision 
and elegance and thought, many of them weighted with historic meaning. 
We have been taught so thoroughly that a Saxon diction is appropriate 
to oratory and poetry, that we forget the value of the classical words to 
which we have referred. And this wonderful language is still the great- 
est, almost the only, source from which our English diction is being 
yearly enriched. — Bibliotheca Sacra, April, 1885. 


EIPHNH 


This figure shows the dress of Greek ladies. 


PART THIRD 


-ut VERBS, AND PRONOUNS 


70 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IIL. 


LESSON XXIX. Reading at Sight. 


To the Student: Review the directions of Lesson II. 


TIEP] TON A@HNON. 


Maeutuz. Λέγε μοι, ὦ διδάσκαλε, περὶ τῆς τῶν 
᾿Αθηναίων πόλεως. 

Διδάσκάλοσ. Διὰ τί δή; 

Μ. Ὅτι ὁ Σοφοκλῆς καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης καὶ ὁ 
Δημοσθένης ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἦσαν. 

Δ. Ποῦ δὴ κεῖνται αἱ ᾿Αθῆναι ; 

Μ. Αἱ ᾿Αθῆναι κεῖνται ἐν τῇ ᾿Αττικῇ. 

ι 

Δ, Ναί: καὶ ἡ ᾿Αττικὴ μικρά ἐστιν: δένδρα 

Ν 3 \ 3 ΄“ ’ ε δ᾽ ¥ ’ ame. - 
μὲν ov πολλὰ ἐν TH χώρᾳ, ἢ avpa Kay, καὶ ὁ 
ν ’ / 3 : > ε , 3 5 ε 
ἥλιος λαμπρὸς. μεγάλη οὐκ ἣν ἡ χώρα, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ 
+ / μὰ δὲ A ε / Ἂς “~ 
ἄνδρες μεγάλοι. ἄρα δὲ κεῖται ἡ πόλις Tapa TH 

, 
θαλάσσῃ ; | 

M. Οὐ πάνυ. ὁ δὲ Πειραιεὺς παρὰ τῇ θαλάσσῃ 
κεῖται. , 

/ Ν ε aA Ν Ν ’ 

Δ. Nati: καὶ ὁ Θεμιστοκλῆς τὰ μακρὰ τείχη 
ἐποίησεν. 

Μ. “Ap ὁ Σαλαμῖνι νικήσας ; 

A. Αὐτός ye: ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους πολ- 
λὰς ναῦς ποιεῖσθαι. σύμμαχοι οὖν οἱ ἐν ταῖς νήσοις 
» 4 Ὁ» Ψ A 3 , > A 
ἄνθρωποι ἐγένοντο ὅτι Tots ᾿Αθηναίοις ἦσαν νῆες" 
καὶ ὁ Πειραιεὺς ἐμπόριον ἦν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ Ἑλλάδι. 


. ε / , 5 4 
οὕτως ἢ πόλις μεγάλη ἐγένετο. 


Parr III. READING AT SIGHT. 71 


M. Τί δὲ περὶ τοῦ Περικλέους ; 

A. ‘O Περικλῆς ἐποίησε τὸ μέσον τεῖχος καὶ 
τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐκόσμησεν, μέγας δὲ καὶ στρατηγὸς 
- ε Q \ > > \ As 3 , Le τὰς 
nv: ὁ δὲ Παρθενὼν ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκροπόλει, καὶ ὑπὸ 
τῆς ἀκροπόλεως τὸ θέατρον. 

Μ. Πῶς δ᾽ ἐγένετο ἡ δημοκρατία ἡ ᾿Αθηναία ; 

nw ‘ “A ᾽ 4 > > ΗΝ 

Δ. Βασιλεῖς μὲν τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις ἦσαν ἐν τῇ 
5 “ 9 ε »” > 
ἀρχῇ: ὕστερον δ᾽ ἄρχοντες. ἑκάστῳ δ᾽ ἄρχοντι εἰς 
δέκα ern’ ἡ δύναμις ἦν. ὁ δὲ Σόλων πρῶτος ἔγραψε 

/ \ , ¥ “~ ὃ ’ ’ 
νόμους καὶ δύναμιν ἔδωκε τῷ δήμῳ. Πεισίστρατος 
δὲ ὁ τύραννος τὴν δημοκρατίαν κατέλυσεν. 

᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ Πεισίστρατος, οἵ ᾿Αθηναῖοι 
ἐξέπεμψαν αὐτοῦ τὼ παῖδε. δημοκρατία οὖν πολλὰ 
»» Ἢ ΣΕ, “ / > 
ETN ἐν TH πόλει ἣν. 

Μετὰ δὲ τὸν πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους πόλεμον καὶ 
Ν Ν Ν 7 Ν bY Ν ’ 
τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Πελοποννησίους, καὶ μετὰ τὰς νίκας 
τὰς ᾿Ε Ππαμεινώνδου τοῦ Θηβαίου, Φίλιππος πατὴρ 
᾿Αλεξάνδρου τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλεὺς Μακεδονίας 
ἐγένετο. ἐκεῖνος δὴ ἐπεβούλευε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. 
Δημοσθένης οὖν τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου βουλὰς ἐδήλου. 

Ἀ ε ~ “A > ’ Ν “ 7 
Kal οἱ στρατιῶται τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ τῶν Θηβαΐων 
3 4 > 4 4 \ ’ὔ 
ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Χαιρώνειαν. μεγάλης δὲ μάχης 
> A ΄, Ὁ, stare ε , y 
ἐνταῦθα γενομένης" ἐνίκησεν ὁ Φίλιππος. οὕτως 
ἀπώλετο ἡ δημοκρατία καὶ ἡ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐλευ- 
θερία. 


1 The accusative is used to denote extent of time or space. 
2 Genitive absolute ; translated by a clause of time, — when, etc. 


72 GREEK PRIMER. Parr III. 


LESSON XXX. Verbs: Indicative of -μι Forms. 


Several very ancient and common verbs have a more simple form of 
conjugation through a part of their tenses. 


-ut forms are without a variable vowel,! and retain the 
endings -, etc., which other verbs drop. 

-μι forms occur in the present, imperfect, and second 
aorist, rarely in the second perfect. 


In the paradigm below observe also: 
1. The third plural of the present has the ending -ασι. 
contracts with a of the stem. 
2. The third plural of the historical tenses has -oay; the infinitive -ναι. 
3. In the active, the end vowel of the stem is made long : 
a. In the present and imperfect through the singular; and 
4. In the second aorist before a single consonant. 


In ἵστημι this 


PRINCIPAL PARTS OF ἵστημι, place, put (stem στα-).2 


ἵστημι στήσω ἔστην ἕστηκα ἐστάθην 
ἔστησα 

PRINCIPAL TENSES. HISTORICAL TENSES. 

Stems. tora- στησ΄“].. iora- ora- oro" |. 
Present. Future. Imperfect. 2 Aorist. 1 Aorist. 

Indic. torn-pe στήσω ἕτστην ἔστην stood ἔστησα 

ἵ-στη-ς στήσεις ἕςστηςς ἔςστη-ς ἔστησας 

ἵστησι στήσει t-orn ἔ-στη ἔστησε 

ἕσταττον = K. T. A. t-ora-rov ἔ-στη-τον Ke T. A. 

i-ora-Tov ἑ-στάττην ἐ-στή-την 

ἵτστα-μεν ἕσστα-μεν ἔ-στη-μεν 

ἵτστα-τε t-ora-re ἔςστητ-τε 

ἱ-στᾶ-σι ἕσστα-σαν ἔ-στη-σαν 
Infin. ἱ-στά-ναι στήσειν στῆ-ναι στῆσαι 
Partic. i-oras στήσων στᾶς στήσας 


1 The perfect and pluperfect middle, the perfect participle active, and 
the aorist passive, in all verbs, are without a variable vowel. 
2 The verb fornu: has. some peculiarities which are not due to the 


Parr II. VERBS: INDICATIVE OF -4 FORMS. 73 


Stems. ἕστα- ἕστα- σταθε- 
2 Perfect. 2 Pluperfect. Aor. Passive. 
Indic. (ἕστηκα) stand (ἑστήκη) ἐστάθην 
(ἕστηκας) (ἑστήκης) ἐστάθης 
-“ὕ ς Ud Ὁ > , 
(ἕστηκε) (ἑστήκει) ἐστάθη 
- ΄ 
ἕ-στα-τον ἕστα-τον τ Ἂς 
€-oTa-Tov ἑ-στά-την 
ἔ-στα-μεν €-oTa-pev 
€-oTa-TeE é-oTa-TeE 
ἑ-στᾶ-σι ἔ-στα-σαν 
Infin. €éord-vat σταθῆναι 
Partic. ἑ-στώς, ἑ-στῶσα, ἕ-στός σταθείς 


The middle voice (the pf., plpf., and 2 aor., are lacking) 
presents little difficulty ; the absence of a variable vowel makes 
it even simpler than the forms of Avw. 


SyNOPSIS OF THE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 


Present. Imperfect. Future. 1 Aorist. 
ἵσταμαι ἱστάμην στήσομαι ἐστησάμην 
Future Passive. Infinitive. Participle. 
σταθήσομαι ἵστασθαι ἱστάμενος 


ΕΧΕΒΟΙΒΕ 1. Read and translate, giving special care to the 
intransitive tenses : 


1 ε Ν » Ἁ ’ 3 ΓΝ 
. Ὁ στρατηγὸς ἔστησε τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐν τῇ 


΄ 9 ΤᾺΣ » 2 a »¥ ε δὲ 
κωμῇῃ- . Ὁ OLKETYS ΕσΤΉ EV TW OLK®, O O€ OT PaTy- 


fact that itis a-us verb. Four points will be observed : 

a. It has é for reduplication, initial « becoming (‘) (ἕστηκα for 
σέστηκα). 

6. It has a peculiar reduplication, ἑν, in the present (lengthened 
present). When augmented it becomes 7. 

c. It has a second perfect and pluperfect of the -μὲ form in dual and 
plural. 

d. Its second aorist and its perfect are intransitive. The perfect has 
the force of a present (ἕστηκα, have set myself ; hence, am standing); the 
pluperfect has the force of an imperfect (ἑστήκη, was standing). 


. 


14 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IIL. 


yos ἕστηκεν ἐν TH σκηνῇ. 3. οἱ νεανίαι ἕστασαν 
ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. οἱ δοῦλοι στήσουσι τὴν σκηνὴν ἐν τῇ 
κώμῃ. 4. ὁ φύλαξ ἔστησε τὰ ὅπλα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ. 
ὃ. πρὸς τῷ ἅρματι ἔστησαν οἱ ἵπποι ὁ ἵππος 
ἵσταται πρὸς τῷ ἅρματι. 6. ἵσταμαι, ἱστάμεθα, 
ἵστατε, ἵσταμεν, ἑστήκει, ἐστάθη, ἵστασο, ὃ στάς, 
ἑστάναι. 7. ἵστανται, ἵσταντο, ὁ σταθείς, ἱστάναι, 
ἑστᾶσιν, ἱστᾶσιν, ἔστην, ἔστησα. ὃ. στῆναι, 
στῆσαι, ἐστάθησαν, ὁ στήσας, στήσετε, ἵστατο, 


Y Zz Y 
EOTHKAS, LOTHV, LOTHO LW. 


LESSON XXXII. Pronouns: Personal and Reflexive. 


Personal pronouns in the nominative case are used mainly 
for emphasis. 

The pronouns of the first person, μοῦ, μοί, μέ ; of the second, 
σοῦ, σοί, σέ; οἵ the third, οὗ, of, €, and σφίσι, are enclitics. 

The pronoun of the third person is used only rarely, and then 
in a reflexive sense. Its place is supplied: 

a. In the nominative by a demonstrative pronoun. 

ὁ. In other cases by the various forms of αὐτός. 

Position. ‘The genitive of a personal pronoun takes the 
predicate position ; as, ὃ φίλος pov, my friend. 

The genitive of a reflexive pronoun takes the attributive posi- 
tion ; as, φιλοῦσι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν παῖδας, they love their own boys. 


1 Note that the article makes this definite. φίλος μου would mean 
a friend of mine. 


Part ITI. PRONOUNS. 75 


PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 


I thou he, she, it. 

no ἐγώ σύ -- 
ἐμοῦ, μοῦ σοῦ οὗ 
ἐμοί, μοί . σοί ot 
ἐμέ, μέ σέ ἕ 

D va σφώ 
γῴν σφῷν 

Ρ ἡμεῖς ὑμεῖς σφεῖς 
ἡμῶν ὑμῶν σφῶν 
ἡμῖν ὑμῖν σφίσι 
ἡμᾶς ὑμᾶς σφᾶς 


REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 


The reflexive pronouns are formed from the stems of the personal 
pronouns compounded with αὐτός. They have no nominative. In the 
plural both stems are declined together, yet the third person plural has 
also the compound form. Contracted forms, σαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., occur. 


myself thyself himself, herself, itself. 
S. ἐμ-αυτοῦ, -ἣς σε-αυτοῦ, -ἣς ἑ-αυτοῦ, -ῆς 
ἐμ-αυτῴ, -ἢ σε-αυτῴ, -ἢ ἑαυτῴ, -ἢ 
ἐμ-αυτόν, -ἥν σε-ανυτόν, -ἥν ἑ- αὐτόν, -ἥν, -ό 
P. ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἑ-αυτῶν 
Or σφῶν αὐτῶν 
ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, -αἷς ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς, -αἷς ἑ-αυτοῖς, -αἷς 
or σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, -ais 
ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, -ds ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, -ἄς ἑ-αντούς, -ἄς, -4 


or σφᾶς αὐτούς, -ds 
Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
> A Ν [4] 
I. 1. Ἐμοὶ γὰρ Κῦρος ξένος ἐγένετο, καί με φεύ- 
γοντα ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐτίμησεν. 2. καὶ ὁ Κῦρος 
ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν ναῦς. 8. συλλαμβάνει 


2 ’ Ἁ “~ »“ 
Ορόνταν, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν 


76 GREEK PRIMER. Parr III. 


Περσῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὐτόν. 4. παρε- 
κάλεσα ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, βουλευσόμενος σὺν ὑμῖν. 
5. ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ λέγεις, οὐδὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀδικούμενος, 
ἐπειρῶ ἀδικῆσαι ἐμέ. 

II. 1. The Greeks love you, but hate ws. 2. We will 
love our friends as ourselves. 3. You have three brothers, 
but 7 have none. 4. That man does not love his own 
daughter (the daughter of himself). 5. His mother helped 
Kuros, because she loved (participle) him more than the king. 
6. People do not hate themselves. 7. The necessity itself 


persuades both you and us. 8. Death conquers all, but he 
does not conquer the same (man) twice. 


LESSON XXXII. Exercises. 
Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. Execiac Coup.ets.* 
1. Ls life long or short? 
Toto. μὲν εὖ πράττουσιν ἅπας ὃ Bios βραχύς ἐστιν. 
τοῖς δὲ κακῶς μία νὺξ μακρότερος χρόνος ἐστίν. 
2. Epitaph of the Spartans who fell at Thermopylae. 
Ei τὸ καλῶς θνήσκειν ἀρετῆς μέρος ἐστὶ μέγιστον, 
ἡμῖν ἐκ πάντων τοῦτ᾽ ἀπέδωκε τύχη. 
3. Epitaph of Aristodemus, ascribed to Simonides. 
Ἴσθμια δίς, Νεμέᾳ dis, ᾿Ολυμπίᾳ ἐστεφανώθην, 
οὐ δυνάμει νικῶν σώματος, ἀλλὰ τέχνῃ. 


1 These are to be read metrically, according to the directions given in 
Lesson XXVII. The “caesural pause” —a natural rest which occurs 
in the long hexameter line at some point where the meaning permits — 
usually falls in the third foot. Τοῖσι is poetic for τοῖς. 


Part ILI. EXERCISES. T7 


ε fa Ν , μα 5 A phi 

II. 1. Ὁ δοῦλος τὴν σκηνὴν ἱστὴη ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 

ε a ϑ κ \ N A , 

2. ot δοῦλοι ἔστησαν Tas σκηνὰς πρὸ τῆς πό- 

ε 4 ¥ > ~ nw 1 

λεως. 3. οἱ φύλακες ἔστησαν ἐν ταις σκηναις. 

4. ἕστηκα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ. 5. ὁ ταμίας ἐκέλευσε τοὺς 
4 > “ 4 “ ε Ἁ 3 

δούλους ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ στῆναι. 6. ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐστε- 
4 Ν / ~ ’ ε ν 

φάνωσε τὼ νεανία τοῖς στεφάνοις. 7. οἱ ἵπποι 

ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πεδίῳ ἦσαν. 8. τύχη πράσσει τοῖς 

ἀγαθοῖς πολλά. 9. φιλεῖς, ὦ φίλε μου, τοὺς φίλους 

ε ΄ 10 ’, ἌᾺ 3 ὃ Ν aN > ΄ 

ὡς σεαυτόν. . τούτῳ τῷ ἀνδρὶ μεγάλη ἀρετή 


> «ε / 4, > / ~ 
εστιν. ἘΠ O χρονος TAaVTAS ἀνθρώπους νικᾳ. 


III. 1. To talk well is an art. 2. Virtue is the best 
fortune. 3. The army was conquered twice. 4. Life 
is one night to those who are without virtue. 5. Bad for- 
tune is common to all. 6. To do good from necessity is 
not a virtue. 7. The king sent that man from the city 
twice. 8. With pleasing art (she) herself made a wreath. 
9. We do not love our friends as ourselves. το. In the 
night a wreath was placed upon the soldier’s tomb. 11. The 
captain himself was in the midst of the battle. 12. Of 
the ten thousand soldiers, each took a part of the money. 
13. When the poet had won the victory (participle) he was 
crowned with a wreath. 14. When he had announced 
( participle) his good fortune to the king, the messenger went 
again to the sea. 


1 The expression above is correct, and convenient for exercise in the 
forms of the dative; but many teachers will prefer to explain at this 
point the more common Greek idiom which employs εἰς with the accusa- 
tive after verbs of rest, when there is an zmflied motion, — ἔστησαν εἰς 
τὰς σκηνάς. Give in this form sentences 2 and 3 of Lesson XXX., and 
similar sentences as they occur. 


78 GREEK PRIMER. Parr III. 


LESSON XXXIII. Verbs: τίθημι and δίδωμι. 


A variable vowel occasionally appears in -μὲ forms, as may be seen 
in the paradigm below. 

The second aorists, active, of τίθημι, δίδωμι, and Yue are peculiar. 

1. They do not lengthen the stem vowel; as, ἔθε-μεν. 

2. The infinitive active has an irregular -e- causing contraction. 

3. The singular of the indicative is wanting, and its place is supplied 
by a first aorist in -κα. 


Give (stem 6o-). 


δίδωμι δώσω ἔδωκα δέδωκα ϑέδομαι ἐδόθην 
Put (stem θε-). 
τίθημι θήσω ἔθηκα τέθεικα τέθειμαι ἐτέθην 
Imperfect. 2 Aorist. Imperfect. 2 Aorist. 

Indic. ἐ-δίςδω-ν, ἐδίδουν (ἔδωκα) ἐ-τί-θη-ν (ἔθηκα) 
ἐ-δί-δω-ς, ἐδίδους (ἔδωκας) ἐ-τί-θη-ς, ἐτίθεις (ἔξ-θηκας) 
ἐ-δί-δω, ἐδίδου (ἔδωκε) ἐτί-θη, ἐτίθει (ἔθηκε) 
ἐ-δί-δο-τον ἔ-δο-τον ἐτί- θε-τον ἔ-θε-τον 
ἐ-δι-δό-την ἐ-δό-την ἐ-τι-θέ-την ἐ-θέ-την 
é-8i-30-pev ἔ-δο-μεν é-ri-Oe-pev ἔθε-μεν 
ἐ-δί-δο-τε ἔ-δο-τε ἐ-τί-θε-τε ἔ-θε-τε 
ἐ-δί-δο-σαν ἔ.δο-σαν ἐτί-θε-σαν ἔ-θε-σα» 

Infin. δοῦ-ναι θεῖ-ναι 

Partic. δούς θείς 


SYNOPSIS IN THE MIDDLE. 


Pres. and Impf. 2 Aor. Pres. and Impf. 2 Aor. 
Indic. δί-δο-μαι ἐ-δό-μην τί-ϑε-μαι é-O€-unv 
ἐ-δι-δό-μην ἐτι-θέ-μην 
Inf. δίέδο-σθαι δό-σθαι τί. θε-σθαι θέ-σθαι 
Partic. δι-δό-μενος δό-μενος τι-θέ-μενος θέ-μενος 


Other forms are regular, like those of ἵστημι. 


Part III. VERBS: τίθημι, δίδωμι. 19 


Exercise 1. Conjugate these verbs in all the forms which 
differ from Avw, both active and middle. ὃ 


In μὲ verbs σ of the 2d person sing. mid. is usually retained in the 
imperfect (ἐτίθεσο) but dropped in the 2 aorist (ἔθου). 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. 1. Ἐκέλευσεν ὁ στρατηγὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας 
θεῖναι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς. 2. καλὰ δῶρα 
> ’ ~ , > A ᾿Ξ ’ Ν 
ἐδόθη τοῖς στρατιώταις. 58. οὐδὲν ἄνευ πόνου θεὸς 
δίδωσιν ἀνθρώποις. 4. Ζεὺς τίθησι πάντα ὡς 
ἐθέλε. ὅ. Λυκοῦργον τὸν θέντα Λακεδαιμονίοις 

’ , κ᾿ , 9 \ , > e aA 
νόμους θαυμάζω μὲν ov, ἀλλὰ σοφώτατον εἶναι ἡγοῦ- 
μαι. 6. οἱ Φοίνικες τοῖς Ἕλλησι γράμματα ἔδοσαν. 
7. τοῖς μικροῖς μικρὰ διδόασι θεοί. ἐδίδοτο ὅπλα. 


II. 1. We were giving; we gave; we will give. 2. Thou 
givest ; thou wast giving ; thou wilt give. 2. He has given ; 
he had given; he gave. 4. I will put; I put; I was put- 
ting; I have put. 5. Thou hast put for thyself; thou wilt 
put for thyself. 6. They gave; they have given; they were 
giving ; they will give. 7. To be giving; to give; to have 


given; to be given. 8. To be putting; to put; to have 
placed ; to be placed. g. She who gives; he who gave; 
they who have given. 10. The things which were placed ; 
the things which were given. t1. To be about to give; to 
be about to place. 12. Ye are putting; ye will put; ye. 
put; ye have put. 13. I was placed; he was placed ; 


ye were placed ; you were being placed ; you were placing for 
yourself. 


80 GREEK PRIMER. Parr III. 


LESSON XXXIV. Pronouns: Interrogative and 
Demonstrative. 


The interrogative pronoun is τίς, τί, who? which ? 
The same word when exc/ztic is the indefinite pronoun, 
some, any. 


The acute accent of ris, τί interrogative never changes to 
the grave. 


Demonstrative Pronouns. The three most important 
are 


οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, this, that. 
ὅδε, ἧδε; τόδε, this (this here). 
ἐκεῖνος, -ῇ, -ο, that (remote). 


οὗτος follows the article in respect to the (*)or7at the beginning. It 
takes av in the penult, wherever the article has an A-sound (a, y); but 
ov, where the article has an O-sound (ὁ, w). 


Interrogative. Indefinite. Demonstrative. 
τίς τί τὶς τὶ οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο 
τίνος, τοῦ τινός, τοῦ τούτου ταύτης τούτου 
τίνι, τῷ τινί, τῷ τούτῳ ταύτῃ τούτῳ 
τίνα τί τινά τὶ τοῦτον ταύτην τοῦτο 
τίνε τινέ τούτω τούτω τούτω 
τίνοιν τινοῖν τούτοιν τούτοιν τούτοιν 
τίνες τίνα τινές τινά οὗτοι αὖται ταῦτα 
τίνων τινῶν τούτων τούτων τούτων 
τίσι τισί τούτοις ταύταις τούτοις 
τίνας τίνα τινάς τινά τούτους ταύτας ταῦτα 


Position of Pronouns. Nouns accompanied with 
demonstrative pronouns require the article, and the pro- 
noun takes the predicate position; as, οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, 
this man. 


Parr III. PRONOUNS. 51 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. A fatriot’s Epitaph. 
Οὗτος ᾿Αδειμάντου κείνου τάφος, ov διὰ βουλὰς 


Ἑλλὰς ἐλευθερίας ἀμφέθετο στέφανον. 


I]. 1. Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν πρὸς ἡμῶν. 
2, ἄνθρωποί τινες ἑαυτοῖς πολέμιοί εἰσιν. 8. οὗτοι 
οἱ ἄνδρες τίνες εἰσί; 4. αὐτῶν τινες “Ἑλληνικοί 
εἰσιν. ὅ. ὁ μὲν Κῦρος ἀπέθανεν, οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ αὐ- 
τὸν ἔφυγον. 6. ὅδε ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀδελφός μού ἐστιν. 
= Ss SA ἑν ¥ Ν 9 ‘ > \ 
7. ἐκεῖνοι ot ἄνθρωποι ἔθεσαν τὰ ὅπλὰ εἰς Tas 
σκηνάς. 8. ᾿Ανάχαρσις ὁ Σκύθης ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπό 
τινος τί ἐστι πολέμιον ἀνθρώποις, Αὐτοί, ἔφη. 

ε “ ’ὔ > 4 A , 
QAUTOLS. 9. Λεωνίδας, εἰπόντος τινὸς Παρεισιν 
> A ε “Ὁ ε ’ \ ε nw » 3 A 
ἐγγὺς ἡμῶν οἱ πολέμιοι, Kat ἡμεῖς, ἔφη, ἐγγὺς 
αὐτῶν. 

III. 1. A certain man gave great gifts. 2. This is thy? 
brother, and these are his followers. 3. A friend of mine 
gave me a horse. 4. Who were some of the great men of 
Greece? 5. Your*fathers were the men. 6. Some one 
placed that chariot before the tent. Who was it? 7. Whom 
shall we honor? We shall honor some kings. 8. Who says 
(φημί) that you are wiser than I? ο. Neither life nor death 
is sweet to these men. 10. Each of these men desires to be 


admired. 


1 Used for ἐκείνου. 
2 Use genitive of personal pronoun. 


82 GREEK PRIMER. Part III. 


LESSON XXXV. Exercises. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. Ln the midst of a sacrifice Xenophon receives word of his 
son’s death. He continues the ceremony, but takes the garland 
rom his head. He replaces it, however, when the messenger 
adds that the youth died victorious. 


To Ἐενοφῶντι θύοντι ἧκέ τις ἐκ Μαντινείας ay- 
yehos λέγων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸν Πρύλλον, τεθνάναι" 

3 A 3 ’ \ Ν » , \ 
κἀκεῖνος ἀπέθετο μὲν τὸν στέφανον, διετέλει δὲ 
θύων. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος προσέθηκε καὶ ἐκεῖνο 
ὅτι νικῶν τέθνηκε, πάλιν ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἐπέθετο τὸν 
στέφανον. 

II. 1. Τὸν σὸν ἀδελφὸν φιλοῦμεν. 2. λέγομεν 
Ψ ε , > Eh (ee poe os 
ὅτι ὁ πατήρ σου ἀγαθός ἐστιν. 3. ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἃ 
γέγραφας. 4. ἀλλήλους φιλήσομεν. δῶρα ἀλλή- 
λοις ἐδόμεθα. 5. ὁ ἀνήρ, ὃς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 
ἧκε, πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖ. 6. οἱ ἡμέτεροι πατέρες 
μεγάλοι ἄνδρες ἦσαν. 7. τὸν ὑμέτερον βασιλέα οὐ 
μισοῦμεν. > 8. διατελοῦμεν βουλεύοντες. 9. αἱ 

Ν , ΄, διὰ ε δὲ ’, 10 1) , , 
μὲν χαρίεσσαί εἶσιν, at δὲ κακαί. . εὐδαίμονές 
εἰσιν ἔχοντες στέφανον. 11. 6 ποιητὴς ἔφη Sis 
στεφανωθῆναι.3 12. ἐλευθερία βέλτιστον ἀν- 


1 This is a new use of the participle. It supplies an essential part of 
the predicate, closely connected with the principal verb, and is called a 
Supplementary Participle. In such sentences the English commonly 
uses a supplementary infinitive, — he continued ¢o go forward with the 
sacrifice. 

2 The subject of an infinitive is regularly omitted when it is the same 
as the subject or object of the leading verb. , 


- Parr III. EXERCISES. 83 


, 5 , , Ν 4 a , 
δράσιν ἐστίν. 13. τόδε τὸ μέρος τοῦ στρατεύματος 
» 4, es ε 5 Ν 3 ‘\ w~ »ΝἭ Ν 
ἐνικήθη. 14. οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐγγὺς τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς 

, ¥ ῃ A ~~ 26 9 
τάφου ἔστη. 15. οἱ στρατιῶται τὰ appata εἰς 
Ν Ν , ; : , Ν y ee 
tas σκηνὰς θήσουσιν. 16. θέντες τὰ ἅρματα εἰς 
ees A ε “ 3» Ν 4, 
"τὰς σκηνὰς οἱ στρατιῶται ἔθυσαν. 17. τὰ παιδία 
εἰς τὸν βασίλειον ἐτέθη. 18. οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ ἔδωκε 

“στέφανον τούτῳ τῷ νεανίᾳ. 


Ill. 1. We love friends who are faithful. 2. Two friends 
gave beautiful gifts to each other. 3. Klearchos ordered 
- the other soldiers to place the tent. 4. They give wreaths 
for the dead ( past participle). 5. Your brothers have fled 
from the city. 6. Fathers who have good sons are fortunate. 
7. You will continue to honor your king. 8. My brother 
- went into the country at night. g. Thy father prospered 
when -he was (participle) younger. 10. We admire the 
counsel of these men. 11. The others continued sacri- 
ficing. . 12. The soldiers were placing their arms about the 
tents. 13. The captain put off his arms. 14. My com- 
panion said (φημί) that he was wronged. 15. Who says 
that he is greater than Kuros? 16. The trees were small, 
but the breeze was fine. 


Coin of Athens, showing the owl, sacred to ᾿Αθήνη. The rude design and 
workmanship betoken its early date. From the Century Magazine. 


84 GREEK PRIMER. Part 1.- 


LESSON XXXVI. Verbs: The Eight Classes. 


We learned in Lesson III. that every verb has several tense stems, 
each formed by some modification of the verb stem. 

We have noticed several different ways of forming the present stem 
from the verb stem; thus, from the stems λαβ-, λιπ-, are formed the 
presents λαμβάνω, λείπω. 


There are eight ways in which the present stem 
may be formed. Consequently we have eight classes 
of verbs.! 


1. The VaRIABLE-VowEL Ciass. The suffix ~|.. (variable 
vowel) is added to the verb stem to form the present stem ; 
as, loose, honor, (stem Av-, τιμα-) Ado, τιμάω. 

2. The Srronc-VoweL Cuass. The suffix “ἢ, is added, 
and the stem vowel a, 1, v, takes the strong form ἡ; εἰ, ev (the 
verb stem appearing in the second aorist) ; as, leave (stem 
λιπ-) λείπω λείψω κ. τ. A. 

3. The Tau Crass. The suffix -r°|,_ is added ; as, 


€- 


Throw (stem ῥιφ-). 
pirra ῥίψω ἔρριψα ἐἔρριφα ἔρριμμαι ἐρρίφθην 


4. The Iora Crass. The suffix -.° 
occasions euphonic changes : 


.. is added; this always 


a. Kk, X,7, 9, and sometimes y, unite with « to form oo 
(Attic rr) ; as, 


Arrange, marshal (stem ray-). 
τάσσω τάξω ἔταξα τέταχα τέταγμαι ἐτάχθην 


1 The different ἀέρας of verbs are to be distinguished also: Pure 
Verbs (whose stems end in a vowel or diphthong), Liquid Verbs (Lesson 
XX.), and Mute Verbs (Lesson VI.). 


Parr IIL. VERBS: THE EIGHT CLASSES. 85 


&, δ, less often y, unites with ὁ to form ¢; as, admire 
(stem θαυμαδ-) θαυμάζω θαυμάσομαι κ. τ. λ. 
¢. A with s produces AA; as, 


Send (stem στελ-) (liquid verb). 
στέλλω στελῶ ἔστειλα ἔσταλκα ἔσταλμαι ἐστάλην 


d. ν and p with « transpose the « to the preceding 
syllable ; as, 
Show; middle and passive, appear (stem φαν-) (liquid verb). 
halve φανῶ ἔφηνα πέφαγκα πέφασμαι 2 ἐφάνην 
5. The Nasat (μΑ55... A _ suffix containing ν is added. 
Sometimes a second nasal (v, μ; y) is inserted in the stem; 
as, take (stem λαβ-) λαμβάνω λήψομαι x. τ. A. 


6. The Inceprive Crass. The suffix -cx°|.. (or -ix*|,.) is 


added ; as, die (stem θνα-) θνήσκω θανοῦμαι x. τ. A. 

7. The Roor Crass. The verb stem itself, with or without 
reduplication, serves as present stem; as, say (verb stem and 
present stem φα-) φημί φήσω x. 7.A.; put (verb stem Oe, 
present stem τιθε-) τίθημι θήσω κ. τ. λ.. Most -μι verbs belong 
to this class. 

8. The Mixep Cass. A few verbs have entirely different 
stems in different tenses; as, 


Go or come (stems épy-, ἐλυθ-. ἐλθ.). 
ἔρχομαι ἐλεύσομαι ἦλθον ἐλήλυθα 


Several verbs of each class are defective ; i. 6. they are not found in all 
the tenses. 


EXERCISE 1. Classify: πείθω, γράφω, ἀγγέλλω, πράττω, φημί. 
1 The euphonic change in the future of any verb shows whether the 


final letter of the stem is a labial, palatal, or lingual. 
2 Euphonic for πέφαν-μαι. 


86 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IIL. 


LESSON XXXVII. Verbs: Irregular Stem Changes. 


We have now studied a number of verbs having stem changes in one 
or more tenses, which do not occur with any regularity. Thus several 
verbs add -e- in certain tenses ; some vary the stem vowel, etc. 


We will now group together and review the various 
Irregular Stem Changes: 


1. Variation of stem vowel ; as, λείπω λέλοιπα. 

2. Lengthening of stem vowel; as, λαμβάνω λήψομαι. 

3. Omission of stem-vowel (syncope) ; as, γίγνομαι γενήσομαι 
(stem yev-). 

4. Addition of -e-; as, βούλομαι βουλ-ή-σομαι. 

5. Transposition of vowel and liquid (metathesis) ; as, 
φαίνω (par-t-w). 

6. Aspiration of labial or palatal mute at the end of a stem 
in the second perfect ; as, πέμπω πέπομφα. 

7. Addition of -c- in the perfect middle and in the tei : 
as, διατελέω διατετέλεσμαι. 

8. Reduplication ; as, γίγνομαι, τίθημι (stems γεν-» θε-). 
Nearly all the irregularities to be met with in the principal parts of 


Greek verbs are due to these sporadic changes ; and if they are carefully 
noted when a verb is first encountered, they need present little difficulty. 


PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 


Will, prefer (stem βουλ-). | 
βούλομαι βουλήσομαι βεβούλημαι ἐβουλήθην 


Hear (stem ἀκου-) (ACOUSTICS). 
ἀκούω ἀκούσομαι ἥκουσα ἀκήκοα } ἠκούσθην 


Know (stem γνο-). 
γιγνώσκω γνώσομαι ἔγνων ἔγνωκα ἔγνωσμαι ἐγνώσθην 


1 The “ Attic Reduplication,” and final v dropped. 


Part Ill. VERBS: IRREGULAR STEM CHANGES. 87 


Put away ; zzzr., stand off (ἀπό + stem ora-). 


ἀφίστημι ἀποστήσω ἀπέστησα ἀφέστηκα στάαμαι ἀπεστάθην 
ἀπέστην 


FORMULA FOR DESCRIBING VERBS. 


In describing a verb it will be advantageous to mention the 
particulars in the following order : 


KIND, THEME,! STEM, CLASS, PRINCIPAL PARTS, STEM CHANGES; 
as, ἔλαβε is a labial mute verb, from λαμβάνω, stem AaB-, of the nasal class, 
principal parts, λαμβάνω, λήψομαι κ. τ. A. 

The stem adds αν- with inserted nasal in the present. 

The stem vowel is lengthened in the future, and 6 unites with o to 
form y. 

The reduplication is irregular. 


The following seventeen verbs represent every variety in the language : 
λύσω ἔπεισα ἔλεγον δηλῶν ἐφαίνετο λιπών ἔλαβε 


éréOnv γίγνομαι ῥίψω ἀφίστημι βουλήσομαι ἔφη ἔγνων 
θαυμάζω ἀκούσομαι ἐτάχθην - 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 

I. 1. Λνόμεθα, ἐτίθη, ἀφιστάναι, πέπεικε, ἐγενό- 
μην. 2. ἀκηκόατε, εἴρηκα, ἐλέχθησαν, ῥίπτειν, 
ἔρριμμαι. 3. ὁ τάξων, ὁ τεταχώς, δηλοῦμεν, ἐδή- 
λουν, ἐδηλούμην. 4. ἀφιστᾶσιν, ἀπέστην, θαυ- 
μάζομεν, ἔφηνε, πέφασμαι. 9. βουλόμεθα, βούλει, 
βουλήσεσθε, τὸ βουληθέν. 0. γνώσει, ἔγνων, ὁ 
γνούς, ὁ γνωσθείς. 7. ἦλθον θυσόμενοι. 

II. 1. We are loosing; he who looses; they loosed them- 
selves. 2. It was put; they will put; that which was put. 
3. They have admired; she was admired ; we will persuade. 


4. You were persuaded; he was sent; they came. 5. They 
were hearing ; you heard ; I have heard ; he said. 


1 The “ theme ” is the form in which a word stands in the vocabulary. 


88 GREEK PRIMER. Parr III. 


LESSON XXXVIII. Conditional Sentences: Present and 
Past Suppositions. 


There are two kinds of conditional sentences which require the indica- 
tive mode in both condition and conclusion. 


I. εἰ τοῦτο ποιεῖς, ἐπαινῶ, 7f you are doing this, I approve. 
el τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἐπαινεθήσεται, 2f he did this, he will be 
praised. 


SIMPLE, PARTICULAR SUPPOSITIONS. The condition 
assumes something without implying any judgment as 
to its reality. We have, 


In the condition, «i with present or past indicative ; 
In the conclusion, any tense of the indicative. 


2. εἰ τοῦτο ἐποίει, ἐπήνουν dv, 7f he were doing this, 7 should 
approve, or tf he had been doing this, 7 should have been 
approving. 

εἰ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἐπήνεσα dv, if he had done this, I should 
have approved. 


SUPPOSITIONS CONTRARY TO REALITY. The suppo- 
sition is understood to be past fulfilment, and contrary 
to fact. We have, 


In the condition, εἰ with a past tense of the indicative ; 
In the conclusion, a past tense of the indicative with av. 


The imperfect here refers to present time, or to a 
continued or repeated action in past time. 

The aorist refers to an action simply occurring in past 
time. 


Parr III. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 89 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 
I. ’Zis an ul thing to be dying. 


Ν , / 7 ΄ ’, 
τὸ θνήσκειν κακόν" οὕτως κεκρίκασι θεοί" 
ἔθνησκον γὰρ ἄν, εἴπερ καλὸν ἦν τόδε. 

— SAPPHO. 


II. 1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει ἐρήμους σταθμοὺς 
πέντε, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα, ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων ποτα- 


μὸν εὖρος δύο πλέθρων. 


III. 1. If he is doing this, he is praised. 42. If they had 
done this, they would have been praised. 3. If you were 
doing this, you would be praised. 4. If you had been doing 
this, you would have been praised. 5. Had I heard the 
orator, I should have praised him. 6. Had my brother ap- 
peared an enemy, I would have slain him. 7. You will 
praise my daughters, if they love one another. 8. If my 
enemies had come, they would have been slain. g. If they 
knew this, they would not be coming. 10. Who will not 
praise us if we give gifts? 


KPATHPES 


90. GREEK PRIMER. Pakr III. 


LESSON XXXIX. Verbal Adjectives. —Double Negatives. 
— Case Absolute. 


Verbal Adjectives are formed by adding -το- or -reo- 
(nom. -τός, -réos) to a verb-stem as it appears in the first 


aorist passive; as, ᾿ 


λυτός, loosed, loosable; λντέος, to be loosed (solvendus). So, 
TULNTEOS, πειστέος, ἀκουστέος, TAKTEOS. 


Verbal adjectives in -réos take the agent or doer of 
the action in the dative ; as, | 


ὠφελητέα σοι ἡ πόλις ἐστίν, che city must be benefited by you. 


Verbal adjectives may be in the neuter, forming an 
impersonal construction which takes an object like a 
verb; as, 


ταῦτα ἡμῖν ποιητέον ἐστίν, we must do these things (there must 
be a doing of these things on our part). | 


Double Negatives. When a negative is followed by a 
compound negative in the same clause, the negation is 
strengthened ; as, 


οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς, there ts not any one. 


Case Absolute. The genitive is used as the case 
absolute ;! as, 
Κύρου ἄγοντος, when Kuros leads. 
τῶν θεῶν διδόντων, 7/ the gods grant. 


1 This construction corresponds to the ablative absolute in Latin, but 
is much Jess common. 


Parr IIL. VERBAL ADJECTIVES, ETC. 91. 


Vocabulary, Reading, and Translations. 


I. XKvlearchos, one of Kuros’s brigadiers, insulted by the soldiers 
of Menon, rallies his own command. 


an \ 
Ὁ δὲ φεύγει εἰς TO ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ εὐθὺς 
᾽ > Ν 9 \ ‘ Ν ε ’ 
παραγγέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα: καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας 
> “ > 4 ἃ oe Ν 5 / 4 δ. «ἂς 
αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι τὰς ἀσπίδας θέντας, αὐτὸς 
Ν Ν Ν ε ΄ a. Φ ρει τς τὴ a 7 
δὲ λαβὼν τοὺς ἱππέας, οἱ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύ- 
per Σ TERE ‘ee ? be, 4 Ἀ ε n 
ματι πλείους ἢ πεντήκοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι. 
ἴω Ν 
Θρᾷκες, ἤλαυνεν" ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος: οἱ δὲ καὶ 


A an , 
ἕστασαν ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγματι. 


..Π1..-- 4. There is-not any one more kingly than Kuros. 


2. We must flee (zmpersona/). 3. He was asking for these 
cities to be given to himself. 4. Kuros was both most kingly 
and most worthy to rule. ~ 5. When Kuros was dead (gen. 


abs.)--his- soldiers were perplexed. 6. We took (fartic.) the 
horsemen, and started to ride against the (soldiers) of Menon. 
7. Although the soldiers were perplexed Klearchos forthwith 
summoned (them) to arms. 8. The king must be honored 
by all. . 9g. There is nothing better than a faithful friend. 
10. Both life and death are in the power of the gods. 11. Our 
guest-friends have not heard anything. 12. The gods judge 
that a short life is enough for men. 13. We know what the 
others. know. 14. They went away (fartic.) from the sea 
and Stood’ in’ front of the house. 


1 The article with δέ = a pronoun — ὀπέ he. 
2 The imperfect also denotes an action begun or attempted. 


92 GREEK PRIMER. Part III. 


LESSON XL. Exercises.’ 


I. 1. Character Reading. 
Ἡγοῦμαι σοφίας εἶναι μέρος οὐκ ἐλάχιστον 
καλῶς γιγνώσκειν οἷος ἕκαστος ἀνήρ. 


᾿ — EVENUS. 
2. Homer's Characters. 


Ὅμηρός μοι δοκεῖ τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους θεοὺς πεποιηκέναι, τοὺς 
δὲ θεοὺς ἀνθρώπους. --- ΑΝΟΝ. 


3. Precepts for the Ruler. 

᾿Αγάθων ἔφη tov ἄρχοντα τρία δεῖν ἀεὶ γιγνώσκειν, πρῶτον μὲν 
ὅτι ἀνθρώπων ἄρχει, δεύτερον, ὅτι κατὰ νόμους ἄρχει, τρίτον, ὅτι 
οὐκ ἀεὶ ἄρχει. 

4. The Secret of Spartan Greatness. 

᾿Αγησίλαος ἐρωτώμενος διὰ τί μάλιστα παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους εὐδαί- 
μονές εἰσιν οἱ Σπαρτιᾶται, Διότι, εἶπε, παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους οἷοί 


/ > ΕἾ ‘ ” 
TE εἰσιν ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. 


IT. 1. Λήψει, ἐλάμβανε, ἔλαβες, εἰλήφαμεν, ἐλή- 
φθητε. 2. αὐτός φησι, εἶπον, ἡ εἰποῦσα, ἐκεῖνοί 
φασι, ἔφη, ἔφαμεν. 3. ὁ τάσσων, ἔταξαν, τέταγ- 
μαι, ἐτάχθης. 4. ἐθαύμασαν, τεθαυμακέναι, ἔρριψε, 
ἐρρίφθην. 5. γενησόμεθα, ἐγενόμην, ἔλιπε, ὁ λιπών. 
6. ὁ τιθείς, τεθείκασιν, τέθειμαι, ἐτέθην. 7. εὐδαι- 
μονῶ, εὐδαιμονήσει, εὐδαιμονεῖν. 8. ἦρξεν, ἦργμαι, 


! It is suggested that the teacher translate the four extracts, and then 
have them committed to memory. 


Parr III. EXERCISES. 93 


ἔδοσαν, 6 λαβών, ὁ τιθείς, 9. ai δὲ νῆες ἦσαν 
¥ ~ , Ν Ν 4 ¢ Ν > 
ἔν τῇ θαλάσσῃ παρὰ τὴν σκηνήν. οἱ δὲ παρ 
> , 3 , > ‘ a κ 
Αβροκόμᾳ ἀποστάντες ἦλθον παρὰ Κῦρον καὶ συν- 
εστρατεύοντο ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 10. καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν 
A an n ΑΝ 
ἐλθεῖν, ἀποροῦντες τούτῳ τῷ πράγματι. τί οὖν 
4, “ ll > A ͵ὕ 5 » ὃ ε lal 
κελεύω ποιῆσαι; . ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὑμᾶς 
ἐπαινῶς Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα ἐλέγετο πέμψαι. 
12. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ ἐλθόντες ἐκ 
“ ΄ Ν 4 4 Ν “ 
τῶν πολεμίων Tapa μεγάλου βασιλέως πρὸ τῆς 
’ Ν Ν \ , 3Ξ, a > ’ὔ θ 
μάχης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἄλλοι ot ἐλήφθησαν 


“ / Ν Kyte Fate Ψ 
των πολεμίων τὰ αὐτὰ Ἠγγελλον. 


III. 1. I was manifesting ; they appeared ; he has shown. 
2. He marshalled the soldiers ; they were marshalled ; to mani- 
fest. 3. She will wish; they have wished; to be wishing. 
4. It was left; to leave; he left; we have known. ae 
know ; to know ; to be knowing ; to take ; you took. 6. They 
were taking ; you say ; they were saying. 7. I will arrange ; 
to be arranging; it seems. 8. They have been prosperous ; 
he who is prosperous. 9. They will rule; to command ;- 
he who appears. το. He was ruled; they will be ruled ; 
to rule. 11. They said that they would not do these 
things. 12. When he had announced (aor. partic.) this, 
he fled from the house. 


94. GREEK PRIMER. Parr ΠῚ. 


Appendix to Part III. Résumé of Vocabularies. 


VOCABULARIES OF Part First. 

Accordingly ; always ; am; and; antagonist ; apostle ; ask ; 
Athenian ; athlete ; ball; barbarian ; battle ; beginning ; boat ; 
book; brother; but; by; child; clear, plain; come now! 
concerning ; conquer; day ; democracy ; desire ; despot ; dialog ; 
enemy ; epistle ; Europe ; faster; fear; fine ; first ; folly ; for; 
friend ; from ; full. | 

General; gift; good; give me two! grammar; Greeks ; 
gymnasium ; he; hinder; horse ; house ; how many? how much? 
in; interrogative particle; in the power of; is situated ; 
isthmus ; know; lead; loose ; make, do; make an expedition ; 
make plain ; man, person; me; music ; neglect; new ; noble ; 
no indeed ! no, not; now. 

Oligarchy ; on; orator; pedagog; persuade ; philosopher ; 
plain ; plan ; play ; plot ; pursue ; river ; run ; say ; schoolhouse ; 
see ; send; small; son; student; sullen; sun; take an obol! 
teach ; teacher ; tent ; that ; the ; to; trust ; try ; upon; village ; 
war ; well ; where ? whence? whither? who? what? write ; world, 
earth; yes; you. 

VOCABULARIES OF PART SECOND. 

Admire; again; against; aid; all; ambrosia; announce ; 
arms; army; art; as; at Athens; bad; become; benefit; 
better ; bird ; black ; body ; breeze ; call ; captain ; chariot ; city ; 
comedy ; command ; common ; companion ; contest ; country ; 
daughter ; death ; die ; die, end ; divinity ; drink ; dwell ; earth ; 
easy; end; faithful; father; few; fight against; flee; flood ; 
force ; fortunate ; four ; free ; friendly ; friendship ; from beside. 

Grain; great; greater; Greece; Grecian; guard ; guide ; 
hard; hate; help; honor; hope; hoplite ; how? in company 


Parr III. RESUME OF VOCABULARIES. 95 


with ; instrument; journey; king; law; leave; life; little; 
long ; love; man; many ; march ; messenger ; money ; moon; 
moreover ; most ; much ; myriad ; name; native-land ; necessary ; 
near; necessity; night; Nile; nobody; not even; nothing ; 
older ; olympiad ; one ; orator. 

Phalanx; pleasing; poet; power; proceed; proceed in 
company with; race; remain; sacrifice; same; ‘self; sea; 
serviceable ; shield ; ship ; short ; slave ; soldier ; spare ; spirit ; 
steward ; stronger; sweet; take; ten thousand; than; that 
one; thing; this; three ; through ; toil ; tomb ; tragedy ; tree ; 
trouble ; two; useful; wage war; wagon; well-born; when; 
who ; wisdom ; wise ; wish ; with clenched fist ; with ; without ; 
work ; worse ; wrong; younger; young man. 


VOCABULARIES OF ParT THIRD. 


About; acropolis; according to; add; after ; afterwards ; 
ally; am present; archon; arrange; badly; be perplexed ; 
before ; but, and; break down; bright; call together ; come; 
come, go; command; continue ; council; crown; do; each; 
emporium ; first ; flee for refuge ; fortune ; freedom. 

Give ; give orders; grave; guest-friend; hear; horseman ; 
hour ; I; in front of; island ; judge ; know; least ; march ; my; _ 
near; of myself; of thyself; of herself; of himself; of itself; 
of one another; of what sort; on the part of; other; perish; 
plan; plot; populace ; portion; praise; put; put about; put 
away ; put on. 

Revolt ; ride ; rule ; said ; secondly ; seize ; send ; set ; show ; 
summon ; ten; theatre ; thing; think ; thirdly ; thou; throw; 
thus ; thy; time ; twice; valor; virtue; wish; worthy; year; 
your. 


96 GREEK PRIMER. Part III. 


Questions and Topics for Review. 


1. How is the gender of a noun determined? 

What forms of the verb are not recessive in accent? 
What special points must be noted in each declension ? 
Describe the three uses of the participle. 

. What construction follows an adjective of the compara- 


mS ®W os 


tive degree? 
6. Explain deponents, second aorists, and liquid verbs. 
7. Make a complete table of tense signs, voice signs, and 
verb endings. 
8. When does ἐστίν have the accent ἔστιν» 
9. Which tenses are principal, and which historical ? 
to. Mention the peculiarities of -y verbs. 
11. Mention peculiarities of ἵστημι and δίδωμι. 
12. Give an account of the position of pronouns. 
13. Describe the classes of verbs, and irregular stem changes. 


ig 
A 
- 


Nas 
yy 
Zs γ 
ἔστ -- 
= 
/ 


ia 


2 


Ὶ 
>” y Ly 
i) 7 Ζ LY | 
i )) oe “7: 4 {15 
2; 441 : } 
Vp. | 
7 Why 


i 


Young men riding in the Panathenaic procession. From the 
frieze of the Parthenon. 


PART FOURTH 


SUBJUNCTIVE, OPTATIVE, AND IMPERATIVE 
MODES 


98 GREEK PRIMER. Part. IV. . 


LESSON XLI. Verbs: Subjunctive and Optative. — 
Conditions. 


Observing the paradigms in this lesson and the following, we note: 
1. The Subjunctive and Optative are never augmented.! 
2. They have the same tense signs and personal endings as the 
indicative. 
3. The Mode signs appear in connection with the variable vowels: 


a. THE SUBJUNCTIVE has long variable vowels, *\,., and 
uses the principal endings, -p1t, -s, -ol, -TOV, -TOV, κ᾿ τ. X. 

ὦ. THE OPTATIVE has the mode sign -ἰ- following the 
variable vowel, and uses the Azstorical endings. 


The mode sign of the Optative is -ἰε- in the active third plural, and -ἰη- 
in the singular of -μι verbs, aorists passive, and contracts (sometimes in 
dual and plural). 

The variable vowel of the optative is -a- in first aorist, elsewhere -o-. _ 

The optative uses one frincipal ending, -μὲ in the first singular. - 

The Adverb ἄν. The conjunction εἰ, when used with the 
subjunctive, is followed by the adverb ἄν, which unites with it, 


forming ἐάν or ἦν, but does not affect its meaning. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. | OPTATIVE. 
Present. Present. 

S. ἐὰν vo, If I loose (continu- et Avoyn, If I should loose (con- 
ously or repeat- tinuously or repeat- 
edly). edly). 

ἐὰν Avys, [ you, etc. εἰ Avous, If thou, etc. 
ἐὰν Avy, If he, etc. εἰ Avor,2_—s« If he, etc. 

D. ἐὰν λύητον, If you two, etc. el Avourov, If you two, etc. 

ἐὰν λύητον, εἰ λνοίτην, 

Ῥ. ἐὰν λύωμεν, εἰ λύοιμεν, 

ἐὰν λύητε, εἰ λύοιτε, 
ἐὰν λύωσι, εἰ λύοιεν. 


1 This is because the tense of a verb not indicative does not denote 
time. 
? Final a and οἱ do not have the effect of short vowels i che optative. 


ParrIV. VERBS: SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE. 99 


ExercIsE 1. Conjugate in the same way the present sub- 
junctive and optative of λαμβάνω, τιμάω, and ἀποθνήσκω. 


CONDITIONAL SENTENCES, referring to the future, are 
of two kinds : 


_ 1. ἐὰν pa! θύω τοῖς θεοῖς, οὐ νικήσω, if 7 do not sacrifice to 
the gods (habitually), I shall not conguer. 


VIVID FUTURE CONDITIONS. The supposition is 
stated vividly, or with expectation of its fulfilment. We 
have, 


In the condition, ἐάν with the subjunctive ; 
In the conclusion, the future indicative. 


2. εἰ μὴ θύοιμι τοῖς θεοῖς, οὐκ ἄν νικῴμι, 7f 7 should not seer 
to the gods (habitually), 1 should not conquer. 


LESS VIVID FUTURE CONDITIONS. We have, 


In the condition, «i with the optative ;? 
In the conclusion, the optative with ἄν. 


The ἄν is always attached to a word introducing a subjunctive in the 
condition, and it always accompanies an optative in the conclusion. 


EXERCISE 2. Repeat these sentences in English and Greek, 
using the different persons: “ If you do not sacrifice,” “if he 
does not sacrifice,’’ etc. 


1 To express negation μή (and its compounds) is used instead of οὐ: 

a. With the subjunctive, the imperative, the infinitive ; and 

ὁ. With other modes in expressions denoting a wish, purpose, or 
condition. 

2 Observe that the /uéure optative is not used here. It is found only 
in indirect discourse. 


100 GREEK PRIMER. Parr LV. 


LESSON XLII. Verbs: The Subjunctive and Optative. 
(Continued.) 


The distinction between an action viewed as continued, and an action 
not so viewed, is not made in English ordinarily. Consequently the use 
of the present and the aorist subjunctive, optative, and infinitive, may 
occasion some perplexity. 

Thus the words “ // you sacrifice” may mean 

ἐὰν Ovns, ᾿ Lf you sacrifice (habitually) ; or, 
ἐὰν θύσῃς, 177, you sacrifice (on a single occasion). 
In a speech or narrative the context usually shows which is meant. 

In the following exercises, present subjunctives and optatives should 
be translated by some expression which will show that they denote 
actions viewed as continued. Study the meaning of each English 
sentence. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. OPTATIVE. 
Present. (λύω)} 1 Aorist. (€Avea) Present. (Ade) 1 Aorist. (ἔλυσα) 
S. λύ-ω λύσω λύ-οι-μι λύσαιμι 
λύ-η-ς πο λύσῃς λύ-οι-ς λύσαις, λύσειας 
λύ-ῃ λύσῃ λύ-οι λύσαι, λύσειε 
κι TX. kT. Δ. Ρ. 3. λύσαιεν, λύσειαν 
1 Perfect. (χέλυκα) 1 Perfect. (λέλυκα) Future. (λύσω) 
5. λελύκω λελύκοιμι λύσοιμι 
λελύκῃς λελύκοις λύσοις 
λελύκῃ λελύκοι λύσοι 
Κι τῶ A: κ. τ᾿ λ. Ke ΟΝ: 
1 Aorist Passive. (ἐλυθην) 1 Aorist Passive. (ἐλύθην) 
5. λυθῶ 2 λυθείην : 
λυθῆς λυθείης 
λυθῇ λυθείη 
κι TA. D. λυθείητον or λυθεῖτον 


λυθειήτη᾽ην λυθείτην 


P. λυθείημεν λυθεῖμεν 
λυθείητε λυθεῖτε 
λυθείησαν λυθεῖεν 
1 The principal parts are here repeated because they are a guide to 
the inflection of these modes as well as to the inflection of the indicative. 
2 Explain the contraction and accent of the aorist passive subjunctive. 


Part 1V. VERBS: THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE. 101 


o - >, a ic | - il 


Reading and TranSldtions. 122485 995 9) Sie 


I. 1. ᾿Εὰν τοῖς θεοῖς πιστεύωμεν, νικήσομεν ἀεί. 

3X “ a“ > , ~ ’ \ 4 
2. ἐὰν τοῖς θεοῖς ἐν ταύτῃ TH μάχῃ μὴ πιστεύσῃς, 
οὐ νικήσει. 58. ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιῇ, τιμηθήσεται. 
4. ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιήσῃ, τιμηθήσεται. ὅ. ἀκούσειεν 
a 1 ε 4 > Ν δί ’ θ > ’ 
ἂν: ἢ μήτηρ, εἰ τὸ παιδίον καλέσειεν. . ἀκούοι 
ἂν τὸ παιδίον, εἰ ἡ μήτηρ καλοῖ. 7. ἐὰν λυθῇ ὁ 
στρατιώτης, δῶρα πέμψει τοῖς θεοῖς. 8. εἰ λυθείη 


ε ’ “A A “ ’, 3, > 
ὁ στρατιώτης, δῶρα τοῖς θεοῖς πέμψειεν av. 9. εἰ 


1 


A A ε A x Aw 
μὴ θύοιεν τοῖς θεοῖς οἱ στρατιῶται, οὐκ Gv’ νικῷεν. 


ϑ.Ὰς ’ὔ ~/ “ ε ΄“ ’ 
LO: ἐὰν θύωσι τοῖς θεοῖς οἱ στρατιῶται, νικήσουσιν. 


II. τ. If we sacrifice to the gods (habitually), we shall 
always be victorious. 2. If we sacrifice to the gods, we shall 
be victorious. 3- If we should sacrifice to the gods, we 
should be victorious. 4. If we should always sacrifice to 
the gods, we should be victorious. 5. If the soldiers should 
be loosed, they would send gifts to the gods. 6. If the 
soldiers are loosed, they will send gifts to the gods. ae ae 
the soldiers trust the general (habitually), they will be victorious. 
8. If the soldiers should trust the general: (habitually), they 
would be victorious. 9. If we do not honor the gods, they 
will not hear us. 10. If we should not honor the gods, 
they would not hear us. 


1 ἄν in conclusion follows the verb, unless drawn to a negative, an 
interrogative, or some emphatic word. 


102 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


Γ ae fay C4 F 
Φ ck Se Τ- | ey γ 
ce c.c\ ‘ 


“22° ' “PRSSON XIII. Verbs: Uses of the Modes. 

Worp StupiEs. From this point the student will find the new words 
of each lesson in the general vocabularies, — English-Greek and Greek- 
English, — at the end of the book. In the study 

Of nouns, learn the stem, quantities of doubtful vowels, accent, and 
gender. | : 

Of verbs, learn the stem, quantities of doubtful vowels, principal parts, 

~ and case governed. 

Of all words, learn related Greek and English words, and any special 
constructions or irregularities. 


Study μηδείς, ἐνθυμέομαι, θυμός, iva, ὑπέρ, think —am wise, 
am guarding, day. 
Three uses of the Subjunctive. 
1. Exhortations (Hortatory Subjunctive), in the first 


person; as, 
λύωμεν, let us be loosing. 
λύσωμεν, Jet us loose. 


2. Purpose, as, 
ἵνα Avopev, that we may be loosing. 
ἵνα λύσωμεν, that we may loose. 


3. Vivid Future Conditions ; as in preceding lessons. 


Three uses of the Optative. 
1. Wish (Latin opto, / wish) ; as, 


Avot, may he be loosing. 
λύσειε, way he loose. 


2. Indirect discourse, after a past tense; as, 


ἔλεξαν ὅτι Avor, they said that he was loosing. 
ἔλεξαν ὅτι λύσειε, they said that he loosed. 


1 Note that in indirect discourse, if the leading verb is past, the 
English regularly changes a present to a past tense (as was, in the sen- 
tence above). The Greek, while it always retains the same tense, may, 

a. Retain the mode of the direct discourse, or 


Parr IV. VERBS: USES OF THE MODES. 108 


3. Less Vivid Future Conditions; as in preceding 
lessons. 

In past purposes we may have the optative instead of 
the subjunctive, since the statement, being the (re- 
ported) thought of some person, is implied indirect 
discourse : 


ἔθυον ἵνα μὴ νικηθείησαν, they were sacrificing that they might not 
be conquered. 


EXERCISE 1. Repeat each of the sentences above, using all 
persons and numbers, in both English and Greek: that I may 
be loosing, ἵνα Avw ; that thou mayest be loosing, ἵνα Avys, etc. 

Reading and Translations. 
I. Brief Mourning. 
Tod μὲν θανόντος οὐκ ἂν ἐνθυμοίμεθα, 
εἴ τι φρονοῖμεν, πλεῖον ἡμέρας μιᾶς. 
Il. 1. Μὴ φύγωμεν, ἀλλὰ καλῶς ἀποθάνωμεν ὑπὲρ 
la ’ὔ Ν ‘\ > , ν 
τῆς πατρίδος. 4. πολλοὶ κακοὶ εὖ λέγουσιν, ἵνα 
καλοὶ εἶναι φαίνωντα. 8. ἐὰν μὴ φυλάσσῃς τὰ 
μικρά, τὰ μείζονα οὐ φυλάξει. 4. ὁ ἄγγελος 
ΕΣ ‘ » A 
ἔφη TOV ἄνδρα πεισθῆναι. 
ΠΙ. 1. Let us be thinking of the dead. 2. The mes- 


senger said that the soldiers destroyed the bridge. 3. May 
this not happen (γίγνομαι). 4. He used to sacrifice in order 


that he might be victorious. 5. We are sacrificing that we 
may be victorious. 6. The poet said that the gods love 
those who sacrifice. 7. We guarded the city that the 


citizens might not be killed by the enemy. 


6. Change the mode to the optative ; or 
ες. Use the infinitive. 
With φημί the infinitive is required, while with εἶπον it is never used. 


104 GREEK PRIMER. Part LV. 


LESSON XLIV. Verbs: Subjunctive and Optative, Middle 
and Passive. 
These new combinations of elements already learned present little 


difficulty, but must be made familiar by repetition. Periphrastic forms 
occur in the perfect. J 


SUBJUNCTIVE. OPTATIVE. 

Present. 1 Aorist. Present. 1 Aorist. Fut. Passive. 
(Mw) (Avera) (Avo) (ἔλυσα) (ἐλύθην) 
5. λύ-ω-μαι λύσωμαι λυ-οί-μην λυσαίμην λυθησοίμην 

λύῃ. λύσῃ Av-ot-0 λύσαιο λυθήσοιο 

λύτ-η-ται λύσηται λύ-οι-το λύσαιτο λυθήσοιτο 

x. 1. A. K. v. A. x. T. AX. κι TX. &. ToMs 

Perfect. (λέλυμαι) Fut. (λύσω) 
S. λελυμένος, n, ova} λελυμένος. η. ον εἴην" λυσοίμην 
‘i ἧς ss eins λύσοιο 
“ > “ 2 λύ 
ἡ εἴη ὕσοιτο 
x. T. Ὁ 
D. λελυμένω, a, @ ἦτον λελυμένω, G, w elroy or εἴητον 
“4 ἦτον " εἴτην εἰήτην 
P. λελυμένοι, αι, a ὦμεν λελυμένοι, αι. α εἶμεν εἴημεν 
6 ἦτε ἐς εἶτε εἴητε 
“ > +“ PY * 
dk doe elev εἴησαν 


ExercisE 1. Conjugate the same parts of κελεύω and 
φιλέω.᾽ 
᾿ς Worp ϑτύριεβ. ἐθέλω, πλουτέω, ἀποθνήσκω, exw; live, pray, 
honorably, wall. 

ait) Reading and Translations, 
I. A Prudent Wish. 
Οὐκ ἐθέλω πλουτεῖν, οὐκ εὔχομαι: ἀλλά μοι εἴη 
ζῆν ἐκ τῶν ὀλίγων μηδὲν ἔχοντα κακόν. 

1 The appropriate forms of the verb “to be” are here added to the 

perfect participle. 


Part IV. VERBS: SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE, ETC. 105 


Il. 1. Πειρώμεθα ποιεῖν τὸ ἔργον. πειρασώμεθα 
ἴω ἈΝ » 4 eg 
ποιῆσαι TO ἔργον. 2. στρατεύουσιν οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
ἵνα ot βάρβαροι νικηθῶσιν. 3. ἐὰν οἱ ἵπποι λυθῶ- 
ε ? > ‘\ ’ὔ 3 Χ , 
σιν, οἵ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς λήψονται. 4. εἰς THY πόλιν 


πεμφθείησαν οἵ παῖδες. 5. πέμπουσι τοὺς στρα- 


4 9 ’ » Ν , 

τιώτας, ἵνα μάχωνται. 6. ἔπεμψαν τοὺς στρατιώ- 
ν ’ὔ 

τας, Wa μάχοιντο. 7. ὁ στέφανος πεποίηται. 

» Ψ ε , , SO ὉΤῸ ε 

ἔλεγον ὅτι ὃ στέφανος πεποιημένος εἴη: 8. οἱ 


φύλακες τὸ τεῖχος εἶχον. ἵππους ἔσχον. 

III. τ. That he may loose ; that he may be loosed ; that 
he may be loosing ; that he may be loosed (repeatedly) ; to be 
loosed ; to loose one’s self. 2. If they loose ; if they loose 
(continuously) ; if they are loosed ; if they loose themselves ; 
if they loose themselves (repeatedly) ; to be loosing one’s self. 
3. If you should be loosing yourselves; if you should loose 
yourselves ; if you should be loosed ; if we should be loosed ; 
if we should loose ourselves. 4. I will loose myself; he said 
he would loose himself; I shall be loosed; he said he should 
be loosed. 5. Let us not pray to be rich. 6. Let us live 
honorably and fight for our country. 7. If I had much 
money, I would give (some) to you. 8. We wish to live a 
long life, possessing friends and property. g. May he pray 
to the gods (habitually). 10. Let us try to live nobly. 
11. He will not go if he is not commanded. 12. They will 
fight nobly ; he said that they would fight nobly. 13. They 
die that the city may not be taken. 14. If the gods had | 
judged thus, it would have been an evil to die. 


106 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV: 


LESSON XLV. Verbs: Imperative Mode. 


The negative with an imperative is always μή. 

The present tense is used if the speaker has in mind the 
continuance or repetition of the action ; otherwise, the aorist. 

In Prohibitions, the present imperative or the aorist sub- 
junctive is used; as, 


μὴ ποίει τοῦτο, do not do this (habitually) ; μὴ πονήσῃς τοῦτο, do 


not ao this. 
IMPERATIVE. 
ACTIVE. MIDDLE. 
Present. 1 Aorist. Present. 1 Aorist. 
S. 2. Ade (0c) λῦσον λύου (-ε-σο) λῦσαι 1 
3. λυέ-τω λυσά-τω Avé-c Bw λυσάσ-θω 
D. 2. λύε-τον λύσα-τον λύεσθον λύσασ-θον 
3. λυέ-των λυσά-των λυέ-σθων λυσά-σθων 
Ρ. 2. λύετε λύσα-τε λύεσθε. λύσα-σθε 
3. Avé-rwcav or λυσά-τωσαν or λνυέ-σθωσαν or λυσά-σθωσαν or 
λυό-ντων λυσά-ντων λυέ-σθων λυσά-σθων 
1 Aor. Passive. Perfect. 
S. 2. λύθη-τι 5 λέλυ-σο 
3. λυθή-τω λελύ-σθω 
D. 2. λύθη-τον λέλυ-σθϑον 
3. λυθή-των λελύ-σθων 
P. 2. λύθητ-τε λέλυ-σθε 
3. λυθέ-ντων 8 or λελύ-σθων or 
λυθή-τωσαν λελύ-σθωσαν 


1 The second singular is irregular in the 1 aor, active and middle. 

2 θ of the ending becomes 7 in the first aorist passive to prevent repeat- 
ing the rough mute. 

8 Observe that the true sign of the passive -@e- here stands unmodified 
because followed by ¢wo consonants; before a single consonant ε be- 
comes ἡ. 


Part IV. VERBS: IMPERATIVE MODE. 107 


Exercisk 1. Make a table of imperative endings, and con- 
jugate the same parts of φιλέω and μένω. 


Worp STupDIES. κρατέω, ἐπιθυμέω, συμβουλεύω ;*it is fitting, 
neither . . . nor, then, way, esteem — consider, danger. 


Reading and Translations. 


I. 1. Γΐίγνωσκε σεαυτόν. ἄρχε σαυτοῦ. τοῖς 
σοφοῖς πίστευε. 2. μὴ πίστευε τῇ τύχῃ. μὴ 
πιστεύσῃς τῇ τύχῃ. 8. συμβούλευε μὴ τὰ ἥδιστα, 
ἀλλὰ τὰ ἄριστα. 4. ἃ μὴ προσήκει μήτε λέγε 
μήτ᾽ ἄκουε. ὥ. μὴ ἐν πολλοῖς ὀλίγα λέγε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν 
ὀλίγοις πολλά. 6. μὴ φύγῃς ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως. 
7. μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ 
τὸν κακόν. ὃ. εἰ βούλει ἀγαθὸς εἶναι, πρῶτον 
πίστευσον ὅτι κακὸς εἶ. 9. ὡς δὲ στρατηγὸν ἐμὲ 
μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω. 10. μέγας ἦν ὁ κίνδυνος. 

II. τ. When you rule yourselves (farticiple),’ then you 
will rule others. 2. Honor the gods, for it is fitting. 3. Ad- 
mire the beautiful earth which God has made. 4. Let man 
be judged by the gods. 5. Advise men to do good and to 
be good. 6. Let not men go in the pleasantest way, but in 
the best way. 7. Pray thou mayest live? nobly. 8. De- 
sire the best gifts. οἵ. Know that time is fleeting. το. Let 


the soldiers fight as it befits them. 11. Do not hear evil 
(things), but hear the good. 12. Do not flee dangers. 


1 It is expected that the student will be on the alert to use participles 
so far as possible to express the various “ circumstances ”’ of time, cause, 
means, manner, condition, or concession. See Lesson XVIII. 

2 Use the infinitive. 


108 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


LESSON XLVI. Verbs: Complete Synopsis. 


We have now completed the copious inflections of the Greek verb, 
and can pause to systematize what we have learned. 

Observe how the principal parts form the key to the 
The forms which have the same 
tense stem are said to comprise a “ tense-system.” 


complete synopsis. 


SYNOPSIS OF λείπω, LEAVE (STEM λιπ-). 


Pres. and Impf. Future. Aorist. Pf. and Plpf. 
Active, 
Indic. λείπω λείψω λέλοιπα 
ἔλειπον ἔλιπον ἐλελοίπειν 
Subjv. λείπω λίπω λελοίπω 
Opt. λείποιμι λείψοιμι λίποιμι λελοίποιμι 
Imv. λεῖπε λίπε 
Inf. λείπειν λείψειν λιπεῖν λελοιπέναι 
Partic. λείπων λείψων λιπών λελοιπώς 
Middle. 
Indic. λείπομαι λείψομαι λέλειμμαι 
ἐλειπόμην ἐλιπόμην ἐλελείμμην 
Subjv. λείπωμαι λίπωμαι λελειμμένος ὦ 
Ορί. λειποίμην λειψοίμην λιποίμην λελειμμένος εἴην 
Imv. λείπου λιποῦ 3 λέλειψο 
Inf. λείπεσθαι λείψεσθαι λιπέσθαι λελεῖφθαι 3 
Partic. λειπόμενος λειψόμενος λιπόμενος λελειμμένος 
Passive. 
Indic. likethe middle. λειφθήσομαι ἐλείφθην like the middle. 
Subjv. as λειφθῶ ἊΣ 
Opt. * λειφθησοίμην λειφθείην x 
Imv. es λείφθητι iy 
Inf. ἶ λειφθήσεσθαι λειφθῆναι = 
Partic. % λειφθησόμενος λειφθε is 7 


1 The 2 aor. impv. 2d sing. accents the variable vowel in the middle, 
as do the active forms εὑρέ, ἐλθέ, ἰδέ, εἰπέ, and λαβέ. 
2 σ brought by inflection between two consonants is dropped. 


Part LV. VERBS: COMPLETE SYNOPSIS. 109 


Future Perfect Passive. 


Indic. λελείψομαι Opt. λελειψοίμην 
Inf. λλελείψεσθαι Partic. λελειψόμενος 


EXERCISE 1. Write out a complete synopsis οἵ στέλλω, πράττω, 
τιμάω, and φεύγω. 


EXERCISE 2. Give orally the complete synopsis of φιλέω, 
θνήσκω, λαμβάνω, and βουλεύω. 


To the teacher and the student. ‘There is no more sure and 
rapid way of attaining a mastery of the verb than by giving 
the complete synopsis. Such exercises should be continued 
daily. 


WorpD 5 ΌΡΙΕΒ. ἱερός, χρή ; Poem, besiege, sacred, it is well. 
a 
Reading and Translation. 


I. 1. Εἰ τὴν πόλιν λάβοι, ἄγγελον πέμψειεν 


» “Ὁ, ’ . / ε ἧς > 
αν. 2; EV - στράτευμα στείλω, ου πολέμιοι ου 

4 4 > ’ “3 [2 ε 
φεύξουται. 3. ἕκαστος ἐμάχετο καλῶς, ἵνα ἡ 


\ > f » 4 > 4 ~ 
πατρὶς ἐλευθέρα etn. 4. ἕκαστος ἐμάχετο καλῶς, 


ἵνα ἡ πατρὶς ἐλευθέρα 7. 5. χρὴ τιμᾶν" τὸν 
βασιλέαᾳ. 6. ἔλεγον ὅτι χρείη τιμᾶν τὸν βασι- 
héa. 7. 6 σοφὸς ἔφη τὰ ἱερὰ χρῆναι τιμᾶν. 


\ 4 ε ~ ~ 5 4 
8. μὴ φύγοιεν οἱ στρατιῶται - καλῶς ἀποθάνοιεν. 


II. 1. It befits us first to control ourselves. 2. If each 
proves (becomes) brave, all will be well. 3. We ought to 
do this, that we may obtain the victory (wo thought of con- 
tinuance). 4. They desire to besiege the city. 5. I was say- 
ing that I admired the men’s valor. 6. We loosed ourselves. 


1 Infinitives in -aew neglect the « in the contracted form. 


110 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


LESSON XLVII. Verbs: εἰμί (concluded). — εἶμι. 


The present and the imperfect indicative of εἰμί, together with the 
present infinitive and participle, have been given in Lesson XI. 

The present subjunctive and optative are to be found in the paradigms 
of the perfect of λύω, Lesson XLIV. 


Be (stem ἐσ-, Latin es-se) has only the present and future 


systems. 
Pres, Imv. Fut. Indic. Fut. Opt. Fut. Inf. 
S. ἔσομαι ἐσοίμην ἔσεσθαι 
2. ἴσθι ἔσει ἔσοιο 
3. ἔστω ἔσται ἔσοιτο 
Fut. Partic. 
D. 2. ἔστον treo Sov ἔσοισθον ἐσόμενος,-ἢ, 
3. ἔστων ἔσεσθον ἐυοίσθην -ov 
i ἐσόμεθα . ἐσοίμεθα 
2. ἔστε ἔσεσθε ἔσοισθε 
3. ἔστων or ἔστωσαν ἔσονται ἔσοιντο 


Go (stem ε-, Latin i-re) has only the present system. ἢ 


Indic. Subjv. Opt. Impv. Inf. 
S. 1. εἶμι ἴω ἰοίην ἰέναι 
2. εἶ ἴῃς ἴοις ἴθι Partic. 
3. εἶσι ty tor ὕτω ἰών 
D. 2. trov ἴητον ἴοιτον ὕτον ἰοῦσα 
3. ὕτον ἴητον ἰοίτην ὕτων ἰόν 
P. 1. ἵμεν ἴωμεν ἴοιμεν 
2. Ure inte Youre tre 
3. tao ἴωσι ἴοιεν ἴτωσαν or ἰόντων 
Imperfect Indicative. 
S. 1. qew or ἦα P. I. ἤειμεν Or ἦμεν 
2. qes or yeo8a 20. 2. ἤειτον or ἦτον 2. yeure ΟΥ̓Ἧτε 
8. ἤει or yew 3. ἠείτην or ἤτην 3. ἤεσαν or ἧσαν 


1 The present εἶμι εἶ, etc., generally has a future sense, taking the 
place of a future of ἔρχομαι which is little used in Attic prose. 


Parr IV. VERBS: εἰμί, εἶμι. 111 


Worp STUDIES. ἄπειμι, πρόειμι, καιρός, σατράπης, TE; WAY, 
am, φΌ, now, safe. 


Reading and Translations. 


I. Zhe Conspiracy of Kuros. 

Ὁ Κῦρος ἦν τῆς Φρυγίας σατράπης, καὶ τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας φίλους ἐποιεῖτο: ἐβουλεύετο γὰρ ὅπως 
στρατεύσει πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ καιρὸς ἦν 
ἐκέλευσε τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὺς λαβεῖν 
στρατιώτας καὶ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Σάρδεις. ἀλλ᾽ 
Κῦρος εἶπεν ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς οὐκ ἔσοιτο ve τὸν βασι- 
λέαβ. Τισσαφέρνης δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν τοῦ gi dae 
πορείαν ἤγγειλεν. 


II. 1. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐ βούλεσθε συμπο- 
A > 

pever Oa, ἀνάγκη δή μοι τὸν Κῦρον λιπόντα, μεθ 
ὑμῶν ἰέναι. 2, ἐὰν οἵ ἄλλοι μὴ βούλωνται 

4 A 4 >7 , 
πείθεσθαι, ἄπιμεν πάντες. 3. ἰόντων, κακοί τε 

Ν la 3, - Ν 3:7 pone, ἈΝ Ἁ 
καὶ δοῦλοι ὄντες. ᾿ 4. καὶ ἰόντες ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν 
> Ud Ν "Ὁ" Ν “ 3 las 7 
ἐκάλουν τὸν παῖδα. 5. καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν προϊόν- 
των ἐφαίνετο δένδρα. 6. ἐρχόμεθα, ἴμεν, ἤλθομεν, 
ἐλθεῖν. 7. ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν. 

III. 1. The men refused to go. 2. We went; we were 
going ; we will go. $3. It is time to go; it is time to be 
going. 4- Now I have left (both) father and fatherland. 


5. The way was neither long nor hard. 6. If the omens are 
fair he will go forward most securely. 7. He loosed himself. 


1 The neuter plural is used adverbially. 


112 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


LESSON XLVIII. Verbs: ὁράω, δύναμαι, ἀπόλλυμι, αἱρέω. 


It is the case in all languages that some of the most common words 
are the most irregular. This is true of the English verbs am, go, can, etc. 

It will not be so difficult a matter as might be expected to learn the 
following verbs thoroughly. Pronounce the parts aloud, with the English 
meaning of each; and notice the stem of each word, its class, and varia- 
tions from λύω. 


See (stems dpa-, id-, dz-). 
‘Opdw ἑώρων ὄψομαι εἶδον Ἷ 


Can, am able (stem δυνα-). 
δύναμαι δυνήσομαι δεδύνημαι ἐδυνήθην 


ἑόρᾶκα ἑώρᾶμαι ) ,, 
ἑώρᾶκα ὦμμαι aii 


Destroy utterly ; #zdd/e, perish (stem ὀλ-. ὀλε-). 


ἀπόλλῦμι ἀπώλλυν ἀπολῶ heimeta ἀπολώλεκα 
ἀπωλόμην ἀπόλωλα 


Take; middle, choose (stem aipe-, ἕλ-). 


Aipéw ἥρουν αἱρήσω εἷλον enka ἥρημαι τῃρέθην 
Take away (ἀπό + stem aipe-, €-). 
ἀφαιρέω ἀφαιρήσω κ. τ. λ. 


WorpD STUDIES. χωρίον, μηδέποτε, ἴσος, ἴσως, ἀντί, ὅστις. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. 1. Death the Great Leveller. 


Δοῦλος οὗτος ἀνὴρ ἣν ζῶν mote: viv δὲ τεθνηκὼς 


> a 
ἰσον Δαρείῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ δύναται. 


2. Resignation. 


Μηδέποτε ἐπὶ μηδενὸς εἴπῃς Ort’ ἀπώλεσα αὐτό, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 
ἀπέδωκα. τὸ παιδίον ἀπέθανεν " ἀπεδόθη. τὸ χωρίον ἀφῃρέθη " 


> “a 
ἀπεδόθη οὖν καὶ τοῦτο. 
1 ὅτι is often used, as here, to introduce direct discourse. In our 


idiom the conjunction is left out, its place being supplied by quotation 
marks (‘* ’’). ὅτι is not translated in such cases. 


Part IV. VERBS: ὁράω, δύναμαι, ἀπόλλυμι, αἱρέω. 113 


II. 1. Φυλαττόμενον δὲ σέ τε ὁρῶ ws πολεμίους 
ε A A e aA ε ΨᾺ A 3 ,ὔ 
ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁρῶντες ταῦτα ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα. 
2. ws δὲ εἶδον τοὺς πολεμίους ἀπήεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες. 

“A 4 
8. κακῶς ἐποίεις THY ἐμὴν χώραν 6 τι ἐδύνω. 
4. φίλος τε ἐβούλετο εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστα δυναμέ- 
| ee a e?7 ei ε ε κι 3, 3 

νοις. 9. ὁρᾷ, ἑώρων, ὁρᾶν, ὁ ὁρῶν, ὄψονται, εἶδες. 
6. δύνανται, δυνήσονται, ἐδυνήθησαν. 7. ἀπόλλυσι, 
ἀπολοῦμεν, ἀπώλεσε, ἀπώλοντο. 8. ἀπόλωλας, 
ἀπολλύναι, αἱροῦσι, αἱρήσετε. 9, εἷλον, εἷλες, 
ΑΔ g ἥν. 0.6 , ε. 5 , ε , 
εἵλετε, ἤρηκε, 6 ἡρηκώς. 10. ὁ ὁρώμενος, ὁ δυνά- 
μενος, ἡ ἀφαιροῦσα, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἑλεῖν. 


III. 1. To see; to be seeing; to be seen; to have seen. 
2. They saw; he has seen; you were seeing. 3. 1 am 
able ; they were able ; he will be able. 4. He who is able ; 
she who saw; they who have seen. 5. They have taken 
away; you will take away. 6. He was taken away ; she 
who is taken away. 7. They have destroyed ; to destroy ; 
he who destroys. 8. They were destroyed; to have de- 
stroyed. 9. He who is taken away ; they who have destroyed. 
to. Perhaps the city will never be besieged. 


1 Full uncontracted form, ¢-d0va-co. The second singular middle is 
the most troublesome of all the regular forms. 


114 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


LESSON XLIX. Conditional Sentences: General 
Suppositions. 


A general supposition refers to any one of a series of acts, and 
is easily distinguished from a particular supposition. 


I. ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιήσῃ, ἐπαινῶ, if he (ever) does this, 7 (always) 
approve. 
GENERAL PRESENT SUPPOSITIONS. We have 


In the condition, ἐάν with the subjunctive ; 
In the conclusion, the present indicative. 


2. εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσειεν, ἐπήνουν, zf he (ever) did this, 7 (always) 
approved. 
GENERAL PAST SUPPOSITIONS. We have 


In the condition, «i with the optative ; 
In the conclusion, the imperfect indicative. 


RELATIVE SENTENCES, when the antecedent is in- 
definite, are equivalent to conditional sentences, and have 
the same construction. The adverb ἄν is attached to a 
relative word when the subjunctive follows; as, 


ἐπειδὰν τοῦτο ποιήσῃς, ἐπαινῶ, whenever you do this, 7 approve. 
Worp STupIES. αἴτιος, αἰτέω, ἀγορά, βλάπτω ; victory, at the 
same time, silver, assemble, perceive, rich. 
Reading and Translations. 
I. Speech of Thrasuboulos before the battle at Peiraieus. 


ANN, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν ὅπως ἕκαστος 


Ψ , , Y \ con aX \ 
αιτιος γενηται VLKY)S " AUT) γαρ μιν, εαν θεὸς 


ΙΝ 


Part IV. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 115 


,ὕ ἴω 5 4 \ 7 \ » A 
θέλῃ, νῦν ἀποδώσει καὶ πατρίδα καὶ οἴκους καὶ 
A 3 , 

ἐλευθερίαν καὶ παῖδας οἷς εἰσίν. 
> > / a ἃ ε A / ἴδ A 
Ω εὐδαίμονες ot ἂν ἡμῶν νικήσαντες ἴδωσι τὴν 
lal eQz ε ’, ἡὃ ’ δὲ \ y a 
πασῶν ἡδίστην ἡμέραν. εὐδαίμων δὲ Kal ὅστις ἂν 
> , A Ν 3 Ν , ν Ἀ 
ἀποθάνῃ. σῆμα γὰρ οὐδενὶ πλουσίῳ οὕτω καλὸν 


» 
εσται. 


II. 1. Whoever perceives this admires. 2. Whoever 
perceived this admired. 3. Whenever you ask anything, we 
give (it). 4. Whenever we go to the agora, it is necessary 
to take silver. 5. Whenever the soldiers are all assembled, 
they will behold victory. 6. Whatever we asked, we also 
took. 7. Although you see evil (things) (Jarticiple), do 
not do (them). 8. They said that the two men came at the 
same time. 9. Let us try to be the cause of victory. 
10. The soldiers would not be able to injure us (οδΖ. w. dv). 


1 And children, to those who have (them). 


Wu 


που 5 mM 
ail Ὁ ll i 


ye 
: =f 


116 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


LESSON 1, The other Modes of - Verbs. 


Further peculiarities of -« verbs : 
. The subjunctive adds the mode-sign Ἢ» and contracts it 

oe final a, ε; or ο, of the stem. 

-an, ταῃ, τοῃ, give ἡ; ἢ, @, Contrary to the rules for contraction. 

In δύναμαι, ἀτὴ able, and ἐπίσταμαι, understand, ae takes the place 
of the stem vowel; as, δύνωμαι, κ. τ. A 

2. The optative mode-sign is -ἰη- before active endings in the 
singular, and sometimes in the dual and the plural. 

The accent cannot go back of the mode-sign, except in 
δύναμαι and ἐπίσταμαι. 

3. The imperative in the present drops -θι- and lengthens its 
final stem-vowel. 


In the second aorist, mut, τίθημι, and δίδωμι take -s in place of -@;— 
és, θές, δός. 


SYNOPSIS OF ἵστημι, SET; pf. and 2 aor. STAND (STEM στα-). 


Pres, and Impf. Future. 1 Aorist. 2 Aorist. Pf. and Plpf. 
Active. 
Indic. ἵστημι στήσω ἕστηκα 
ἵστην ἔστησα ἔστην ἑστήκη 
Subjy. icra στήσω στῶ (ἑστήκω); ἑστῶ 
Opt. ἱσταίην στήσοιμι στήσαιμε σταίην (ἑστήκοιμι), ἑσταίην 
Impv. ἵστη στῆσον στῆθι ἕσταθι 
Inf. ἱστάναι στήσειν στῆσαι στῆναι (ἑστηκέναι), ἑστάναι 
Partic.ioras στήσων στήσας στάς ἑστηκώς, ἑστώς 
Middle. 
Indic. ἵσταμαι στήσομαι 
ἱστάμην ἐστησάμην 
Θδἦν. ἱστῶμαι στήσωμαι 
Opt. ἱσταίμην στησοίμην στησαίμην 
Impv. ἵστασο στῆσαι 


Inf. ἵστασθαι στήσεσθαι στήσασθαι 
Partic.iordwevos στησόμενος στησάμενος 


PartIV. THE OTHER MODES OF -μι VERBS. 117 


Passive. 

Future. Aorist. 
Indic. σταθήσομαι ἐστάθην 
Subjv. σταθῶ 
Opt. σταθησοίμην σταθείην 
Impv. στάθητι 
Inf. σταθήσεσθαι σταθῆναι 
Partic. σταθησόμενος σταθείς 

Future Perfect Active. 

Indic. ἑστήξω Opt. ἐἙἑστήξοιμι 
Inf. ἑστήξειν Partic. ἑστήξων 


Exercise 1, Write out a complete synopsis of τίθημι, δίδωμι, 
δύναμαι, and ἐπίσταμαι. 
EXERCISE 2, Conjugate these verbs in the present and 


second aorist subjunctive, optative, and imperative. 


Worp STUDIES. δύναμαι, ἐπίσταμαι, παρελαύνω, κτάομαι ; 
compose, powerful — strong, where. 


Reading and Translations. 

I. 1. Why Theokritos did not Compose. 

Θεόκριτος ἐρωτηθείς, διὰ τί οὐ συγγράφει, Ὅτι, 
εἶπεν, ὡς μὲν βούλομαι, οὐ δύναμαι: ὡς δὲ δύναμαι, 
οὐ βούλομαι. 

2. Kuros reviews his army. 

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πάντας παρήλασε, στήσας τὸ ἅρμα 
πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, πέμψας ἄγγελον παρὰ τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευσεν θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. 

II. τ. Kuros plots how he will never again be in the power 
of his brother, but, if he is able, will be king himself. 2. If 
you never give gifts to the king, you will not be honored. 


3- They went to Babulon, that they might stand before the king. 
4. Put the children in the boats, that they may not perish. 


118 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


LESSON LI. Verbs: βαίνω, τυγχάνω, οἴομαι. 


Worp STUDIES. Baivw, ὅλως, ἕτερος, οἴομαι, ἀπέχω, τυγχάνω, 
ἀποτυγχάνω, γέ; field, wine, bad, once, send for, up, go up. 


Tvyxdvw, happen, is accompanied by a “supplementary participle” 
(see Lesson XXXV.), which contains the main idea of the sentence. In 
translating, the participle often becomes the verb, while the verb becomes 
an adverbial modifier; as, ἔτυχε θυόμενος, he happened to be sacrificing, or 
by chance he was sacrificing. 


Reading and Translations. 


I. 1. Who owns the Field? 
᾿Αγρὸς ᾿Αχαιμενίδου γενόμην ' ποτέ, viv δὲ Μενίππου - 
καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἑτέρου βήσομαι εἰς ἕτερον. 
Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἔχειν μέ ποτ᾽ wero, καὶ πάλιν οὗτος 
οἴεται " εἰμὶ δ᾽ ὅλως οὐδενός, ἀλλὰ Τύχης. 
2. Lo Love or not to Love. 
Χαλεπὸν τὸ μὴ φιλῆσαι" 
χαλεπὸν δὲ καὶ φιλῆσαι - 
χαλεπώτερον δὲ πάντων 


3 4 a 
ἀποτυγχάνειν φιλοῦντα. 


II. 1. Ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανε" 
Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς αὐτὸν 
4 > 4 3 ’ > ε ~ Ν 
σατράπην ἐποίησεν. ἀναβαίνει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος λαβὼν 
Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φίλον, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων δὲ ἔχων 
ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη τριακοσίους. 2. θᾶσσον ἣ as τις 
ἂν ᾧετο ἐνικήθησαν ot βάρβαροι. 3. κατέλυσε 


1 The augment is sometimes omitted in poetry. 


Part IV. VERBS: βαίνω, τυγχάνω, οἴομαι. 119 


τὴν γέφυραν ἵνα μὴ Κῦρος διαβῇ. 4. οἴει γάρ σοι 
μαχεῖσθαι, ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν ; Εΐπερ γε ἐμὸς 
ἀδελφός ἐστιν, οὐ ῥαδίως ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ λήψομαι. 


111. 1. Let us go now to the city ; I think that he went to 
the city. 2. Then, after a time, we will go. 32. Menippus 
had a large field once, but another has it now. 4. The bad 
man thought that he had this field. 5. The slave was good 
once, but now he is bad. 6. The satrap happened to be 
going to the country. 7. By chance, the enemy were sacri- 
ficing. 8. The wise man failed but tried again. 9. Ten 
thousand Greeks went up with Kuros against his brother. 
το. We possess many fields. 11. Who loves not (the) honor? 

IV. 1. We went, we went (on our own responsibility). 
2. He was praising himself, he was praised, to praise. 3. They 
took, they choose, they will choose. 4. You were being 
placed, you were placed. ς. I did this (for my own interest), 
I did this. 6. We gave (from our own resources), we gave, it 
was given. 7. You loosed for yourself, you were placing for 
yourself, you placed for yourself. 


120 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


LESSON LII. Prepositions. 


It will be well at this point to review and systematize our 
knowledge of the prepositions. 
Their chief uses are as follows : 


With the accusative: ἀνά, up; els, fo, into, 

With the genitive: ἀντί, zustead of; in compounds, against 
(AnTI-slavery) ; ἀπό, from, ἐξ, out of ; πρό, before. 

With the dative: ἐν, zz; σύν, with. 

ἀμφί and περί: with gen., concerning ; with acc., around, adout. 

διά: w. gen., through; ν᾽. acc., on account of. 

κατά: w. gen., against; w. acc., along, over, according to 

pera: w. gen., with; w.acc., after. 

ὑπέρ: w. gen., above, in behalf of; νι. acc., over, beyond. 

ἐπί: w. gen. and dat., oz; w. acc., to, toward, against. 

παρά: w. gen, from; w. dat., with, near; Ww. acc., to, con- 
trary to. 

πρός : w. gen., om the side of w. dat., at, besides ; w. acc., Zo, 
toward. 

ὑπό: w. gen., by, under; w. dat. and acc., under. 


EXERCISE 1. Frame short sentences, using each preposition. 


Prepositional Phrases and special usages, like our 0” “ime, in 
earnest, etc. must be learned by observation. Examples are: 


ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κράτος; riding at full speed. 

ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῴ, 2” the power of his brother. 

διὰ φιλίας ἱέναι, 20 proceed in a friendly manner. 

κατὰ τάξεις, rank by rank. 

ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, 77 every way. 

πρὸς τοῦ τρόπου, 7” keeping with his character. 

περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, 20 consider of the highest importance. 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ, for this purpose, or on this account or condition. 


Parr LV. 


PREPOSITIONS. 121 


Prepositions in Composition are a conspicuous feature in 
Greek. We may learn how to feel their force from the follow- 


ing examples : 


ἀγγέλλω, aunounce. ἀπαγγέλλω,  dring back a report. 

Baive, go. ἀναβαίνω, go up (from the coast). 
KataBaive, go down (to the coast). 

γίγνομαι, Jecome. παραγίγνομαι, come lo, arrive. 
συγγίγνομαι, associate with. 

δίδωμι, gzve. ἀποδίδωμι, give back, pay, repay. 
παραδίδωμι, give over, deliver up. 
προδίδωμι, give beforehand, betray. 

εἶμι, go. πρόειμι, go forward, go before. 
πρόσειμι, go toward, approach. 

ἔρχομαι, come. συνέρχομαι, come together. 
ἀπέρχομαι, 90 away. 
παρέρχομαι, ass along by. 

ἔχω, have παρέχω, furnish. 
ἀπέχω, be distant. 

ἵστημι, sez. ἀνίστημι, set up. 

Kahew, call, παρακαλέω, summon, encourage. 
συγκαλέω, call together. 


λαμβάνω, fake. 


καταλαμβάνω, /izd, overtake, seize. 


λείπω, leave. καταλείπω, desert. 

πέμπω, send. ἀποπέμπω, send away. 
μεταπέμπομαι, sexd for. 

τίθημι, Dut. ἐπιτίθεμα, fall upon, attack 


EXERCISE 2. Frame short sentences, using each compound 
verb. 


122 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


LESSON LIII. Verbs: φέρω, οἶδα, μέλλω, εὑρίσκω. 


Worp ϑτῦριΕβ. μέλλω, φέρω, οἶδα, εὑρίσκω, εἴθε, εἰ γάρ, ἕνεκα, 
ἔπειτα, ὅπως ; ivory, chorus, deceive, mind, 


Reading and Translations. 


I. 1. “Would / were a Lyre.” 
Εἴθε λύρα καλὴ γενοίμην ἐλεφαντίνη, 


καί με καλοὶ παῖδες φέροιεν Διονύσιον ἐς χορόν. 


2. Anakreon’s Boast. 
᾿Εμὲ yap λόγων ἐμῶν εἵνεκα παῖδες ἂν φιλοῖεν :} 


χαρίεντα μὲν γὰρ κτῶμαι, χαρίεντα δ᾽ οἶδα λέξαι. 


4. God, Order, Space, Mind, Necessity, Time. 

Πρεσβύτατον τῶν ὄντων Θεός: οὔποτε yap αὐτοῦ 
> 9 ΄ , ΄ὕ , \ A 
nv ἀρχή. κάλλιστον κόσμος" ποίημα yap Θεοῦ. 
μέγιστον τόπος" πάντα γὰρ ἔχει. τάχιστον νοῦς" 
διὰ παντὸς γὰρ βαίνει. δυνατώτατον ἀνάγκη" κρα- 
Tel γὰρ πάντων. σοφώτατον χρόνος" εὑρίσκει γὰρ 
πάντα. 

4. How to make the Good your Friends. 

Δοκεῖς μοι λέγειν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ws εἰ μέλλοιμεν 
> Ld ’ / > Ν ε “A > ἈΝ 
ἀγαθόν τινα κτήσεσθαι φίλον, αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς ἀγαθοὺς 


1 Here is a conclusion to a remote future supposition which is sup- 
pressed. Zhe boys would love me (if they should meet me); a modest 
way of saying “they do, or will, love me.” This is called the Potential 
Optative. εἵνεκα is poetic for ἕνεκα. 


Parr LY. VERBS: φέρω, οἶδα, μέλλω, εὑρίσκω. 128 


A ¥ 
δεῖ γενέσθαι λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν. Σὺ δ᾽ ᾧου, 
"» ε , er > 3 \ \ »” 
ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, οἷόν τ᾽ εἶναι Kal πονηρὸν ὄντα 


ἀγαθοὺς φίλους κτήσασθαι ; 


II. 1. Ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἵαν ἔρχεσθε 
μάχην, ἐγὼ ὑμῖν εἰδὼς δηλώσω. 2. συμβούλευσον 
- ἡμῖν ὅτι σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ 


“ 
ὅ σοι τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον. 


III. τ. I think that an ivory lyre was borne by the slave. 
2. Would that we might find a pleasant place. gs ‘Fhe 
daughter of the king goes into the chorus with (having) an ivory 
lyre. 4. We know that the universe is the work of God. 
5. Good men are loved because of their good deeds. 6. Ye 
know not what ye are doing. 7. God is without origin. 
8. The mind runs through all (things), rules all things, and 
possesses all things. 9. If we intend to gain good friends 
we must (χρή) become good ourselves. το. Sokrates said that 
it was not possible for a bad man to have good friends. 
11. If they should take away the arms, the soldiers would not 


be able to fight. 12. Let us give; let us be giving; let us 
be giving for ourselves. 13. If they should be placing ; if 
they should stand. 14. Whenever he sacrifices he invites 


(calls) his friends. | 15. Whenever he sacrificed he invited his 
friends. 16. Whenever he sacrifices he will invite his friends. 


1 Infinitives used as nouns — 272 speech and action. 


124 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


LESSON LIV. Formation of Words. 


The Greek language is fruitful in derivatives. From this 
time forward many of the words we meet will be related to 
words already familiar. The following points will be helpful : 

1. Adverbs are formed from adjectives by the ending -ws. 
The stem and accent appear as in the genitive plural; as, 
καλῶς, honorably. 

For the comparative the accusative neuter of the adjective is 
used ; as, 


κάλλιον, wore honorably , σοφώτερον, more wisely. 


For the superlative the accusative plural of the adjective is 
used ; as, 


κάλλιστα, 70st honorably ; σοφώτατα, most wisely. 


2. The ending -rys usually denotes person or agent, -σις 
action, and -ματ, nom. -μα, result of an action ; as, 


Primitive. Person or Agent. Action. Result. 
ποιέω, ποιητής, Poet. ποίησις, actof  wolnpa, thing made, 
making, poetry. poem. 
πόλις, πολίτης, 
τάττω, τάξις, arrange- 
ment, rank. 
πράττω, πρᾶγμα, deed, thing. 
τοξεύω, shoot, τοξότης, dowman. τόξευμα, arrow. 
τόξον, dow. 


3. Contract verbs are mostly derivative ; as, 
ἀδικέω, from ἄδικος. δηλόω, from δῆλος. 
4. Nouns in -a are derivative and denote quality ; as, 


σοφία, from σοφός. φιλία, from φίλος. 


Part IV. FORMATION OF WORDS. 125 


5. Alpha privative. α or ay prefixed to a word reverses its 
meaning (cf. the syllable un- in English, — un-kind, etc.) ; as, 


G-Sikos, uzjust. ἀθάνατος, deathless. 


6. Zhe ending -κός denotes ability or fitness ; as, 
βασιλικός, fit to be a king. 
EXERCISE 1. Fix the meaning of the following words by their 
derivation : 


ἥδομαι (ἡδύς), am pleased. πονηρός (πόνος, toil), hard, bad (zx 
moral sense). 
στρατό-πεδον (πεδίον), Camp. γνώμη (γιγνώσκω), mind, opinion, 


sentiment. 
ἀμφ-ότεροι (ἀμφί), both. δια-φέρω, differ. 
ὁμο-λογέω (ἅμα), agree, confess. διδάσκω (διδάσκαλος), teach. 
πρό-θῦμος, zealous. λοιπός (λείπω), left, remaining. 


EXERCISE 2, Conjecture the meaning of the following words 
from their derivation: ἐλευθερία, ἀδύνατος, εὐδαιμονία, στρατηγέω, 
στρατοπεδεύω, ἄλλως, ἄπορος, ἀπορία, ἡδέως, κινδυνεύω, ἀναγκάζω, 
ἀναγκαῖος, βασιλεῖος, κακῶς, πολεμικός, στρατιά, σύμμαχος, διδα- 
σκαλεῖον, συμμαχία, ἀκρόπολις. 

ἘΧΈΕΒΟΙΒΕ 3. Frame short sentences, using the new words 
of this lesson. 


126 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


LESSON LV. The Speech of Kuros. 


WorD STUDIES. ὅπως, πλῆθος, κραυγή, dpaw; be ashamed, 
homeward, promise. 


Reading and Translations. 


I. Compliments and Promises of Kuros to the Hellenes in his 
Army on the eve of the Battle of Kunaxa. 


Ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἀπορῶν Bap- 
’ ’ ε a >» > Ν ’ὔ > , 
βάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω, ἀλλὰ νομίζων ἀμεί- 
\ , a , ε κα > 
vovas καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν βαρβάρων ὑμᾶς εἶναι, 
διὰ τοῦτο ἔλαβον. ὅπως οὖν ἔσεσθε, ἄνδρες ἀξιοι 
al > / ΑΝ (δὲ ΄, Ben 1a Ὃ en Pat 
τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἧς“ κέκτησθε καὶ ὑπὲρ ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ 
> ’ὔ ε “Ὁ με \ » 9 Ν 3 
εὐδαίμονας ἡγοῦμαι. εὖ γὰρ ἴστε ὅτι τὴν ἐλευ- 
θερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν ἡ ἀντὶ ὧν ἡ ἔχω πάντων. ὅπως δὲ 
A 50. ἃ > “' » > “~ > Ν ε ἴω 50." 
καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσθε ἀγῶνα, ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς 
Ψ ἣν Ν Ἂς A Ν Ν “Ὁ 
διδάξω. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πλῆθος πολὺ καὶ κραυγῇ 
πολλῇ ἐπιθήσονται: ἐὰν δὲ ταῦτα μὴ φοβῆτε, τὰ 
7 5 \ 3 ΄ θ ΄, § A τοὴῶν ea ΄ 
ἀλλα" καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι δοκω, olovs ἡμῖν γνώ- 
Ν 3 Ψ᾿ ’ ¥ > , ε A \ 
σεσθε τοὺς ἐν TH χώρᾳ ὄντας ἀνθρώπους. ὑμῶν δὲ 


1 A verb of exhortation is understood before ὅπως with the future in- 
dicative. See το it that ye shall be worthy, etc. 

2 The relative is here in the genitive, where we should expect the 
accusative. It is attracted to the case of its antecedent. 

8. Here is a conclusion to a remote future supposition which is sup- 
pressed. J should choose (if it should be necessary). This is called the 
Potential Optative. 

4 ἀντί governs πάντων. ὧν is attracted to the case of πάντων. 

5 In other respects I seem to myself to be even ashamed of such men as 
you shall know those in our country to be. 


Part IV. THE SPEECH OF KUROS. 127 


ἀνδρῶν ὄντων καὶ χρησίμων γενομένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν 
\ νι » , 3 , 3 , 

μὲν τὸν οἴκαδε βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι εὐδαίμονα 
ποιήσω ἀπελθεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν τὰ 


ὅπ NS a ὦ θ ae. A > a τ 
παρ EOL ἑλέσθαι ἀντὶ των ἐν ΤΊ) πατρι ι. 


II. 1. We think you happy for the liberty which you 
possess. 2. The Hellenes became zealous when they heard 
Kuros, and gladly promised to go with him. 4. Kuros 
gladly saw his allies (being) zealous and warlike. 4. There 
were many bowmen in the camp. 5. We shall be compelled 
to incur danger. 6. The army was in perplexity and dan- 
ger. 7. The Hellenes use-the-bow better than the barbarians. 
8. I enjoy seeing the sun (I enjoy myself beholding the sun). 
g. We saw the palace. 10. Kuros made clear his opinion. 
11. It is impossible otherwise to go away from the palace. 
12. Would that I had more power and more money!! 13. If 
we win the small (things) we shall also win the great. 
14. Had we possessed the small we should have possessed the 
great. 15. A tyrant differs from a king, for the king’s father 
was a king ; but the tyrant seizes the power himself. 16. We 
happen to possess many slaves, but bad (ones). 

1 An attainable wish is expressed by the optative, with or without 
εἴθε or εἰ γάρ. The negative is μή. A wish viewed as unattainable is ex- 


pressed by a past tense of the indicative, with εἴθε or ei γάρ. Compare 
with these forms the corresponding forms of conditional sentences. 


128 GREEK PRIMER. Parr IV. 


Appendix to Part IV. (A.) Résumé of Syntax. 


We have now learned several important principles of 
syntax. | 

I. State the usage of the Greek language on each 
of the following points, and give examples from the 
passages below, or from other lessons: 


1. Attributive and circumstantial participles. 
2. Future conditions, — vivid and remote. 
Conditions contrary to fact. 

Three uses of the subjunctive. 

Three uses of the optative. 

The three forms of indirect discourse. 


AN f & 


1. Εἴθε λύρα καλὴ γενοίμην ἐλεφαντίνη, 
kat με καλοὶ παῖδες φέροιεν Διονύσιον ἐς χορόν. 
’ 
2. Τὸ θνήσκειν κακόν - οὕτως κεκρίκασι θεοί" 
ἔθνησκον γὰρ ἄν, εἴπερ καλὸν ἦν τόδε. 
3. Τοῦ μὲν θανόντος οὐκ ἂν ἐνθυμοίμεθα 
»” A “ ε ’ “ 
εἴ τι φρονοῖμεν, πλεῖον ἡμέρας μιᾶς. 
> , 5 ’ Ν ’ 4 Ν Ν » 
4. ᾿Αγησίλαος ἐρωτώμενος διὰ τί μάλιστα παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους 
ral , 
εὐδαίμονές εἰσιν οἱ Σπαρτιᾶται, Ὅτι, εἶπε, παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους οἷοί 
, 3 Ν Ν ᾿ 
τέ εἶσιν ἄρχειν TE καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. 
3 , « nn 
5. ᾿Αγάθων ἔφη τὸν ἄρχοντα τρία δεῖν ἀεὶ γιγνώσκειν, πρῶτον 
A 4 3 , + , μι ‘\ / »” , 
μὲν ὅτι ἀνθρώπων ἄρχει " δεύτερον, ὅτι κατὰ νόμους ἄρχει " τρίτον, 
4 3 i, ef 
OTL οὐκ ἀεὶ ἄρχει. 
fol ’ 
6. ᾿Αποθνήσκωμεν πρὸ τῆς πατρίδος. 
A > » Ν Ν 
7. ἘΠῤπεν οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ ὅτι οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, Ἴωνες τὸ γένος ὄντες, 
ἄρχοιεν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔτη ἑβδομήκοντα. 


1 “Accusative of specification,” Jonians in race. 


Part IV. RESUME OF SYNTAX. 129 


12. 


12. 


II. 


id a Ν 
Εδαίμονες ἔσονται ὅσοι ἂν πρὸ πατρίδος θάνωσιν. 


Αὐτὸς γὰρ ὃ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε. 


. Οὗτος ᾿Αδειμάντου ᾿κείνου τάφος, οὗ διὰ βουλὰς 


Ἑλλὰς ἐλευθερίας ἀμφέθετο στέφανον. 


. Μὴ πιστεύσῃς τοῖς κακοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἐπιβουλεύωσιν. 


A , x + > > a” 
Νῆες πλείονες ἢ εἴκοσιν ἧσαν αὐτῷ. 
Ἡ γῆ μέλαινα πίνει, 

3 a 
πίνει δὲ Sévdpe αὖ γῆν, 
πίνει θάλασσα δ᾽ αὔρας, 
ὁ δ᾽ ἥλιος θάλασσαν, 
τὸν δ᾽ ἥλιον σελήνη" 

’, , > ε - 
τί μοι μάχεσθ᾽, ἑταῖροι, 


- ’ ’ 
καὐτῷ θέλοντι πίνειν; 


State the Greek usage, and give examples also, 


regarding: — 


I. 
2; 


The position of αὐτός and οὗτος. 
What is shown by the tense of an indicative, a cir- 


cumstantial participle, and a verb in any other mode than the 
indicative. 


3: 


Ὁ Ot ae Πα 


To. 


The uses of the negatives οὐ and μή. - 
Verbs which govern the genitive or the dative. 
The uses of the middle voice. 

Three uses of ἄν. 

Ways of denoting possession. 

Verb with neuter plural subject. 

Constructions with comparatives. 

The pronoun of the third person. 


130 GREEK PRIMER. Part IV. 


Appendix to Part IV. (B.) Grimm’s Law. 


THE English language contains many words which have been 
derived, adopted, or ‘‘ borrowed,” from the Greek. 

It also contains words which were never transferred from one 
language to another, but have been handed down in both lan- 
guages from that remote period. when the ancestors of the 
Greeks and our own dwelt together and constituted one people. 
These are called cognate words. 

That the Greeks, Romans, Germans, and English descended from the 
same stock, and that their languages were once alike, is proved bya 
multitude of words and terminations which survive in two or more of 
these languages. Compare εἰμί, sum, and am; also the numerals. 

In this transmission the mutes have been strangely “ shifted.” 
Let the three classes of mutes — surds, spirants, and sonants — 
be arranged thus, in endless series : 


᾿Ξ.» Bae) ular | ee 


The “law,” naturally subject to many exceptions, is this: 
Any mute which appears in Latin or Greek will be represented 
in English by the next mute in its series, and in German by the 
next but one. 

Thus classic x should be represented by / (¢) in English, and 
by ὁ in German ; classic 8 by 2 in English, and fin German ; etc. 

Compare Greek θύρα, English poor, and German 7 27, 


T By, 


γένος KIND, 

ἀπό OFF ab, 

δέκα ΤΕΝ sehn, 
θυγάτηρ DAUGHTER Lochter, 
φέρω BEAR, 

ὕδωρ WATER. 


This law is most fully exemplified in the lingual series. 


PAR) Per tee 


USE OF THE GRAMMAR 


132 GREEK PRIMER. Part V. 


ΝΕΩΣ IOQNIKOS. 


From the Century Magazine, by permission. 


LESSON LVI. Use of the Grammar: Writing Greek. 


We are now to make the acquaintance of the Grammar, 
which contains a complete and scientific statement of the more 
important facts of the language. From this point the grammar 
will be your chief teacher, and by its aid you will advance 
toward independent scholarship. 

First, learn how the grammar is arranged. 

Look at the-Table of Contents, and notice the general 
divisions of the book. 

Look at the indices at the end of the volume, and learn how 
to find the references. 


GRAMMAR SrupiEs. For your first lesson look up in the 
grammar the subjects of Breathings, Elision, and Accent. Read 
attentively all that the grammar contains on these subjects, and 


Parr V. USE OF THE GRAMMAR. 133 


ask the teacher about anything you do not understand. Learn 
thoroughly sections given in coarse print, or those designated 
by your instructor. 


EXERCISE 1. Copy the following lines in small letters with 
proper breathings and accents, and translate. 


H ΤῊΣ EAAAAOS ISTOPIA OY MIAS XOPA> 
ISTOPIA ἘΣΤΙΝ, AAAA TOY EAAHNIKOY TENOYS. 
OI TAP EAAHNES QIKHSAN KAI EN EYPOTIHI KAI 
EN ΑΣΙΑΙ KAI EN ΠΟΛΛΑΙ͂Σ ΝΗΣΟΙ͂Σ. 

HSAN MEN OYN ἘΝ THI APXHI MOAAOI 
BASIAEIS TON EAAHNON, KAI EKASTH ΠΟΛΙΣ 
ENIEIPATO AYTONOMOS EINAI: ΠΑΝΤῈΣ AE ΤΟΙ͂Σ 
AYTOISZ E@YON' @EOIS- KAI ΠΑΝΤῈΣ TOYS 
BAPBAPOYS EMISOYN. 

TOAAOI AE MY@OI AETONTAI MTEPI TON 
@®EQN KAI TON TOY HPOIKOY XPONOY AN- 
APON: ΠΕΡῚ MEN TOY KAAMOY TOY @OHBAIOY, 
ΠΕΡῚ AE TOY ®HSEOQOS, ΠΕΡῚ AE KAI HPA- 
KAEOYS. MAAISTA AE O OMHPOS AETEI ΠΩΣ ΟἹ 
ἌΧΑΙΟΙ [OY TAP KAAEI AYTOYS O OMHPOS 
ΕΛΛΗΝΑΣ] ἘΠΟΛΈΜΟΥΝ ΠΕΡῚ TPOIAN. O MEN 
ATAMEMNON, BASIAEYS MYKHNON, ΣΤΡΑΤΗΓῸΣ 
HN, AXIAAEYS AE O APISTO>} ANHP MAXES@AI, 
OAYSSEYS AE O ΣΟΦΩΤΑΤΟΣ. TIANTES AE AN- 
®POTIO] AKHKOASI ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΎΤΟΥ TOY IIOAE- 
MOY TOY TPQIKOY KAI OMHPOY TOY ΤΗΣ 
HOIHSEQS ΠΑΤΡΟΣ. 

OI AE EAAHNES EDOAEMOYN KAI AAAHAOTS. 
OI TAP ΔΩΡΙΕΙ͂Σ EAIOQZAN TOYS AXAIOYS EK 
ΤῊΣ IMEAOMONNHSOY. 


134 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LVII. The Vowel Declensions. 


GRAMMAR StupIEs. The Vowel Declensions (first and sec- 
ond) except remarks about the dialects, Homer, etc. 

Worp SrupiEs. (Review carefully the directions given in 
Lesson XLIII.) χειροτέχνης, δίκη; μέντοι, αὐτόνομος, οἰκοδομική, 
μαθητής, δή, νέκταρ, ἡγεμονία, μιμνήσκω; memory, colony, olt- 
garchy, democracy, cardinal numbers from one to twenty. 


Reading and Translations. 


Note. The student must not fail to ead the Greek paragraph aloud, 
to note the force of the particles in connected discourse, and to prepare 
for examination upon the subject matter. The following lessons give a 
brief outline of Hellenic history. 


I. The Greek Mythology. 
Oi ποιηταὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι Κρόνος ὁ Οὐρανοῦ καὶ Γῆς 
en 5 + A Ν 5 Ν A ’ 2. .-ὧδγἮῃ A 
vids ἀφέλοιτο μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ πατρός, αὐτὸς δὲ 
ὕστερον ἀφαιρεθείη ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ζεὺς δὲ ὁ Κρόνου 
εν Ν » ων | ἈΝ 3 ’ὔ 
υἱὸς πατὴρ εἴη θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων. 

Ζεὺς οὖν ἀνὴρ ἦν καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἥρας, καὶ ἐκεί- 
νων ἐγένοντο “Apns καὶ Ἥφαιστος. Ὁ μὲν “Apys 
θεὸς πολέμου ἦν, ὁ δὲ Ἥφαιστος σοφώτατος χει- 

’ 3 4 \ Ν , , \ ’ 
ροτέχνης. ᾿Αθήνη δὲ καὶ θυγάτηρ Διός, καὶ μήτηρ 

Φ oe > = \ κ᾿ \ , ¥ . 
αὐτῇ οὐκ ἦν. Διὸς δὲ καὶ γίγνονται Ἄρτεμις Kai 
᾿Απόλλων. 

"ANN ᾿Αφροδίτη τῶν θεῶν καλλίστη Fv: καὶ 6 
μὲν Ἑρμῆς ἄγγελος τῶν θεῶν, Διόνυσος δὲ ὁ θεὸς 


» 
οινου. 


Parr V. THE VOWEL DECLENSIONS. 135 


Οἱ δὴ θεοὶ ᾧκουν ἐν τῷ Ὀλύμπῳ, Kal ὁ σῖτος 
> “ > 5 4 Ν 4 ε A ’ > ~ 
αὐτοῖς ἣν ἀμβροσία καὶ νέκταρ. ὁ μὲν Bios αὐτῶν 
ἥδιστος ἦν, τῆς γὰρ λύρας τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἤκουον, 
‘\ lal > ᾿ , » > ’ Ἁ 4 
καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἔστελλον ἀγαθόν τε καὶ κακόν, 
΄ »” ΄, Ν Ν ΄ A 7 ΄, 
φίλοι ὄντες ξένοις καὶ τοὺς νόμους τῆς δίκης φυλάτ- 

5» Ν ’ > 4 ’ 3 ’ 
TOVTES. αὐτοὶ μέντοι ἀλλήλους πολλάκις ἠδίκουν. 
᾿Αδελφοὶ τοῦ Διὸς ἦσαν Ποσειδῶν, ὃς τῆς θαλάσ- 
τ εἰ WF ε m > , ΄ 
ons ἦρχε, καὶ ἽΑιδης, ὁ τῶν ἀποθανόντων βασιλεύς. 

Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐλέγοντο ἐννέα μοῦσαι οἰκεῖν ἐν 
Ἑλικῶνι καὶ Παρνασῷ θυγατέρες Μνημοσύνης" καὶ 
πάντες οἱ ποταμοὶ ἐνομίζοντο θεοί. 

Πάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔθυον τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ πολλάκις 
εἰς Δῆλον ἐπορεύοντο καὶ Δελφοὺς ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσι 
τὸν ᾿Απόλλωνα. 

II. 1. The Greeks had many beautiful myths concerning 
their gods. 2. We ought to be wise when we have good 
teachers. 3. They seized the satrap, and placed him ona 
small island. 4. (See to it) that ye shall be worthy of the 
liberty which ye possess. 5: When God had created the 
world he gave man supremacy over’ all living (creatures). 
6. The Athenians made an alliance with (πρός w. A.) the people 
in the islands that they might conquer the common enemy. 
7. Some of the colonies became greater than the city from 
which they had their origin. 8. When colonies had been 
sent out Hellas became great. 9. On the expulsion of 


the tyrants? the Athenians became independent.- 10: A de- 
mocracy was established that the people might have justice. 


1 Government of. 2 Genitive absolute. 


136 GREEK PRIMER. Part V. 


LESSON LVIII. The Consonant Declension: Mute and 
Liquid Stems. 


GRAMMAR STuDIES. The topic of the lesson, and consonant 
changes so far as they appear in this declension. 

Worp STUDIES. ὕστερος, ἔτος, χράομαι, δέομαι, ἀφικνέομαι, 
trench, map, slay ; the cardinal numbers from twenty upward. 


Reading and Translations. 
I, Zhe Lyric Age. 
ν Ν a ¢ la ε Ἀ > ’ ε 
ὙΥστεροι δὲ τοῦ Ὁμήρου οἱ λυρικοὶ ἐγένοντο. ὁ 
9 "Od ’ ’ - Ν 5 6 ε ’ ¥ Ν 
ἐν Ohuptia μέγας ἀγὼν ἐτέθη ἑπτακοσίοις ἔτεσι καὶ 
ε , νὰ Ν ἴω la) 5 Ν \ > 
ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ ἐξ πρὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. ἀπὸ μὲν οὖν 
nw / > 3 ’ὔ 3 ~ > Ν ΄ ω Ν 
τοῦ πρώτου ἐν ᾽᾿Ολυμπίᾳ ἀγωνος εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν 
Μηδικὸν καλεῖται 6 λυρικὸς χρόνος. πολλοὶ δὲ πό- 
3 UA A , > ’ “~ Ν 
λεμοι ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐγένοντο, τῶν γὰρ βασι- 
λέων ἀπολομένων ὀλιγαρχίαι κατέστησαν. πολλαὶ 
Ν Ν > , 5 Nd > 4 \ 5 ’ 
δὲ καὶ ἀποικίαι ἀπεστάλησαν. ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τούτῳ 
τῷ χρόνῳ ἡ οἰκοδομική. 
Ἔθηκε δὴ νόμους τοῖς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίοις ὁ 
Λυκοῦργος, τοῖς δὲ ᾿Αθηναίοις ὁ Σόλων. 
«4 Ν ε ’ὔ’ A \ ’ Ν 
Εγραψαν δὴ οἱ τότε ποιηταὶ περὶ πολέμου καὶ 
Ν ΄ ἅ Ν » Ν \ ’ ’ 
περὶ φιλίας καὶ περὶ οἴνου καὶ περὶ σοφίας. πάντες 
A ε 7 Ν > Ἀ ε , 
γὰρ of γράφοντες ποιηταὶ ἦσαν, καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι, 
ὥσπερ Πυθαγόρας, καὶ χειροτέχναι καὶ στρατιῶ- 
ται καὶ οἱ θύοντες καὶ οἱ πίνοντες ἔχαιρον τῇ 


λύρᾳ. 


Parr V. THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 137 


Ὁ μὲν ᾿Αρχίλοχος ἐνομίζετο ἴσος τῷ Ὁμήρῳ, ἡ 
δὲ Σαπφὼ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος ἐκλήθη ἡ δεκάτη Μοῦσα. 
ε > tat: ’ ε Ν “ / 4 ’ὔ 

Αἱ δὴ ὀλιγαρχίαι ὑπὸ τῶν τότε γιγνομένων τυράν- 

4 ¥ ε 4 > / ε Ν 

νων κατελύθησαν, καὶ οἱ τύραννοι ἐδιώθησαν ὑπὸ 
τοῦ δήμου: ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐγέκοητο αἱ δημοκρατίαι. 
ἀπεορχὸν οὖν, τύραννον τῶν bya ᾿Αρμόδιος 


καὶ ᾿Αριστογείτων ἔκτειναν. 


II. 1. But Proxenos, for he happened to be marching be- 
hind the others, forthwith leading into the midst, presented 
arms, and asked Klearchos not to be doing these things. 2. It 
seems best to me that men should go (zzin.) to Kuros and ask 
him how he wishes to employ us; and that if the matter seems 
honorable, we should follow (him). 3. But when Kuros was 
calling I took (fartic.) you and began-my-march, that, if he ~ 
should need anything, I might assist him. 4. And they 
arrive at the first station by night, and when they had stacked 
arms the generals and captains of the Hellenes came to- 
gether. 5. In what year was the Olympic game established? 
6. Who slew the “tyrant” at Athens? 7. They say that the 
oligarchy in the time of Sokrates was very unjust. 8. They 
said that the oligarchy was very unjust. g. The pupils obey 
the teacher because they love him. to. If we are able, 
we will seize the place. 11. We all admire the architecture 
of the Hellenes. 12. The allies happened to be going through 
a river. 13. Let us bear the soldier’s body to the grave. 
14. Let no one desire to be rich rather than to live honor- 
ably. τ5. Give me neither great possessions. nor very small. 
16. The soldiers gladly incur danger when Kuros leads. 


138 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LIX. The Consonant Declension. 


GRAMMAR StubiEs. ‘The topic of the lesson. 

Worb STUDIES. στόλος, ἡττάομαι, παρασκευάζω, ὥστε, φανερός, 
bid + , » ΄ ’ ε A > / , 
ὅπου, ἔτι, καίω, ἤδη, πώποτε, πλέω, ὑπάρχω, ἐπιτήδειος, ταχὺς 5 
no longer, there, where, pay, deceive — lie. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Zhe Median (Persian) Wars. 


Πεντακοσίοις ἔτεσι πρὸ Χριστοῦ ἀπέστησαν αἱ 
ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ Ἑλληνικαὶ πόλεις ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ 
᾿Αθηναῖοι ὠφέλουν αὐτάς. νικήσας οὖν τὰς ἐν 
> , ’ὔ’ 5 ’ : -~ , Ν ‘ 
Agia πόλεις ἐποιήσατο ὁ Δαρειος στόλον πρὸς τοὺς 
"AO 4 μι ε 4 > ~ M θῶ > 4 

nvatous, Kal ἡ μάχη ἐν τῷ Μαραθῶνι ἐγένετο. 
ἐνταῦθα δὴ πρῶτον ἐμαχέσαντο Ἕλληνες Μήδοις, 

Ν ε ’ ε ’ 
καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι ἡττήθησαν. 

᾿Αποθανόντος δὲ τοῦ Δαρείου, Ἐέρξης παρεσκεύ- 
ale μείζω στόλον, ποιῶν γέφυραν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ᾿Ελλη- 

a* a 
σπόντου καὶ τάφρον διὰ τοῦ ἼΛθω, ὥστε οἱ Μῆδοι 
ῪΝ Ἀ »ΝὉΝΦΙ͵ 
ἐλέγοντο ἐλαύνειν ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ πλεῖν διὰ 
τῆς γῆς. 

> iA ’ 3 “Ἂ > “ ’ 

Epayéoato τοίνυν αὐτοῖς ἐν ταῖς Θερμοπύλαις 
Λεωνίδας καὶ οἱ τριακόσιοι ἀπὸ Λακεδαιμονίας, καὶ 
3 , , ¥ es “A , \ 
ἀπέθανον πάντες. ἔπειτα ot ᾿Αθηναῖοι, λιπόντες τὴν 

’ 3 a Ν 5 , Ν a »¥ 
πόλιν, ἐν Tals ναυσὶν ἐμαχέσαντο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων 
Ἑλλήνων ἐν Σαλαμῖνι, καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι ἡττήθη- 
σαν. οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις ἔδωκε τὴν 


ἡγεμονίαν. 


Parr V. THE CONSONANT DECLENSION, 139 


II. Sentences from Xenophon. 

1. Ὑπάρχει yap νῦν ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 
2. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, 
φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἣ τὸν ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 3. ἐντεῦ- 
θεν Κῦρος τὴν γυναῖκα ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην 
ὁδόν. 4. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπεν, ὡς ἐπιθυμῶν πορεύεσθαι 
> Ἁ τι ’ὔ ε ’ Ν Ν ie ἈΝ 
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ὡς τάχιστα. ὅ. καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν μὲν 
EN > > > , Y > Φ 
ἂν οἶμαι εἶναι εὐδαίμων, ὅπου ἂν ὦ. 

III. 1. The plain is still to be seen (evident) where the 
Medes were defeated, but the arms are no longer there. 


2. Let us burn the villages at once. 3. Were you ever 
yet deceived by Kuros? 4. The Medes marched over 
the sea and sailed through the land. 5: Portions of the 
walls of Athens are still to be seen. 6. The barbarians will 
no longer be burning the villages of Attike. 7. They asked 
Kuros to give them pay. 8. Were you ever in the plain 
where the battle occurred? 9. The barbarians were de- 


feated, so that they fled by night. 10. The Hellenes pre- 
pared ships that they might sail to the islands. 11. Kuros 
employed both Hellenes and barbarians. 12. His mother 
favored Kuros, and sent him from the city as quickly as 
possible. 


140 GREEK PRIMER. Pane ¥. 


LESSON LX. Irregular Nouns. 


GRAMMAR Stupies. The “Attic Second Declension.” 
Nouns: contracted, irregular. 

Worp STupIES. νεώς, ὀστοῦν, ἵλεως, ἐκβάλλω, δόρυ, αὖθις, 
κέρας, ἐννοέω ; hall, dog, woman, hand, water, mind, just, left, 
mountain, Sokrates, Perikles, be captured. 

Reading and Translations. 

I. Periklés and the Athenian Empire. 


Ἡττηθέντων δὲ τῶν βαρβάρων ὁ Θεμιστοκλῆς 
4 “A > 4 4 4 4 
συνεβουλεύετο τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις μεγάλα τείχη ποιή- 
ν \ > ε ’ ε / Ν 4 

σασθαι, ἵνα μὴ αὖθις ἡ πόλις ἁλοίη: καὶ μάλιστα 
πολλὰς ναῦς ποιεῖσθαι ἵνα τῆς θαλάσσης ἄρχωσιν. 
οὕτως οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐδύναντο ἐκβαλεῖν τοὺς βαρ- 
βάρους ἐκ τῶν νήσων. ἐγένοντο οὖν σύμμαχοι 
αὐτῶν πλείους ἢ τριακόσιαι πόλεις καὶ νῆσοι. 
᾿Αριστείδης δέ, ὁ δίκαιος καλούμενος, ἐποίει τὴν 
συμμαχίαν. 

Τότε δὴ ἐγένετο Περικλῆς, ὁ ὁρῶν τὴν. δύνα- 
4 ‘\ Ν 4 ὃ A ε- ’, > # Ν 
piv τε καὶ τὸν κίνδυνον τῆς “Ελλάδος. ἐνίκησε μὲν 
> Ν 3 ~ “Ὁ ’, ¥ \ \ 
οὖν τοὺς ἀφεστῶτας τῶν συμμάχων, ἤθελε δὲ μὴ 
πολεμεῖν. Τέχνῃ γὰρ καὶ γράμμασι καὶ πολίταις 
> A > 4 A ld “A ’ὔ 
ἀγαθοῖς ἐβούλετο τὴν πόλιν ποιῆσαι μεγάλην. 

Τότε δὴ ἐγένοντο Φειδίας καὶ Αἰσχύλος καὶ Lodo- 
κλῆς καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ὃς ἔγραψε τὴν τῶν Μηδικῶν 


ἱστορίαν. 


Part V. IRREGULAR NOUNS. 141 


Οὕτως ἡ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων πόλις ἦρχε τῶν Ἑλλή- 

ε ’ » Ν > 7 , nw 

νων ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη, Kal ἐγένετο διδάσκαλος τῆς 
οἰκουμένης. 


II. 1. There the king’s wife arrived at the camp of Kuros ; 
and it was said that she gave Kuros much money. 2. When 
some one desired to show Alexander the wives of Darius, he 
said, I will not be conquered by the women after conquering 
the men. 3. The canals from the river are large, so that 
boats sail in them. 4. Tell to me, then, what you have in 
mind about a friend who wishes to assist (you). 5. But, 
gentlemen, it is evident that all good (things) will belong to 
(be of) the victors. 6. There it was said the wife of the 
Median king fled when the Medes were driven from their 
government. 7. Thence he marches one stage, with the river 
on the right and the mountains on the left. 


ΒΟΥ͂Σ. 


From the Century Magazine, by permission. 


142 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LXI. Elements of the Verb. 


GRAMMAR STUDIES. Verbs: augment, reduplication, stems, 
tense stems, variable vowels, mode signs, endings. 

Principal parts, synopsis, and conjugation of Avw. 

Combining the work of Lessons XXI and XXXVII, we have 


A COMPLETE FORMULA. 


I. IN GENERAL.— Kind, Theme, Stem, Class, Parts, Stem 
Changes. 
Il. IN PARTICULAR. — Full or Unmodified Form, Elements, 
Principles of Change. 
111. REsuLTS. — Tense, Mode, Voice, Person, Number. 
Special rule for accent if any applies. 
Thus: Δύουσι is a pure verb from Ava, stem Av, etc. 
The unmodified form is Av-o-vor, of which Av is the stem, o the 
variable vowel, and vor the ending, Ν before σ is dropped, etc. 
This form is found in the present indicative active, third plural. 


EXERCISE 1. Describe as above: 


I. ἔλιπες. 2. λύωμεν. 3. λύοιο. 4 λύεσθες 5. λύσῃ. 6. λέ- 
λυμαι. 7. λύσαις. ὃ. λύσαι. 0. λυσοίσθην. το. λελυσόμενος. 
Il. ἐλύσω. 12. ἐλύου. 13. λῦσαι. 14. Ady. 15. λύσω. 16. λύ- 
σασθαι. 17. λύσων. 18. λυθείην. 19. λύσας. 20. λυθῆναι. 


WorpD STuDIES. γέ, τοίνυν, καθαιρέω, ὄμνυμι, ὅρκος, ὑποπτεύω, 
ὑποψία, λοιμός ; wound, however, pledge, collect, nevertheless. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Zhe Peloponnesian War. 
Oi δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ οἱ Δωριεῖς πάντες, ἐμί- 
σουν τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους: καὶ οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι οὐκέτι 


δικαίως ἦρχον. πόλεμος οὖν τῶν Πελοποννησίων 


Ν ‘\ ’ Ν Ν 4 > 4 
πρὸς τοὺς Αθηναίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐγένετο, 


Part V. ELEMENTS OF THE VERB. 148 


A ~ ἈΝ ’ ’ 4 > \ 
καὶ τοῖς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίοις μείζων δύναμις ἦν κατὰ 
γῆν, τοῖς δὲ ᾿Αθηναίοις κατὰ θάλασσαν. 

Ἐλθόντες τοίνυν οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι εἰς τὴν ᾽Αττι- 

\ 3Q7 Ν 5 = 3 “ 3 Ν ’ ε 

κὴν ἐδίωκον τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. οἵ 
A aA > 

δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἀναβάντες εἰς Tas ναῦς ἦγον Kal edhe 

Ν , A X , - al 

pov τὴν Λακωνικήν. λοιμοῦ δὲ γενομένου ἐν τῇ 

/ Ἁ > / ~ > id ἈΝ ε 
πόλει, καὶ ἀποθνησκόντων πολλῶν, ἀπέθανε καὶ ὁ 
Περικλῆς. 

>- A , 68 “ / ’ὔ 

Ex δὲ τούτου οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι γενόμενοι πονηρότεροι 

’ 9 , Ν “A ἈΝ ’, 
φαίνονται. ἐξέπεμψαν μέντοι πολλὰς ναῦς καὶ στό- 

, - ¥ . \ \ ¥ 
λους μεγάλους πολεμοῦντες ETH ἑπτὰ καὶ εἴκοσιν. 
\ Ν , ἴω “A ’ὔ > , 
πολλοὶ δὲ πειρώμενοι κρατῆσαι τῆς Σικελίας ἀπώ- 
λοντο, [εὑρὲ τὴν Σικελίαν ἐπὶ τῷ πίνακι,] καὶ 

, ε Υ̓͂ 3 »¥ 7, “- 
Λύσανδρος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, οὐκ ὄντος σίτου, τῆς 

/ , , Ν ’ / 7 
πόλεως κρατήσας καθείλετο τὰ μεγάλα τείχη. Ov- 
Ὲ > , ε Αἰ, ΤΡ ὦ ΄ὕ ε ΄ 

τως ἐτελεύτησεν ἡ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἡγεμονία. 
Σωκράτης δέ, ὁ τῆς φιλοσοφίας πατήρ, «fn ἐν 


΄, A , wie Πλ ΄ > an A \ > 
TOUT®@ τῳ χβονῳ.: και O AT@V αὐτου μα ὭΤΉς LS 


II. 1. There they swore many oaths and gave pledges (right 
hands). 2. They already began-to-suspect that they were 
going against the king. 3. Three men, who were in the left 
wing, were wounded by arrows. 4. The soldiers, however, 
refused to go, at least without greater pay. 5. Will you 
betray your friends after giving pledges? 6. A suspicion 
arose that he was (is) leading against the king, but neverthe- 
less it seemed best to proceed. 7. But Kuros collected 
an army and besieged the place, both by land and by sea. 
8. Many perished by the plague. 


144 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LXII. «μι Verbs. 


GRAMMAR STUDIES. -pt verbs, with synopsis and conjuga- 
tion of ἵστημι (peculiarities of τίθημι, δίδωμι, δύναμαι, and ἐπί- 
σταμαι are reserved for the next lesson). 

WorD STUDIES. πρότερος, σφόδρα, πρίν, μέχρι, πάνυ, ψεύδω, 
ἐκβάλλω, παντάπασι, ἔξεστι, ὅποι, ὅπου, ὁπότε, πλήν, ὁπόσος : 


cross over, thus, once, frighten, promise, just as. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Sentences from Xenophon. 


1. Διέβησαν ὧδε. 2. καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν 
μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ, ὥσπερ τοῖς προτέροις 
μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσιν. 3. τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη 
ὅτι οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν ἄνθρωπον πέμψαιεν. 4. ὁ δὲ 
Κλέαρχος ἀκούσας ἐφοβεῖτο σφόδρα. 5. ἀλλὰ 

a“ 4 ~ / 4 \ Φ \ 3 ΄“ 
ταῦτα λήψονται τῆς πρόσθεν ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς. 

Lal 
6. Κῦρος δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ παύσασθαι πολεμοῦντος 

Χ a ᾿ ἐς δὼ ’ 7 ε δ᾽ ε / 
πρὶν ἂν αὐτῷ συμβουλεύσηται. . ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο 
> ὃ σον τορος ὃ ΄ 3 , ee > B B λῶ 
ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δώσειν ἀργύριον, ἐπὰν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα 
ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα πάλιν. 8. καλεῖ με ὡς 
Πισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆ; 

4 > “ 4 > “A 39 eda , 
χώρας. 9. ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐξῆν πορεύεσθαι 
ὅποι τις ἤθελεν οὐδὲν ἀδικούμενον. 10. νομίζω 


Ν ε ἴω > Ν > Ν (ὃ Ν (λ Ν 
yap υμας ἐμοι εἰναι και TATPLOa και φί ους και 


Part V. -pt VERBS. 145 


, ‘ κ᾿ δ΄ τὰς > , ¥ 9 > 
συμμάχους, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν εὐδαίμων ἔσομαι ὅπου ἂν 
ὦ 11]. ἦν δὲ τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν ods πάνυ 
μακροὺς ἤλαυνεν, ὁπότε πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο ἐλθεῖν. 
12. ὁ δ᾽ ὡς ἀπῆλθε κινδυνεύσας, βουλεύεται ὅπως 
μήποτε ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, 13. καὶ τῷ 

A ν 4 ’ Ν » 
στρατηγῷ ἥκειν παραγγέλλει λαβόντα τοὺς ἀν- 

Ν ε ’ ε Ἀ > Ν > / 
dpas πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν Tas ἀκροπόλεις 
φυλάττειν. 14. Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί 
ποιήσουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι, ἔπεισε τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας 


ἕπεσθαι. 


II. τ. Unless they receive more money they will not go. 
2. After crossing the trench they went forward as quickly as 
possible. 3. On hearing these things the soldiers were ex- 
ceedingly afraid. 4. The barbarians did not await their attack 
(them), but fled, and the others pursued up to a certain village. 
εἰς. They ought to receive crowns on account of their valor, 
6. Do not cease prosecuting the war until you confer with me. 
7. When they come to the city he will give them silver, just as 
to those who went up before. 8. He ordered the generals to 
collect soldiers on the ground that he wished to expel the 
Pisidai altogether from the country. 9. We were formerly 
deceived by the Pisidai. 10. Menon’s army was persuaded to 
follow before it was clear what the others would do. 


NOTES ON SENTENCES FROM XENOPHON. 


2. They refused to go...as to those who went up before. 3. Opt. of 
indirect discourse. 6. πρὶν &y...=more vivid condition. 9. οὐδὲν 
ἀδικούμενον, without any injury. 1. There were some of the day’s journeys 
which he marched very long. βούλοιτο, gen. past condition. 13. Kuros 
needs all but those in garrisons. 14. πρίν w. infin., Gefore tt was clear. 


146 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LXIII. -μι Verbs: τίθημι, δύναμαι x. τ. λ. 


GRAMMAR StTupIEs. Special irregularities and complete 
synopsis of (nut, τίθημι, and δίδωμι ; also δύναμαι and ἐπίσταμαι. 
EXERCISE 1. Describe according to the Formula: 


1. δῶμαι. 2. €S0v. 3. ἔθεσαν. 4. θές. 5. ἐτίθην. 6. τιθῇ 
7. Yepev. 8. ἰῶμαι. 9. ὦ, το. εἵμην. 11. εἶναι. 12. δύνωμαι. 
13. ἐδύνω. 14. ἐπίσταιτο. 15. ἐδίδους. 


WoRD STUDIES. Χαίρω, ὥρα, μάθημα, πάσχω, ἀποδείκνυμι, 
Ἑλληνίζω, πότερος ; to-morrow, to-day, yesterday, leaf — page, 
read. 


I. Epameinondas of Thebes. 

ε “ > ’ὔ ε ’ 5 4 4 

Η τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἡγεμονία ἐτελεύτησε τέσσαρσι 
καὶ τετρακοσίοις ἔτεσι πρὸ Χριστοῦ. 

Οἱ δὴ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἀγαθοὶ μὲν ἦσαν μάχεσθαι, 
κεκτημένοι ἀρετὴν τοῦ σώματος" ἄρχεσθαι δὲ τῶν 
ε ’ ’ Ἁ Ν > , > ~ ’, 
Ελλήνων κακοί" καὶ γὰρ ὀλιγαρχίας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι 

’ ΄“ , 2 ’ὕ Ν ,ὔ 
καθίσταντο, τοῦ δήμου ἀφαιρούμενοι τὴν δύναμιν. 

‘O δὲ ᾿Επαμεινώνδας, ὁ Θηβαῖος, ἐστρατεύετο εἰς 

\ / , Ἂς » Ν \ 
τὴν Πελοπόννησον μεγάλην στρατιὰν ἔχων, καὶ τὴν 
τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἡγεμονίαν κατέλυσεν + τοὺς γὰρ 
Λακεδαιμονίους μάχαις τέσσαρσιν ἐνίκησεν. αὐτὸς 
δ᾽ ἐν Μαντινείᾳ μαχόμενος ἀπέθανε, καὶ οἱ Θηβαῖοι 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο τῇ νίκῃ χρῆσθαι. 

@ -» 

Ὁ Ἐπαμεινώνδας μέγιστος δὴ ὧν ἴσμεν στρατη- 

A Ν Ν 
γῶν ἐγένετο: καὶ γὰρ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καὶ Ναπολεὼν 

ἴω. A aw a“ »“" 
καὶ ὅλως οἱ νικῶντες στρατηγοὶ ἐχρῶντο ταῖς τοῦ 


, 
᾿Επαμεινώνδου τέχναις. 


Part V. -pt VERBS: τίθημι, δύναμαι, κ. τ. A. 147 


~ \ 
Ei μὴ ἐγένετο ᾿Επαμεινώνδας, ot Θηβαῖοι τὴν ἡγε- 
x > 
μονίαν οὐκ ἂν εἶχον. 
Il. Hints for class-room conversation. 


1. Good-day, I am glad to see (seeing) you. 
2. And I am glad to be (being) here. It is a fine day. 
3. Very. We shall read with pleasure (ἡδέως). Where is 
the lesson ? 
4. On the tenth page, where Kuros marshals the troops. 
5. But first tell me what we read about yesterday. 
6. We were reading of the Peloponnesian war. 
7. Do you remember when that war arose? 
8. The war ended, and the long walls were taken down, 
four hundred and four years before Christ. 
9. Which do you most admire, the Athenians or the 
Lakedaimonians ? 
10. 7 at least admire the Lakedaimonians, for they were 
brave. 
tr. But do you admire the Athenians ? 
12. Exceedingly (μάλα ye), for they were both brave and 
wise. 
13. Very good (καλῶς ye). But did you find the lesson hard 
to-day ? 
14. Not at all (οὐ πάνυ), for (καὶ yap) I enjoy reading. 
15. What is the matter that you are not able to read 
faster ? 
16. I do not know how to find the words, and remember 
them. 
17. Give me the book, and I will show you how you ought 
(χρή) to read. 
χέρια these exercises, adding the phrases which you hear 
most frequently in the class-room, 


148 GREEK PRIMER. Part V. 


LESSON LXIV. Verbs with Second Aorists. 


GRAMMAR STUDIES. Formation of the second aorist, wi 
complete synopsis and conjugation of φεύγω. Accent of infini- 
tives and participles. Conjugation of οἶδα. 


WorD STUDIES. (nt, ἁμαρτάνω, παύω, μέσος, μόνος, καθίζω, 
δύω, ἀφίημι, στάδιον ; strike, flow, such, as follows, go — be gone. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Philip and Demosthenes. 
Nov δὲ μέλλομεν ἀναγιγνώσκειν περὶ τῆς τελευ- 
τῆς τῆς ἐν “᾿λλάδι ἐλευθερίας. οἱ γὰρ πολῖται πλού- 
\ ey A Ν , “ “Ὁ , » 
σιοι μὲν ἦσαν, τοῦ δὲ κινδύνου τοῦ τῆς πατρίδος οὐ 
πάνυ ἐνεθυμοῦντο. 
Φίλιππος δὴ βασιλεὺς ἦν Μακεδονίας [χρὴ εὑρεῖν 
Ν / > Ie" A , > ’ Ν 
τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπὶ τῷ πίνακι], οὐδέποτε μὲν νομι- 
σθεὶς “Ἕλλην εἶναι, τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων πάντων ἡγεῖσθαι 
ἐπιθυμῶν. 
¥ ~ 
ἔτι δὲ νεανίας ὧν @knoe χρόνον ὀλίγον ἐν ταῖς 
» 
Θήβαις, καὶ ἤδη τὰς ᾿Επαμεινώνδου βουλάς, καὶ 
τὰς πολέμου τέχνας. 
id , > A 
Δημοσθένης δέ, ὁ ᾿Αθηναῖος, μόνος ἤσθετο τὰς 
‘a 4 , 5 ld Ν ’ὔ 
τοῦ Φιλίππου βουλάς, ἐπιστάμενος τὸν κίνδυνον. 
οὗτος συνεβούλευε πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι συμμαχίαν 
ποιήσασθαι. ἐμίσουν δὲ ἀλλήλους καὶ βουλόμενοι 
ν Ν » al 
έκαστοι τοὺς ἄλλους νικηθῆναι. 
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἔχων στρατιάν, 


’ Φ 3 “ 5 
ἐλαύνουσιν ot Αθηναῖοι εἰς Χαιρώνειαν, καὶ Δημο- 


Part V. VERBS WITH SECOND AORISTS. 149 


ΕΝ 
σθένης πείθει τοὺς Θηβαίους, φιλίους οὐκ ὄντας 
a > 4 4 aS Ν ἈΝ 
τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις, συστρατεύεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς κοινοὺς 
’ 
πολεμίους. 
»“Ἅ ’ ε 
Μάχης δὲ ἐνταῦθα γενομένης, ἐνικήθησαν ot 
σύμμαχοι. 
‘O δὲ τῶν ἀπολομένων τάφος καὶ νῦν ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH 
χώρᾳ φανερός ἐστιν. 


Εἴπερ ἴσην γνώμῃ δύναμιν, Δημόσθενες, εἶχες 
οὔποτ᾽ ἂν Ἑλλήνων ἦρξεν "Apys Μακεδών. 


II. 1. When he had said ‘Isee the man,’ he rushed upon 
him and struck, with the spear in his right hand, but he missed 
him. 2. I hear that there are many such things which it is 
necessary to stop. 3. But through the midst of the plain 
flows the Maiandros river. 4. The Hellenes and the barba- 
rians were ten stadia apart ; the former proceeded (on their way) 
and the latter followed the rest of the day. 5. There he no 
longer obeys, but goes sailing to the Helléspontos. 6. But 
he came to station guards. 7. But after these things, when 
the sun had already set, he collected the captains and spoke as 
follows. 8. But he replied that he heard that his enemy 
was at the river, twelve day’s journeys away.! 9. They asked 
him to send them away. 10. They rushed into the plain. 
11. He refrained from plundering (τοῦ w. injin.) the coun- 
try. 12. Never pause until you overpower all your enemies. 
13. All the rivers flow into the sea, but the sea is not full. 
14. Menon persuades his men before it is clear whether the 
others will follow Kuros or not. 


1 Use partic. of ἀπέχω. 


150 GREEK PRIMER. Part V. 


LESSON LXV. Contract Verbs. 


GRAMMAR STUDIES. Contraction of vowels. Accent of con- 
tracts. Synopsis and conjugation of typical verbs, and analysis 
of typical words by the Formula. 


WorpD STUDIES. odevdovdw, ὄπισθε, εἰκός, πεζός, δεινός, ἐάω, 
ἑκών, ὑπολαμβάνω, ἐπιχειρέω ; whole, full, within, without — on 
the farther side, reply, truce — treaty. 

I. Alexander the Great. 

Ἢ τελευτὴ μέντοι τῆς Ἑλλάδος τῇ οἰκουμένῃ 
»Ἤ" Ἁ ε A 4 A y / 
ἔδωκε τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς τέχνας TE καὶ τὰ γράμματα. 

Ἔ ’ ’ > A δῷ / 6 4 Ν 

μαχέσατο τοίνυν ἐν τῇ Χαιρωνείᾳ ὁ νικήσων τὴν 

3 , 4 Ν 3 , ; , ε 

οἰκουμένην. Φιλίππου γὰρ ἀποθανόντος, κατέστη ὁ 

> , > Ἁ > ‘\ “ἡ » 2 A \ A 

Αλέξανδρος εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὧν εἴκοσιν ετῶν, καὶ TOV 

Θηβαίων ἀφεστώτων κατέλυσε τὰς μὲν Θήβας, τοῦ 
δὲ Πινδάρου οἴκου ἐφείσατο. 

> mm, A 4 ’ὔ A 3, Ve a 

Επιθυμῶν δὲ χρήματά τε καὶ ὄνομα μέγα κτή- 
σασθαι διαβὰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἐστρατεύετο εἰς 
> , 3 Ν ’ > > / Ν “~ ’ ‘\ 
Aciav. ἀλλὰ τίς οὐκ ἀκήκοε περὶ τῆς πορείας καὶ 
τῶν νικῶν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τοῦ μεγάλου ; 

Ἢ Ἑλληνικὴ γλῶσσα ἕπεται τῷ νικῶντι" καιρὸς 

Ν ἐν , 3 θ ’ 5 νῷ] () \ A 
yap ἦν πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπίστασθαι τὴν τῶν 
“Ἑλλήνων σοφίαν. 

ΕἿ Ἁ 

Αὐτὸς μὲν ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος οἴνῳ νικηθεὶς τελεύτᾳ 
Ν A ¥ , ¥ \ \ ‘ 
ἐν Βαβυλῶνι ἔτεσι τριακοσίοις εἴκοσι καὶ τρισὶ πρὸ 
Χριστοῦ! σῆμα δὲ μέγιστον ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια ἡ ἐν 

5 4 ’ 

Αἰγύπτῳ πολις. 


Part V. CONTRACT VERBS. 151 


II. Sentences from Xenophon. 

1. ᾿Απεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος, Ἤν μὲν μένωμεν, σπον- 
δαὶ ἔσονται, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. 
2. τίς οὕτως ἐστὶ δεινὸς λέγειν ὥστε σε πεῖσαι 
λέγων; 3. καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς 
βασιλέως προσιόντος καὶ δεξόμενοι. 4. καὶ τοὺς 
στρατιώτας τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρ- 
χον ἀπελθόντας, εἴα Κῦρος τὸν Κλέαρχον ἔχειν. 
5. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας: ὥστε καὶ 
χρήματα ἔδοσαν αὐτῷ ai πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι. 6. ὁ δὲ 
ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν, Οὗτοι μὲν λέγουσιν ἄλλα: σὺ δ᾽ 
ἡμῖν εἶπέ, τί λέγεις. 

III. 1. The Hellenes hurled with the sling farther’ than the 
barbarians. 2. But all urged him not to take-part-in-the- 
battle, but to place himself (rarreo@ar) behind others. 4. It is 
likely that the enemy will come (ἥξειν) at daybreak (at the same 
time with the day). 4. They marched through the plain the 
whole day. 5. He has an infantry force which we all both 
see and know. 6. The trench, he said, is not always full of 
water. 7. It seems best to me that men who are suitable 
should go to Kuros and ask him how he wishes to employ us. 
8. At daybreak came a messenger, saying that the enemy had 
left their camp when they perceived that the army was already 
within the mountains. 9. He stationed soldiers within and 
without the walls. το. He is able in speech, but I will not 
willingly be persuaded. 11. Orontas attempted to go over 
(go away) to the king. 12. He said that he honored 
(infin.) those (men) who were good for war (to fight). 


1 εἰς μακρότερον. 


152 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LXVI. Liquid Verbs. 


GRAMMAR STUDIES. Synopsis and conjugation of typical 
liquid verbs. 


Worb STUDIES. λανθάνω, διαπράττω, σκοπέω, ἐφίστημι, ἔρομαι, 
ὁρμάω, ὅθεν, ἕως, cite... εἴτε, ἐπειδή, τρέπω ; give Pain, save. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Sentences from Xenophon. 


1. Βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν λαθεῖν Κῦρον ἀπελθών. 

ἮΝ 7 , , eel. ἢ ΤῊ 4 Y 
2. δῆλος ἦν λυπούμενος. 8. ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἥκων 
ἔλεγεν, ὅτι διαπεπραγμένος ἥκοι παρὰ βασιλέως 
δοθῆναι αὐτῷ σώζειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 4. ἐπεὶ δὲ 

“ > ’ » Ν 3 4 4 
σκοπῶν ov δύναμαι οὔτε σὲ αἰσθέσθαι πειρώμενον 
ε wn ~ ~ 5 , > ν ε “ 950.) 
ἡμᾶς κακῶς ποιεῖν, ἐγώ τε οἶδα ὅτι ἡμεῖς γε οὐδ 
3 “ “ 59 7 » ’, 3 ’ 
ἐννοοῦμεν τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λόγους σοι 
ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως, εἰ δυναίμεθα, ἀφέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν 
ε ’ ε > > ’ὔ Ν ν > \ 
ὑποψίαν. 9. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας τὸν ἵππον εἶπε, Kal - 
λέγειν ἐκέλευσε πᾶσιν, ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ καλά. 6. ἐν 
δὲ oN ~ 4 Κλέ HOE » Ν 
ἐ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο τὸν 
Κῦρον. 7. ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι ἃ δέομαι, 
ἥξω. 8. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, 
᾿Αριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ εἴη ὅθεν χθὲς 
ὡρμήσαιντος 9. καὶ ἕως μένομεν, σκεπτέον μοι 

ἀφ Ὁ» Μὰ 9 > , A 10 
δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῦμεν. ἱ 


οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐδείς, ὡς ἐγώ, ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις. 


Parr V. LIQUID VERBS. 153 


χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν 
κακῶς ποιῶ. 11. καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο τι θέλοι χρῆης- 
ΦΥἊς Ψ ας. » ’ 9954 

σθαι ἡμῖν, εἴτε ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον στρατεύειν, ἐξέσται. 
ἴω Ν ’ὔ ε ἈΝ 

12. ἣν δέ τις αὐτῶν τρέψῃ τὰς γνώμας, ὡς μὴ 
la ἴω Ν ’ 
τοῦτο μόνον ἐννοῶνται, τί πείσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τί 


ποιήσουσι, πολὺ προθυμότεροι ἔσονται. 


II. τ. While we are on hand (present) he uses us, but 
when we wish to go away he arrests and abuses (harms) us. 
‘ 2. He collected soldiers unperceived (ἔλαθεν). 3. If we are 
to remain, it must be considered how we shall remain as safely 
as possible. 4. They were evidently pained. 5. Being in 
danger they turned to Kuros. 6. Kuros took (them) under 
his protection, and saved them of his own accord. 7. We 
will not permit the barbarians to burn the villages and plunder 
the country. 8. The army is in the camp whence they set 
out yesterday. 9. We questioned the man somewhat as fol- 
lows. 10. They will be more enthusiastic if they are thinking 
about not merely what they are to suffer, but what they are to 
accomplish. 


NOTES ON SENTENCES FROM XENOPHON. 


3. That he came having secured permission (δοθῆναι atm). 4. I can 
find no evidence of hostility, and think a conference would allay sus- 
picion. 6. Questioned Kuros. 8. Had fled and was in the camping place 
whence. 9. Lt seems to me it ought to be considered (σκεπτέον). τι. Whether 
he should wish to employ us in any other matter (ἄλλο τι) or to make an 
expedition, 12. But if some one turns their thoughts so that they may not be 
considering merely this, what they shall suffer. 

9 is a simple supposition, 10 a general present. 


154 GREEK PRIMER. Part V, 


LESSON LXVII. Mute Verbs. 


GRAMMAR STupIEs. Synopsis and conjugation of verbs with 
stems ending in labial, palatal, and lingual mutes, with special 
attention to the perfect middle. 

Worp SrupiEs. Μάλα, ἡνίκα, εἶτα, ἔνθα, ἐνθάδε, ποῖος, ἐπιμε- 
λέομαι, ὅστις, ἀποκτείνω, ἐπιδείκνυμι, ὅσος ; Soul, golden, beast of 
burden, commit perjury. 


Reading and Translations. 
I. Hellas under the Romans. 


᾿Αποθανόντος Tov ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, ot Ἕλληνες ἐν Tats 
᾿Αθήναις καὶ τῇ Λακωνικῇ οὐκ ἦσαν εὐδαίμονες, ἀδύ- 
νατοι γὰρ ἐφαίνοντο κινδυνεύειν, καὶ οὐκέτι ἤκησαν 
αἱ Μοῦσαι ἐν τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι. 
᾿Αθάνατος μέντοι ἦν ἡ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ψυχή, καὶ οἱ 
A , ACP his , > > τὴν 
φιλοῦντες γράμματα Kal τὴν λύραν οἶκον ἐν ᾿Αλεξαν- 
δρείᾳ εὗρον. εἰς τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν οὖν ἐνεγκόντες 
Ν “ Β ’ » 3 Ψ 
τὰ τῶν πατέρων βιβλία, ἔχαιρον ἀναγιγνώσκοντες 
τοὺς τοῦ Δημοσθένους λόγους καὶ τὰς τοῦ Σοφοκλέ- 
’, A. «τῷ a> ? > / ε 
ous τραγῳδίας. καὶ ἐν τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ἐγένετο ἡ μα- 
θηματικὴ τέχνη καὶ ἡ γεωγραφία καὶ -ἡ γραμμα- 
τική. ὃ δὲ ᾿Αριστοτέλης, ὃ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου διδάσκαλος, 
τῆς λογικῆς καὶ τῆς ῥητορικῆς καὶ τῆς φυσικῆς 
ἱστορίας ὃ πατήρ ἐστιν. 
Οἱ δὲ Ρωμαῖοι ἔλαβον τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν 
’ a Ν A > Ν ε 4 
τετταράκοντα ἕξ πρὸ Χριστοῦ. ἀλλὰ οἱ νικηθέντες 


Ἕλληνες ἐγένοντο διδάσκαλοι τῶν Ρωμαίων. 


Parr V. MUTE VERBS. 159 


Il. Sentences from Xenophon. 


1. Καὶ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ δὲ βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο 
ε παι. > ΤΑΣ ε ai \ ‘ A 
ὡς πολεμεῖν ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν. 2. Ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ πρῶτος, 
ὦ Κλέαρχε, δήλωσον γνώμην ὅτι σοι δοκε. 8. ὁ 
δὲ ᾿Αρταξέρξης πείθεταί τε καὶ συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον 
ε 3 “ Ν Ν 9. τ 5 ’ 
ὡς ἀποκτενῶν. 4. στρατηγὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε 
4 9 > ’ > Ν ’ Ν ’ὔ 
πάντων ὅσοι ἀθροίζονται εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 5. καὶ λέ- 
A ε Ν ’ 3 “A Ν , 
γεται δεηθῆναι ἡ γυνὴ Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ στράτευμα 


αὐτῇ. 


III. 1. He so treated (used) those who came to him from 
the king that they were (wore w. zujinitive) friends to him more 
than to the king. 2. He was not at all willing to be ruled by 
others. 3. I will obey as well as possible (ἡ δυνατὸν μάλιστα) 
whatever man you may elect. 4. And the station where 
they were going to rest was already near when a man appears 
riding at full speed, and announcing that the king is prepared 
for battle. 5. He marshals first the Hellenes, then the bar- 
barians. 6. The soldier’s grave is here. 7. If he con- 
quers, he will receive a crown. 8. What sort of a crown 
will he receive? 9. They will give him a golden crown. 
10. The horsemen reached the camp before Proxenos, but 
the beasts of: burden later. 11. He appeared to be com- 
mitting (suppl. partic.) perjury. 


156 GREEK PRIMER. Part V. 


LESSON LXVIII. Irregular Verbs. 
GRAMMAR StupiEs. ‘The classes of verbs as given in the 
grammar, with examples. ἕημι, εἶμι, εἰμί, φημί, κεῖμαι, ἧμαι. 


Worp ϑτύριεβ. ἑκών, πλαίσιον, στάδιον, τρόπος, ἡνίκα ; 4007, 
old, be captured, 


Reading and Translations. 


I. Zhe Revival of Learning. 


¥ , Ψ ε , , 
Iopev πάντες ote οἱ βάρβαροι καταλύσαντες 
Ν ε > 
τὴν Ῥωμαίαν ἀρχὴν πολλὰ ἔτη ἦγον καὶ ἔφερον 
Ν 3 ΄ 3 / > ε ’ Ν Ν ΄, 
τὴν Εὐρώπην. ἀπώλοντο οὖν ot vew, καὶ τὰ βιβλία 
Ν la ΄“ ε 4 Pee 4 > 4 
τε καὶ ποιήματα τῶν EhAnvwr, καὶ ὀλίγοι ἠπίσταν- 
Ν 3 ’ ’ Ἀ > » 5 A 
το καὶ ἀναγιγνώσκειν. βιβλία τινὰ ἦν ἔτι ἐν τοῖς 
4 ε AE en ΑΝ > 4 ae - A 
μοναστηρίοις, ἡ δὲ Ῥωμαϊκὴ ἐκκλησία TH Ῥωμαϊκῇ 
γλώττῃ ἐχρῆτο. 
ν : \ ΄ , ΄ Ν 
ἔτεσι δὲ χιλίοις τετρακοσίοις πεντήκοντα καὶ 
ee A la) ε / / 
τρισὶ ὕστερον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ Κωνσταντίνου πόλις 
ev ACN A , ee; , ¥ 
ἑάλω ὑπὸ τῶν Τούρκων, καὶ ἀνθρωποί τινες ἔχον- 
Ν 
τες Ἑλληνικὰ βιβλία ἔφυγον εἰς ᾿Ιταλίαν. νέος δὴ 
4 Ν 
βίος ἀνέστη ἐν Εὐρώπῃ: Πλάτων, Σωκράτης, καὶ 
οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι, ἀνέστησαν ὡς ἐκ τῶν 
, Ν τ τὰ , A , ε "BAX 
σημάτων, Kal ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου OL NVES 
νικῶσι τὴν οἰκουμένην. 
II. Sentences from Xenophon. 
4 c “ 
1. Οὐ γάρ ποτε ἑκών γε βουλήσεται ἡμᾶς 
“ ε ε A 
ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι ws pets 


Ν om , > la 
ἐνικῶμεν τὸν βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ. 


Part V. IRREGULAR VERBS. 157 


2. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας παρήλασε, στήσας TO appa 

‘ A / ’, ad Ν \ 
πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, πέμψας ἀγγελον παρὰ τοὺς 
‘ ‘ “ ε 4 > ’ ’ Ἀ 
στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκέλευσε τίθεσθαι τὰ 
ὅπλα. 

8. Καὶ ἤδη πλησίον ἦν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλε 

4 ce. 6 > Ν ’ ΄“ 3 Ἁ la) 
παύεσθαι, ἡνίκα ἀνὴρ Πέρσης, τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον 
πιστῶν, φαίνεται ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κράτος. 


III. 1. Then the Hellenes knew that a square was a bad 
formation (τάξις) when the enemy are following. 4. The 
whole space between (μέσον) the walls was three stadia. 
3. When Kuros had made a treaty his enemies were confident 
(πιστεύω) that they would suffer (παθεῖν av for potential optative) 
nothing contrary to the treaty. 4. It was not in keeping with 
the character of Kuros when he had (anything) not to be gen- 
erous (be giving). 5. The general arrived at the doors 
of the palace with a hundred horsemen. 6. Thence he 
marches three day’s journeys, thirty parasangs, into Sardeis, 
an inhabited city. 


" {ΠῚ " 


i 


ZS) 
ἔξ ξαι 


ier 


"Ἢ 
ΤᾺ sos 


% 
rt 


o 
Θορροωουϑθ 


158 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


LESSON LXIX. Adjectives. 


Grammar Stupies. Declension and comparison of adjec- 
tives, with special attention to those used as paradigms, εὐγενής, 


μείζων, K. τ. A. 


Worp Srupigs. Make a list of typical verbs showing all the 
variations from Avw, and typical nouns showing all forms of 
declension. 


Reading and Translations. 

I. Modern Greece. 

Oi Τοῦρκοι ἦρχον τῆς Ἑλλάδος πολλὰ ἔτη κατα- 
λύοντες τοὺς νεὼς καὶ ἀδικοῦντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 
ε Ν \ ~ > “ 3. ge ἈΝ 4 A , 
ὁ δὲ θυμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀνέστη καὶ διὰ μακροῦ Tore 
μου οἱ Τοῦρκοι ἐξεβλήθησαν: καὶ νῦν ἡ “Ἑλλὰς 
αὐτόνομός ἐστιν — at αὐταὶ νῆσοι, ἡ αὐτὴ θάλαττα, 

ε ϑ ἣν lead 
ἡ αὐτὴ γῆ. 
Νῦν δὲ πλείονες ἢ ἑπτακαίδεκα μυριάδες ἀνθρώ- 
2 η Ἑλληνικῇ γλώττῃ, καὶ Γεώργιος ὃ 
πων χρῶνται τῇ ἡνικῇ γλώττῃ, καὶ ργιος 
Πρῶτος βασιλεύς ἐστι τῶν “Ἑλλήνων. 

Τοῖς δὲ νῦν Ἕλλησι τηλέγραφοί εἶσι καὶ 
ἀτμόπλοια. : 

Οἱ δὲ σοφοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βρετανίας καὶ τῆς ᾽Αμερι- 
κῆς πλέουσιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἵνα τὰ λειφθέντα τῶν 
ἀρχαίων καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας τῶν ἐσομένων ὁρῶσιν. 

Ἐὰν δὴ ἐθέλῃς τὰ νέα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀκοῦσαι 


γράψον ἐπιστολὴν λέγουσαν τάδε" 


Parr V. ADJECTIVES. 159 


Πρὸς τὸν AvevOvvrjv' τῆς ᾿Αμερικανῆς Σχολῆς, 
ἐν ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις, 
GREECE. 
Κύριε" 

Εἰπέ μοι, εἰ ἐθέλεις, πόσα χρήματα χρή, καὶ τίνι 
ἀποδοῦναι, ἵνα δέχωμαι ἐφημερίδα τὴν καλουμένην 
Ἑστίαν εἰς ἕν ἔτος. 

ε 4 
Ὑμέτερος, 


United States of America. 


II. 1. To-morrow we shall bid farewell (κελεύω χαίρειν) to 
this book. 2. Soon (ταχέως) we shall read the book which 


Xenophon himself wrote. 3. How many days have we been 
(present tense) reading this book? 4. Do you remember 
what we read yesterday? 5. We read about the new life 


which sprang up in Europe when people again began to read 
Greek books. 6. Sokratés and Platon are still great teachers. 


1 Director. 2 Sir, Mr. 3 Newspaper. 


160 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


(or 


“7,72 , 


SSS 


THE TYRANNICIDES. 


The two friends are here ideally presented as heroes, not in the dress 
of Athenian citizens, but in the natural beauty of the naked body. Har- 
modios strides forward with uplifted sword; his friend steps by his side 
with his sword-hand held back, and the left arm wrapped in the mantle 
thrust forward to ward off any stroke aimed by a foe. It is a powerfully 
conceived and effective group, though the individual figures are wanting 
in grace. — Upcott’s Int. to Gk. Sculpt. 


LESSON LXX. Patriotic Song of Athens. 


Two friends assassinated one of the sons of Peisistratos ; and, although 
this had little to do with the abolition of the tyranny some years later, 
they became the popular heroes of the Athenian democracy. Like most 
national songs, this has a rather obscure origin, and more vigor than 
grace. 

The rhythm of this song is in ὃ time. The fundamental foot is the 
trochee (—U). In place of a trochee, and occupying the same time, we 
may: have an apparent dactyl (-VW), an apparent spondee (—>), ora 
triseme (__), which is one long syllable. 

The third verse has two introductory syllables (w). The fourth verse 
is varied as shown below. ‘The last foot is usually incomplete (_/\). 


Part V. PATRIOTIC SONG OF ATHENS. 161 


Le UYU | -ου | -πὺ | | ty,’ | 
> 
--ο | UYU | —v | -ου | ἔ: | seat | 
ωϊ-πῳω | cil —ww il ae * I 
| | πόθος ἢ | ee Ι VY | AS | vu 
UY --οὐ Π τω -ου Lids’ Ὰ 


Ἐπὶ 


“Til wreathe my Sword in Myrtle Bough.” 
Ἔν μύρτου κλαδὶ τὸ ξίφος φορήσω, 
ὥσπερ ᾿Αρμόδιος κ᾽ ᾿Αριστογείτων, 
ὅτε τὸν τύραννον κτανέτην, 


> 4 > ? , 3 , 1 
ἰσονόμους τ΄ ᾿Αθήνας ἐποιησάτην. 


Φίλταθ᾽  ᾿Αρμόδι᾽, οὔ τί που τέθνηκας, 
νήσοις δ᾽ ἐν μακάρων ὃ σέ φασιν εἶναι, 
ἵνα περ ποδώκης ᾿Αχιλεύς," 

Τυδείδην τέ φασιν ἐσθλὸν Διομήδεα. 


Ἔν μύρτου κλαδὶ τὸ ξίφος φορήσω, 
ὥσπερ “Appodios κ᾽ ᾿Αριστογείτων, 
ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίης ἐν θυσίαις 


»” , 7 3 , 
ἄνδρα τύραννον “Ἵππαρχον ἐκαινέτην. 


Αἰεὶ σφῷν κλέος ἔσσεται κατ᾽ αἶαν," 
φίλταθ᾽ “Appodios κ᾽ ᾿Αριστογείτων, 
ὅτι τὸν τύραννον κτανέτην, 
> / ᾽ν 93 4 > / 
ἰσονόμους τ᾿ ᾿Αθήνας ἐποιησάτην. 
— KALLISTRATOS. 
1 οι in ποιέω is sometimes treated as short. 
2 φίλτατος, dearest. 
. ὃ μακάρων of the blessed. 
4 Swift-footed Achilleus and Tudeus? son, Diomédés, were the most 
dashing heroes of the Trojan war. 
5 At the festival of Athéné. 
6 Ever your fame shall be world-wide. 


162 GREEK PRIMER. Parr V. 


THE LORD’S PRAYER. 
Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς ovpavois: 
ε , Ν 3, , 
Αγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου, 
ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, 
γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, 
ε 3 > Lal \ ee ~ 
ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ Kal ἐπὶ γῆς" 
κ᾿ ¥ eo” Ν > ΄ 
Τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 
δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον'᾽ 
Καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, 
ε τ ΤΣ ΨᾺ 3 ’, A > / ε A 
ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν. 
Καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, 
ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 
4 a) > Ν ε ’ 
[ὅτι σοῦ ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία 
Ἁ ε ͵ 
καὶ ἡ δύναμις 
καὶ ἡ δόξα 
5 \ 7A 
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. 


ἀμήν. 


VOCABULARIES TO SEPARATE LESSONS. 


To THE STUDENT: It will be a great saving of time and 
labor if you will master each word the first time you meet it. 
Each word fixed and made familiar will be your friend in all 
future work. ‘The words in these lists are carefully selected as 
those which occur most frequently in Greek authors. 

Observe the following directions : — 

Pronounce each word aloud, with correct accent and 
quantities. 

Make a vivid picture of the object or action in your mind. 

Compose a simple Greek sentence in which the word will 
be used properly. 

Prepare to give the Greek word for the English, or the 
English for the Greek ; but always connect the sound with the 
thing signified. 

English words in SMALL CAPITALS are cogvate with the Greek words ; 
those in black letter are dorrowed from the Greek. (See page 130). 

The case required by a verb or preposition is designated by the letter 
G., D., or A. 


The article, and sometimes the genitive ending, is added to nouns to 
show gender and declension. 


Lesson V. 
ἄγω, ἄξω (E=k, y, or xy + o), ἦξα, 
ἦχα (irreg.), ἦγμαι, ἤχθην (κ oF y 
before Θ becomes x), /ead. 

A “second aorist” ἤγαγον, 
like the impf. but with a differ- 
ent stem, is used for ἦξα, and 
has the same meaning. 


as (?) shows that a question 
has preceded. 
εἰς, prep. w. A., 0, into, against.’ 
ἐκ or ἐξ, prep. w. G., out of, from. 
παιδίον, τύ, α little child, child. 
πέμπω, πέμψω (yr -ξΞ- π, B, or p 
+ σὴ). ἔπεμψα, πέπομφα (irreg.), 
πέπεμμαι, ἐπέμφθην (π᾿ or B be- 


dpa, an interr. particle showing 
that a question is to follow, 


1_Proclitic. 


fore 6 becomes Φ), send. 


| ποῦ, interr. adv., where ? 


See p. 5. 


164 


GREEK PRIMER. 


Lesson VI. 
γράφω, γράψω, x. 7-A.,! GRAVE, 
write. Graphic. 


The 2 aor., the 2 pf., and 
the 2 aor. pass., with the 
same meaning as the I aor., 
etc. have a shortened form, 
omitting a part of the “ tense 
stem.” Such forms are found 
in a few verbs only. From 
γράφω, a 2 aor. pass. ἐγράφην, 
instead of ἐγράφθην, is more 
commonly used. 

διώκω, διώξω or διώξομαι, ἐδίωξα, 
δεδίωχα, ἐδιώχθην, Pursue. 

καί, con) , avd, also, even. 

λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, εἴρηκα (irreg.), 
λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχθην, say, speak. 
Lex-icon. 

ὅτι, conj., that, because. 

πείθω (πιθ-), πείσω, κ. τ. λ., er- 
suade. 


Lesson VII. 


adeAdos, ὁ, α brother. Phil-adel- 
phia. 

φίλος, n, ov, loved, dear; φίλος, 
6, a friend. 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, 6, the name of several 
kings of Persia. 

Aapetos, 6, the name of several 
kings of Persia. 

ἐπί, prep. w. G., oz, w. D., on, 
in the power of; w. A., to, for, 
against, 

ἐπιβουλεύω, ἐπιβουλεύσω, κ. τ. λ.; 
w. D., plan or plot against. 


épwrdw, ἐρωτήσω, κ. τ. r., ask, 
ingutire, (a lengthened bef. a). 

Κλέαρχος, 6, a stern and able 
Spartan general who assisted 
Kuros. 

Κῦρος, 6, son of Dareios, and 
pretender to the throne of 
Persia. 

Μαίανδρος, ὁ, a crooked river in 
Asia Minor. Meander. 

μάχη, 7, @ battle, fight. 

pikpds, a, ov, small. 
scope. 

πόθεν, interr. adv., whence ? 

ποῖ, interr. adv., whither ? 

στρατεύω, 


Micro- 


στρατεύσω, κ. τ. As 
(στρατ-ηγός), make an expedi- 
tion. 

τίς, ri, interr. pron., who, what 7 

vids, ὁ, @ Son. 


φόβος, 6, fear, fright. 


Lesson VIII. 


βάρβαρος, ov, foreign, 
Flellenic. Barbarian. 

γάρ, a post-posit. causal conj., 
for; καὶ yap, etenim, implies 
some ellipsis, axd (this zs, or 
was, 50) for —. 

Post-positive words are 
those which never stand first 
in the clause to which they 
belong. 

ἦσαν, they were. 
μεστός, ἡ, dv, full, full of. 
νικῶσιν, they are conquering, they 


70n- 


1 κι 7, A.is an abbreviation for καὶ τὰ λοιπά (and the rest) = et cetera. 


VOCABULARIES TO LESSONS. 


165 


conquer, contracted form ; 
hence the accent does not ap- 
pear recessive. 

οἶκος, 6, ὦ house, hone. 

ov, adv., before a vowel with 
smooth breathing οὐκ, before 
a vowel with rough breathing 
ovx, 7:0. 

οὖν, an inferential post-posit. 
conj., accordingly, therefore, 
consequently. 

περί, prep. w. G., about, concern- 
ing; Ww. A., around. Peri- 
meter. 


Lesson IX. 


πεδίον, τό, α Plain. 
Σικελία, 7, the large island south 
of Italy. 


Lesson X. 
Contraction of Vowels. 


1. Twolike vowels unite in 
the common long: 

φιλέητε becomes φιλῆτε. 

2. An o-sound absorbs an 
a- Or an e- sound and be- 
comes @: 

νικά-ομεν becomes νικῶμεν. 

3. If an a- and an ε- sound 
come together, the first in 
order absorbs the second, and 

- becomes long: 

νικά-ετε becomes νικᾶτε 

4. But ee gives εἰ; €-0, ο-ε, 
o-o give ov; thus, 

φιλέ-ετε becomes φιλεῖτε. 
δηλό-ομεν becomes δηλοῦμεν. 


Before Diphthongs. Avowel 
is absorbed before a diph- 
thong beginning with the same 
vowel; as, φιλέ-εις, φιλεῖς. 

o-et, o-n, and ε-οι give ot: 

δηλό-ει becomes δηλοῖ. 

In other cases a vowel con- 
tracts with the first vowel of 
a diphthong, and the second 
vowel disappears unless it can 
be written as subscript; thus 

φιλέ-ουσι becomes φιλοῦσι; 
τιμά-εις becomes τιμᾷς. 

Accent of Contracts. lf 
either of two syllables con- 
tracted had an accent, the 
contract syllable receives one. 

A contract. ultima, if ac- 
cented, has the circumflex, 
unless the uncontracted form 
had acute on the ultima. 

δῆλος, n, ov, clear, evident. 

Syrow, δηλώσω. x.7.d., make clear. 

Κόρινθος, ἡ. the famous city on the 
isthmus between the Pelopon- 
nésos and central Hellas. 

νϊκάω, viknow, κ. τ. λ., conquer, 
defeat. 

νίκη, ἡ, Victory. 

πειράω, πειράσω, ἐπείρασα. πεπεί- 
ρᾶκα, πεπείραμαι ἐπειράθην, un- 
dertake, attempt. Pirate. 

TOW, ποιήσω, K. τ. A., Make, do. 


Lesson XI. 


“Ayts, 6, the name of several 
Spartan kings. 

ἀλλά, conj., duz, yer, more em- 
phatic than δέ. 


166 GREEK PRIMER. 
εἰμί, de. AM. ἀμβροσία, ἡ, te food of the gods, 
ἥλιος, 6, the sun. Helio-trope. Ambrosia. 

Helio-type. γῆ, ἡ, (contr. from yéa), the earth. 


με, pers. pron. of first pers., acc. 
sing., me, encl. Gen. pov. 

πολέμιος, A, ov, (πόλεμος), hostile , 
πολέμιος, 6, aN enemy in war, 
οἱ πολέμιοι, the enemy. 

πόσος, 7, ov, interr. pron., sow 
much ? plu. how many. 


Lesson XIII. 
ἅμαξα, ἡ, α wagon. 
γέφυρα, ἡ, a bridge. 
ἔργον, τό, WORK, deed, fact. 
vedvids, 6, @ young man. 
ὁπλίτης, ὁ, ὦ heavy-armed foot- 
soldier. 

A word without an exact 
equivalent in English may 
often be transferred without 
change ; as, hopiités. 

ὅπλον, τό, an tmplement, pl. 
arms, armor. Pan-oply. 

πολίτης, ὁ, α citizen. Politics. 

ταμίας, ὁ, a steward. 

Tipdw, τιμήσω, K. τ. A , honor. 

τιμή; ἡ, Zonor. 

φιλέω, φιλήσω. x. τ. A. (φίλος), 
love. 

φιλία, ἡ, (φίλος), friendship. 

φίλιος, a, ον, (φίλος), friendly. 

χώρᾶ, 7, a country. 


Lesson XIV. 
᾿Αθήνησιν, adv., af Athens. 
Αἴγυπτος, 7, the famous seat of 

early civilization on the banks 
of the Νεῖλος. 


Geo-logy, geo-graphy. 

θύω, θύσω, κ.τ.λ.; offer, sacri- 
fice. 

Ἱππίας, 6, son of Peisistratos. 
He fled from Athens and 
afterwards accompanied the 
Μῆδοι in their invasion of 
᾿Αττική (Persian invasion). 

Ἵππαρχος, 6, son of Peisistratos, 
was slain by the Athenians. 

κελεύω, κελεύσω, K.T.A., COMMmaNA, 
bid.” 

Νεῖλος, 6, the great river of 
Αἴγυπτος. 

οἰκέω, οἰκήσω, κ. τ. λ.. Awel. in, 
dwell. 

ὅς, 7, 6, rel. pron., who, which, 
what, that. 

Πεισίστρατος, 6,an able man who 
usurped the supreme power 
at Athens. He was twice 
deposed, but finally left the 
government to his sons. 

Πέρσαι, of, an Asiatic people, as- 
sociated with the Μῆδοι, ene- 
mies of the Hellenes. 

ποιητής, ὁ. (ποιέω), a poet. 

ῥᾷδιος, ἃ, ov, easy. 

σελήνη, ἡ, ce moon. 

σῖτος, 6, pl. σῖτα, τά, corn, i. 68. 
grain, food. Para-site. 

Σκύθαι, of, a nomadic people who 
dwelt in the eastern part of 
Europe. , 

στρατιώτης, 6, a soldier. 

τελευτή, 7), AH end. 


1 eLAuen σέβθηιωι emiAnv avoid repeating the rouch mute. 


VOCABULARIES TO LESSONS. 


167 


τύραννος, 6, a% absolute ruler, 
not necessarily tyrannical, but 
one who has made himself 
king by force. 

χαλεπός, 7, dv, hard, difficult. 


Lesson XVI. 


ἅρμα, aros, τό, ἃ two-wheeled 
war-chariot, a chariot. 
διά prep. w. G., through, w.A.., 
on account of. 
καλέω, καλῶ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, 
κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην, call, sum- 
᾿γ01,. 

The future καλῶ is formed 
by dropping -o- and contract- 
ing. Notice that -e- is not 
lengthened in the aorist, and 
that καλ- becomes κλη- in pf. 
etc. 

λοχᾶγός, ὁ, (λόχος, a company, 
+ nyéopa, lead), a captain. 

Mupev, ὠνος, 6, a common Hel- 
lenic name. One of that 
name was a great sculptor. 

ὄνομα, ατος, τό, @ NAME. An- 
onymous. 

πόνος, ὁ, toil, hardship. 

πρᾶγμα, atos, τό, a matter, thing ; 
pl. affairs, trouble. Prag- 
matic. 

στράτευμα, aTOS, TO, AN army. 

σώμα, atos, τό, the body. 

φάλαγξ, ayyos, 7, a line of battle. 
Phalanx. 

φύλαξ, axos, ὁ. ἢ, a guard, watcher. 

χρῆμα, aros, τό, a thing used; pl. 
goods, property, money. 


Lesson XVII. 

ἀγών, avos, 6, am assembly, con- 
test, game. Agony. 

ἀσπίς, ίδος, ἡ, a shield. 

δαίμων; ovos, 6, ἡ, @ spirit, 
divinity, fortune. Demon. 

δύο, δυοῖν, To, TWO. Dual. 

Ἕλλην, nvos, 6, son of Deucalion. 
His descendants were the’EA- 
Anves, called Graecz by the 
Romans. 

ἐλπίς, dos, ἡ, hope. 

ἡγεμών, dvos, ὁ, ἃ leader, guide. 

Κέρκυρα, an island west of Hel- 
las, famed for its sailors. 
See map, p. 9. 

pupids, ados, 7, @ myriad. 

Ὀλυμπιάς, ados, ἡ, an Olympic 
game; νικῶ ᾿Ολυμπιάδα, win 
an Olympic victory. These 
games were held every four 
years, and attended by all the 
Hellenes. Even wars were 
suspended. Throngs of trad- 
ers made it a world’s fair. 
Here were the chariot and 
foot races, wrestling matches, 
etc., celebrated in the odes of 
Pindar. Recent excavations 
there have brought to light 
important works of art. 

Opvis, tos, 6, ἡ, a bird, fowl. 


πατρίς, idos, ἡ, one’s father- 
land. 

πύξ, adv., with clenched fist. 

ῥήτωρ, opos, 6, an orator. 
Rhetoric. 


χάρις, eros, ἡ, grace, favor. 
ὠφελέω, ὠφελήσω, aid, benefit. 


168 


GREEK PRIMER. .. 


Lesson XIX. 


ἀδικέω, ἀδικήσω, k.T.., Zo wrong, 
wrong, injure. 
κακίων, ov, Worse. 


The Middle Voice. 


The force of the middle 
voice will be learned only 
by observation as one reads 
Greek authors. It has many 
subtle phases, and is by no 
means adequately defined in 

“a single paragraph. In gen- 
eral it represents the action 
as, in some way, of special 
personal concern to the sub- 
ject; as, 

Avo, loose, λύομαι, ransom. 

ἔχω, hold; ἔχομαι, cling. 

φαίνω, show; φαίνομαι, ap- 
pear. 

παύω, Stop , παύομαι, Pause. 

ποιεῖν, do, ποιεῖσθαι, ao for 

one’s self, or with one’s 
own resources. 

σκοπεῖν, View, σκοπεῖσθαι, 

consider in one’s own 
mind. 


Lesson XX, 


avip,' ἀνδρός. ὃ, @ man, as distin- 
guished from woman; @ hero, 
while ἄνθρωπος, is a human 
being. 
αὐτός, 7, 6, self; in the attrib. 
posit., same. Auto-biog- 
raphy. 
δέ, post-posit. conj., dt, and. 
θυγάτηρ, rpds, ἡ, @ DAUGHTER. 
μέν, post-posit. particle, used to 
distinguish the word or clause 
with which it stands from 
something that is to follow, 
and commonly answered by 
δέ (see note Lesson XII.). 
μήτηρ, Teds, ἡ, @ MOTHER. 
μίσέω, plonow, Kk. τ. λ.. 
νέος, a, ov, NEW, young. 
γψεώτερος, a, ον; YOUNLEr. 
νύξ, νυκτός, 7, NIGHT. 
Elevohav, avros, 6, an Athenian, 
pupil of Sokrates, hero and 
author of the Anabasis. 
Παρύσατις, «os, 7, mother of 
Kuros the younger. 
πατήρ, Tpds, 6, @ FATHER. 
πρεσβύτερος, ἃ, ov, elder. 
byterian. 


hate. 


Pres- 


1 Four points may be noticed in the inflection of syncopated nouns : 

1. The ε of the stem is omitted in the gen. and the dat. sing., and 
the accent is put upon the case ending. 

2. Other cases retain ε and accent it. 

3. The voc. sing. of μήτηρ conforms to the rule (Less. XVII. 3). 
The voc. sing. of πατήρ, ἀνήρ, and θυγάτηρ is like the stem with reces- 


sive accent. 


4. The dat. plur. has pa instead of ep. 
’Avnp is like πατήρ, except that, where there is a case ending, ὃ 


takes the place of e. 


VOCABULARIES ‘TO LESSONS. 


169 


Lesson XXI. 


ἀνάγκη, ἡ; 2ecesstty. 

δοῦλος, 6, ὦ slave. 

ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, free, independent. 

Ἴωνες, of, one of the principal 
Hellenic tribes, often con- 
trasted with the Δωριεῖς. They 
settled Ἰωνία in Asia Minor. 
Colonists in that climate de- 
generated. The Athenians 
were lIonians ; the Spartans, 
Dorians. 

μάχομαι, μαχοῦμαι, ἐμαχεσάμην, 
μεμάχημαι, W. D., fight against. 

This verb is deponent (Lat. 

de-pono, /ay aside); i.e. it 
lays aside the forms of the 
active voice and uses the 
forms of the middle voice 
instead. 

νόμος, ὁ, Jaw. 

οὐ-δέ, adv., "οἱ even, neither. 


~ 


Lesson XXII. 


"Ἄρης, eos, 6, the god of war. 

γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, κ. T.X., be- 
come, be. 

“Ἑλληνικός, 7, ov, Hellenic. 

λείπω, λείψω, x. τ. λ., Leave, aban- 
don. E\-lipsis. 

μένω, μενῶ, κ. τ. λ., Slay, remain. 

ὅ-δε, ἥ-δε, τό-δε, dem. pron., ¢hzs, 
the following. In pred. pos. 

σῆμα, aros, τό, a grave, tomb. 

φείδομαι, φείσομαι, ἐφεισάμην, 
w. α., spare. 

χρήσιμος, 7, ov, useful, service- 
able. 


Lesson XXIII. 

ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, κ. τ. A., bring a 
message, announce. 

ἄγγελος, 6, 7, 4 messenger. 
Angel. 

ἀπο-θνήσκω, ἀπο-θανοῦμαι, x. τ. ἃ, 
die, be slain. 

γράμμα, ατος, τό, (γράφω), a char- 
acter, letter. Grammar. 

δεῖ (δέω), ΖΖ 25 mecessary. 

κακός, ἡ, dv, bad, base, cowardly. 
Caco-graphy. 

κωμῳδία, ἡ, comedy. 

λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, κ. τ. Χ., Lake, 
capture, recetve. 

τραγῳδία, ἡ, tragedy. 

Τύριοι, of, inhabitants of Tyre, 
Phoenicians, said to have in- 
vented the alphabet. 

φεύγω, φεύξομαι, κι τ. λ, flee, flee 
Jrom, retreat, avoid. 

ws, rel. adv., as, as though, 
procl. 


Lesson XXIV. 


βασιλεύς, ews, 6, a king. Basil- 
ica. 

γένος, eos, τό, yvace. Kind, kin. 

δύναμις, ews, 7, Power, a force for 
war, troops. Dynamite. 

*EAAds, ddos, ἡ, the country of 
the Hellenes, called Graecia 
by the Romans. 

ἐπεί, conj., when, since. 

μύριοι, at, a, fen thousand. 

ναῦς, νεώς, 7, @ Ship. Navy. 

πόλιν, adv., again, back. Palim- 
psest. 

πόλις, ews, ἡ, ὦ City, state. 


170 


GREEK PRIMER. 


πολεμέω, πολεμήσω, κ.τ.λ., W. D., 
be at war or go tv war with, 
make war. 

πορεία, ἡ, @ journey, march. 

πορεύω, πορεύσω, K.T.A., make to 
go, carry; pass. and mid. 
(convey one’s self), go, march. 

πῶς, interr. adv., HOW? 

συμ-πορεύομαι, συμ-πορεύσομαι, 

κιτ λ., W. D., Broceed or journey 
with. 

τελευτάω, τελευτήσω, κ. τ. A., Oring 
to an end, complete; die. 

Φρυγία, ἡ, a province in Asia 
Minor. 


Lesson XXV. 


del, adv., always. 

Bios, 6, 27... Bio-graphy. 

βραχύς, cia, v, short. 

εὖ, adv., well, luckily, happily. 
Eu-logy. 

ev-yevys, ἐς, (εὖ + γένος), well- 
born, noble. 

εὐδαίμων, ov, (δαίμων), fortunate. 

evSarpovew, εὐδαιμονήσω, prosper. 

ἡδύς, εἴα, ¥, SWEET, Pleasant. 

μακρός, a, ov, dong. 

μέλας, awa, av, black. 

παῖς, παιδός, 6, ἡ, boy, child. 

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, all, every. Pan- 
theism. 

προσ-μάχομαι, προσ-μαχοῦμαι, 
κιτιλ., W. D., fight against. 

τέλος. εος, τό, aN end, issue. 

τέχνη, ἡ, art, skill. Technical. 

χαρίεις, εσσα; ev, (χάρις), graceful, 
pleasing, lovely. 


Lesson XXVI. 
ἄνευ, prep. (never used in com- 
pos.), w. G., without. 


_ ϑένδρον, ro, or S€évBpos, eos, τό, a 


tree. 
els, pia, ἕν, one. 


| ἐκεῖνος, η, ο, that one, he, etc. 


ἑταῖρος, 6, @ companion, comrade. 

θάλασσα, ἡ, thesea. Attic writers 
commonly use -rr- in all words 
in place of -σσ- (θάλαττα). 

θαυμάζω, θαυμάσομαι, ἐθαύμασα, 
τεθαύμακα, ἐθαυμάσθην, wonder 
at, admire. 

The stem (θαυμαδ-) may be 

inferred from the fut. 

μείζων, ov, greater, masc. and 
fem. alike. 

ὀλίγος, n, ov, /ittle; pl., few. 
Olig-archy. 

ov8-els, οὐδε-μία, οὐδ-έν, 710 one, 
none. 

παρά, prep. w. G., from beside, 
from; W.D., by the side of, 
near, W.A., to, toward, con- 
trary to, in comparison with. 

πιστός, 7), Ov, (πείθω), trusty. 


| σύν, prep. w. D., with. 
| τέτταρες, a, FOUR. Tetr-arch. 


τρεῖς, τρία, THREE. Tri-cycle. 


Lesson XXVII. 


*Avaxpéwv, ovros, 6, a lyric poet 
and voluptuary who flourished 
in the time of Peisistratos. 

av, adv., again, moreover. 

αὔρα, ἡ, @ breeze. 

ἐθέλω, ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα. 
will, wish. Also θέλω, x. tA. 


VOCABULARIES TO LESSONS. 


171 


μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, great, large. 
MUCH. 

pol, pers. pron, of first pers., 
dat. sing., Zo me, encl. 

πίνω, πίομαι, πέπωκα, πέπομαι, 
ἐπόθην, 2 aor. ἔπιον, drink. 

πολύς, 7, v, much, pl. many. 
Poly-gon. 


Lesson XXVIII. 

ἄ-πᾶς, doa, av, strengthened form 
of πᾶς, gudte all. 

*Adpodirn, ἡ, the goddess of love. 

Εἰρήνη, ἡ, Peace. Irene. 

ἕκαστος, 7, ov, cach, every, pl., 
several, all. 

ἤ, COnj., ov, than. 

Ἥρα, 7, queen of the gods. 

θάνατος, 6, (θνήσκω), death. 

κοινός, ἡ, dv, Common. 

μετά, prep. w. G., with, in com- 
mon with, w. A., after. 

πρός, prep. w. G., 2 front of, 
from, w. D., near, in addt- 
tion to; w. A., to, toward, 
against. 

σοφός, 7, ὄν, wise. Sopho-more. 

σοφία, ἡ, (σοφός). wesdom. 

Σωκράτης, ους, et, 7, VOC. Σώκρατες, 
6, perhaps the greatest of un- 
inspired teachers. 


Irregular Comparatives. 


ἀγαθός βελτίων βέλτιστος 
ἀμείνων ἄριστος 
These refer to excellence, worth. 
Aristo-cracy. 
κρείσσων κράτιστος 


These refer to power. 


εὐδαίμων εὐδαιμονέστερος -TaTos 
κακός κακίων κάκιστος 
χείρων χείριστος 

ἥκιστα, adv., 

least of all. 
καλός καλλίων κάλλιστος 
ὀλίγος ἐλάσσων ὀλίγιστος, fewest. 
ἐλάχιστος, worst. 
πλεῖστος 


ἥσσων 


πολύς πλείων 
ern er tn 
paotos ρᾳων ρᾳστος 


Lesson XXX. 
ἵστημι, στήσω, κ. τ. λ., Set, sla- 
tion, pass., w. pf., plpf., and 
2 aor. act., STAND. 
οἰκέτης, 6, (οἶκος), α house-slave. 


Lesson XXXI. 

Sis, adv., (δύο), twece. 

ἑ-αυτοῦ, 7s, refl. pron. of third 
pers., gen. sing., of himself, 
herself, ttself. 

ἐγώ, pers. pron. of the first 
pers., ἢ 

εἰ, conj., tf; εἰ μή, unless. 

ép-avtov, ἧς, refl. pron. of first 
pers., gen. sing., of myself. 

μᾶλλον ἢ, more than. 

ξένος, 6, a guest friend, stranger. 

*Opovras, 6, a traitor to Kuros. 

οὗ, pers. pron. of third pers., 
gen. sing., of him, her, zt, encl. 

παρα-καλέω, παρα-καλῶ, K.T.A., 
summon. 

σε-αυτοῦ, 7s, refi. pron. of second 
pers., gen. sing., of yourself, 
thyself. 

ov, pers. pron. of second pers., 
you, THOU. 


172 


GREEK PRIMER. 


συγ-καλέω, συγ-καλῶ, κ. τ. λ., call 
together. 

συλ-λαμβάνω, συλ-λήψομαι, κ. τ.λ., 
Seize. 


Lesson XXXII. 


ἀπ-έδωκε, he granted, assigned, 

amo, prep. w. G., from, away 
JSrom, of time, place, or cause. 
OFF. 

ἀρετή, ἡ, 2oodness, virtue, valor. 

Ἴσθμιος, a, ov, of the isthmus ; Ὁ]. 
Ἴσθμια, τά, the [sthmian games. 

μέρος, eos, τό, ὦ fart, share. 

μέσος, 7, ov, MIDDLE. In pred. 
pos., mzddle of. 

Nepéa, ἡ, @ wooded arstrict be- 
tween Argos and Korinth. 
πράττω, (mpay-), πράξω, κ. τ. X., 

achieve, do, work. Practice. 
πρό, prep. w. G., before, in front 
of, FOR. Pro-gram. 
στέφανος, ὁ, 2 crown, wreath. 
στεφανόω, στεφανώσω, Crown. 
τοῦτο, 2125. 
τύχη, ἡ, chance, fortune. 
χρόνος, 6, ze. Chron-icle. 


Lesson XXXIITI. 


δίδωμι (δο-), δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, 
δέδομαι, ἐδόθην, give. 

Ζεύς, Διός, 6, Hellenic name for 
the supreme deity, “father ot 
gods and men.” 

ἡγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμην, ἥγη- 
μαι, (ἄγων, lead ; believe, think. 

Mavriveya, ἡ, a town in Arkadia. 


σοφώτατος, n, ov, (σοφός), wisest, 
very wise. 

τίθημι (Ge-), θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθεικα, 
τέθειμαι, ἐτέθην, put, place, es- 
tablish. DO. The-sis. 


Lesson XXXIV. 


ἀμφι-τίθημι (ἀμφί, prep., about), 
ἀμφι-θήσω, κ. τ.λ., Dut round; 
mid., put on. 

βουλή, ἡ, a plan, council. 

ἐγγύς, adv., w. G., near. 

εἶπον, εἰπών, εἰπεῖν, 2 aor. from 
an obsolete verb éra, speak, 
Say. 

The present tense of this 
verb is supplied usually by 
φημί. 

ἐλευθερία, ἡ, freedom, liberty. 

Λεονίδᾶς, 6, commander of the 
Spartans who fell at Ther- 
mopulai, opposing the hosts 
of Xerxes. 

πάρ-ειμι (εἰμί), de near, present. 

τάφος, 6, α tomb, grave. Epi- 
taph. 

τὶς, τὶ, indef. pron., ome, any one, 
some one, encl. 

This pronoun often an- 
swers merely to our indef. 
art., ας, an. 

φημί (pa-), φήσω, I aor. ἔφησα, 
2 aor. ἔφην, say, speak, tell. 

The pres. indic. of this verb 
is enclitic except in the sec- 
ond pers. sing., φής. ἐρῶ is 
used for fut., always foll. by 
infinitive. 


VOCABULARIES TO LESSONS. 


173 


Lesson XXXV. 
ἀλλήλων (ἄλλος), reciprocal pron., 


gen. pl., of one another, each | 


other. Par-allel. 

This pronoun is formed 
from the stem of ἄλλος, com- 
pounded with itself. 

ἄλλος, 7, 0, another, other. ELSE. 

ἀπο-τίθημι, ἀπο- θήσω, κ. τ. A., Put 
ἄεσαγ, middle, put off, lay 
aside. 

βασίλειον, τό, (βασιλεύς), a@ royal 
structure, pl., a palace. 

δια-τελέω, (τέλος), δια-τελῶ, κ- τ. Δ.» 
bring quite to an end; con- 
tinue doing, w. supplement. 
partic. Stem adds @ in pf. 
mid. and aor. pass. 

ἐμός, ἡ, ov, (€u-), possess. pron. 
of first pers., mzy, mine. 

ἐπι-τίθημι, ἐπι- θήσω, x«.T.d., lay 
or put upon; middle, put 
upon one’s self, put on. Epi- 
thet. 

ἥκω, ἥξω, (def.), have come, be 
present. 

ἡμέτερος, a, ov, (ἧμε-), POSsess. 
pron. of first pers., our, ours. 

προσ-τίθημι, προσ-θήσω, κ. τ. X., 
put to, apply, add. 

σός, 7, ov, (σε-), possess. pron. of 
second pers., thy, thine. 

ὑμέτερος, ἃ, ov, (με-), possess. 
pron. of second pers., your, 
yours. 

This vocabulary contains 
the possessive pronouns. It 
should be noted that these 
forms are built upon the 


stems of the personal pro- 
nouns. The gen. of a per- 
sonal pron. is often used in- 
stead of a possessive. 


Lesson XXXVI. 
ἔρχομαι (ἐρχ-, €AG-, ἐλυθ-), (ἐλεύ- 
copa), 2 aor. ἦλθον, 2 pf. ἐλή- 
Ava, go, come. 

The fut., ἐλεύσομαι, is sup- 
plied, in Att. prose, usually 
by the pres. εἶμι, go, which is 
used in a future sense. 

ῥίπτω (ῥιφ), ῥίψω, ἔρριψα, ἔρριφα, 
ἔρριμμαι, ἐρρίφθην, throw, hurl. 
στέλλω (στελ-), στελῶ, ἔστειλα, 


ἔσταλκα, ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλην, 
— send. 
Tarte (ray-), τάξω, ἔταξα, τέταχα, 
τέταγμαι, ἐτάχθην, arrange, 
marshal, 


φαίνω (φαν-), φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέ- 
φαγκα, πέφασμαι, ἐφάνην, show , 
middle and passive, appear. 
Phenomenon. 


Lesson XXXVII. 
ἀκούω (ἀκου-), ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 
ἀκήκοα, ἠκούσθην, hear, w. A., 
w. A. and G. hear a thing 
from a person, and w. G. 
Acoustics. 

The pf. ἀκ-ήκ-οα, is an ex- 
ample of what is called the 
“ Attic reduplication.”—Some 
verbs, beginning in a-, e-, or o- 
followed by a single conso- 
nant, prefix the first two let- 
ters, and lengthen the vowel 


174 


GREEK PRIMER. 


of the second syllable ; -v- of 
the stem of ἀκούω is dropped 
in the perfect. 

ἀφ-ίστημι (ἀπό + ora-), ἀπο-στήσω, 

"1 aor. ἀπ-έστησα, 2 aor. ἀπ- 

“ἔστην, ἀφ-έστηκα, ἀφ-έσταμαι, 

ἀπ-εστάθην, put away, re- 
move ; intr. in pass. together 
with pf., plpf. and 2 aor. act. 
ἀπ-έστην, stand off or aloof 
Srom, revolt. 

βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, 
ἐβουλήθην, well, wish, express- 
ing wzllingness to do a thing, 
while ἐθέλω (Lesson XXVII.) 
expresses a Positive wish, im- 
plying purpose or design. 

γιγνώσκω (yvo-), γνώσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔγνων, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώ- 
σθην, perceive, KNOW. 


Lesson XXXVIII. 


ἀπο-κτείνω (κτεν-, KTa-), ἀπο- 
κτενῶ, I ΔΟΓ. ἀπ-έκτεινα, 2 aor. 
ἀπ-έκτανον, 2 pf. ἀπ-έκτονα, kill, 
put todeath. Pass. ἀποθνήσκω. 

δεξιός, G, dv, on the right hand or 
side ; ἡ δεξιά (χείρ understood), 
the right hand, ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the 
right. 

ἐντεῦθεν (ἐν, ἔνθα), adv., hence or 
thence, thereupon. 

ἐξελαύνω (ἐκ, ἐλαύνω), ἐξ-ελῶ, 
-naca, -ελήλακα, -ελήλαμαι,-ηλά- 
θην, drive out, lead out an 
army, march. 

ἐπ-αινέω, ἐπ-αινέσομαι, ἐπ-ήνεσα, 
ἐπ-ἤνεκα, επ-ηνέθην, 27 αἴϑ6, COM- 
mend, 


ἔρημος, n, ov, also os, ov, lonely, 
deserted; ἐρήμους σταθμοὺς 
πέντε, five stathmot through a 
desert. — 

εὖρος, cos, τό, width, breadth ; 
“acc. of specification,” zz 
breadth. 

κρίνω (kpw-), κρινῶ, ἔκρῖνα, κέ- 
κρικα, κέκριμαι, ἐκρίθην, (sepa- 
rate, choose), decide, judge. 

πέντε, οἱ, ai, τά, indecl., five. 

πλέθρον, τό, a measure of length, 
a plethron, being 100 Greek 
or 101 English feet, the sixth 
part of a stadion. 

σταθμός, ὁ, (ἴστημι, ora-), a stand- 
ing place, station; a day’s 
Journey, march. 

τριάκοντα, of, ai, τά, (τρεῖς), indecl., 
thirty. 


Lesson XXXIX, 


ἄξιος, a, ov, worthy. 

ἀξιόω (ἄξιος), ἀξιώσω, ἠξίωσα, 
ἠξίωκα, think or deem worthy 
of a thing, shink fit, ask, 
claim, demand. 

daropéw, ἀπορήσω, κ. τ. Δ., de 
without resource; w. D., be 
at a loss or in doubt because 
of something. 

βασιλικός, ἡ, dv, fit to be a king, 
royal. Basilica. 

εὐθύς, εἶα, v, Straight, plain, 
honest; εὐθύς or εὐθύ, adv., 
straightway, at once. 

ἱκανός, 1), dv, sufficient; of per- 
sons, competent, able. 


VOCABULARIES TO LESSONS. 


175 


ἱππεύς, €ws, 6, (ἵππος), a rider, 
horseman ; pl., cavalry. 

Μένων, wvos, 6,a Thessalian com- 
mander in the army of Kuros 
the younger; 
(στρατιώτας understood), the 
soldiers of Menon. 

παρ-αγγέλλω, παρ-αγγελῶ, κ. T.A., 
give the word, give orders, 
command, exhort. 


πεντήκοντα, indecl., Z/ty. 


τοὺς Μένωνος 


Lesson XL. 


᾿Αγάθων, wvos, 6, an Athenian 
poet. 

ἄρχω, ἄρξω, x. τ. r., degin, lead, 
rule, govern ; ἄρχων, ovtos, ὃ; 
a ruler, captain, king. 

δεύτερος, a, ov, second ; δεύτερον, 
adv., secondly, in the second 
place. Deutero-nomy. 


ἡγέομαι, (ἄγω), ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησά- 


] 


μὴν, ἥγημαι, lead, conduct, 
think. 

κατά, prep. w. G., down from, 
against; ow. A. down, 
through, according to. 

οἷος, a, ov, of what or which sort, 
such as, as, with the addi- 
tion of re it acquires a new 
meaning : 

olds τε, (such as to), able. 

οἷόν re, Possible. 

Ὅμηρος, 6, the father of Epic 
poetry, to whom are ascribed 
the Iliad and the Odyssey. 

Σπαρτιάτης, 6, a Spartan, mem- 
ber of the dominant race in 


Peloponnésos. 
τέ, a copulat. conj. and, encl. ; 
τὲ. .. TeéOrre ... καί, both 


. and; as, ἵπποι τε καὶ 
ἅρματα. 
τρίτος, η, ov, third; τρίτον, adv., 
thirdly, in the third place. 


USE OF THE VOCABULARY. 


THE Greek-English vocabulary contains the 665 most important 
Greek words (see Preface). It is to be used in preparing the 
exercises of the Primer, and mastered from beginning to end. 
The ambitious student will soon acquire a passion for learning 
Greek words. When he has found a word in the vocabulary he 
will glance up and down the column at its neighbors, noting 
derivations — not all are indicated — and fixing both forms and 
constructions. It will not be uninteresting or unprofitable to 
read the vocabularies through, a column at a time. 


PROPER NAMES. 


Perfect consistency is not the most important matter in the 
treatment of proper names. It is a decided advantage to a student 
struggling with the difficulties of pronunciation to be able to deal 
with proper names exactly as with other words. We have encour- 
aged this practice by transliterating the names, representing and 
ἡ by 6 and δ. 

Teachers who prefer the traditional method of Latinizing Greek 
names can easily supply the rules for that process. 


GENERAL VOCABULARIES 


I. 


A 


ἀ or ἀν-, a prefix called alpha 
privative, like English uzx-, 
which reverses the meaning 
of a word. 

᾿Αβροκόμας, 6, a Persian, sent 
with an army to oppose Kuros. 

ἀγαθός, 7, dv, good, brave, virtu- 
ous. 

᾿Αγάθων, wvos, 6, an Athenian 
tragic poet, a friend of Euri- 
pides and Plato. 

᾿Αγαμέμνων, ovos, 6, brother of 
Menelaos, general of the 
Greeks in the siege of Troy. 

ἄγγελος, ἧ:. 4 messenger. 
Angel. . 

ἀγγέλλω, (ayyeA-), ἀγγελῶ, Hy- 
γείλα, ἤγγελκα, ἤγγελμαι. ny- 
γέλθην, bring a message, an- 
nounce. 

᾿Αγησίλαος, ὁ, ἾΑ γις, dos; famous 
kings of Sparta. 

ἀγορά, ἡ. an assembly, market- 
place. 

ἀγρός, ὁ, a field. ACRE. 

ἄγω, ἄξω. aor. ἦξα, 2 aor. 
ἤγαγον, ἦχα, ἦγμαι, ἤχθην, lead ; 
ἄγω καὶ φέρω, Plunder, ravage. 

ἀγών, ὥνος, 6, an assembly, con- 
test, game. Agony. 


ε 
ο: 


12 


GREEK-ENGLISH 


᾿Αδείμαντος, 6, the commander 
of the Corinthian fleet when 
Xerxes invaded Greece, 480 
B. C., opposed the advice of 
Themistokles to give battle 
to the Persians. 

ἀδελφός, ὁ, (voc. ἄδελφε), 
brother. Phil-adelphia. 

ἀ δικέω (ἄ-δικος), ἀ-δικήσω, kK. τ. X., 
do wrong, wrong, injure. 

ἄδικος, ov, (a priv. + δίκη), u7- 
just, unrighteous. 

ἀδύνατος, ov, (a priv. + δύναμαι), 

, Lowerless, impossible. 

act, adv., a/ways. 

ἁ θάνατος, ov, (a priv. + θάνατος), 
undying, tmmortal. 

᾿Αθῆναι, αἱ, Athens. 

᾿Αθηναῖος, a, ov, Athenian. 

᾿Αθήνη, ἡ, the great goddess of 
wisdom and war, born from 
the head of Zeus. 

᾿Αθήνησιν, at Athens. 

ἀθλητής, ὁ, az athlete. 

ἀθροίζω, ἀθροίσω, k. τ. r., bring to- 
gether, assemble, collect. 

"A®as, w, 6, a dangerous promon- 
tory. Xerxes dug a canal to 
save his ships from passing. 

Αἴγυπτος, ἡ, N.E. part of Africa. 

ἽὝΑιδης, 6, the god of the lower, 
unseen, world. 


a 


αἱρέω 


178 ἀνίστημι 


αἱρέω (ἑλ-), αἱρήσω, 2 aor. εἷλον, 
ἥρηκα, ἥρημαι, ἡρέθην, take, 
setze; mid., choose, prefer. 
Heresy. 

αἰσθάνομαι (aicd-), αἰσθήσομαι, 
2 aor. ἠσθόμην, ἤσθημαι, 247- 
ceive by the senses, learn, hear. 
Aesthetics. 

Αἰσχύλος, 6, earliest of the great 
tragedians, author of the Pro- 
métheus, Persai, etc. He 
fought at Marathon. 

αἰσχύνω, αἰσχυνῶ, ἤσχῦνα, ἤσχυγ- 
κα, noxvvOny, mar, dishonor , 
pass., de ashamed, feel shame. 

alréw, airnow, x. T.A., ask 707, de- 
mand, w. two accusatives, 
ask a person 207 a thing. 

αὔτιος, a, ον, Causing, causing tll, 
guilty, 

ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, ἀκήκοα, 
ἠκουσθην, νν. .G. of person, A. 
of thing, hear, heed. Acous- 
tics. 

ἀκρό-πολις, ews, ἡ, (ἄκρος, at the 
top, πόλις), the upper city, 
citadel. 

᾿Αλέξανδρος, 6, the conqueror of 
the world, died 323 B.C. 

ἁλίσκομαι (dA-, ddo-), ἁλώσομαι, 
2 aor. ἥλων or ἑάλων, ἥλωκα 
or ἑάλωκα. a defect. verb of 
pass. meaning (the act. is 
supplied by aipéw), be taken, 
conquered, captured. 

ἀλλά, conj., neut. pl. of ἄλλος 
with change of accent, other- 
wise, but, yet. 

ἀλλήλων, (ἄλλος), recip. pron., 
gen. pl. without nom., of ome 
another. WPar-allel. 

ἄλλος. n, 0, another, other. ELSE. 


ἄλλως, adv., (ἄλλος), 72 another 
way, otherwise. 

ἅμα, adv., at once, at the same time 
with; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at daybreak. 

dp-afa, 1, (ἄγω), a carriage, 
wagon. 

ἁμαρτάνω (duapr-), ἁμαρτήσομαι. 
I aor. ἡμάρτησα, 2 aor. ἥμαρτον. 
ἡμάρτηκα, ἡμάρτημαι, ἡμαρτήθην. 
7}ατέ, err; w. (ᾳ., miss. 

ἀμ-βροσία, ἡ, the food of the gods, 
ambrosia. 

ἀμείνων, ον, 
ἀγαθός. 

ἀμέλεια, ἡ, Aeedlessness, neglect. 

᾿Αμερική, 7, the western conti- 
nent, 

ἀμφί, prep. w. G., about, con- 
cerning; w. A., around. 
Amphi-theatre. 

ἀμφι-τίθημι, Dut around; mid., 
put on. 

ἀμφότερος, a, ov, doth. 

ava, prep. w. A., up; 
κράτος, at full speed. 

ἀνα-βαίνω go up (from the coast). 

ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, know accurately, 
read. 

ἀναγκάζω (ἀνάγκη), ἀναγκάσω. 
κι τ. λ., compel. 

ἀναγκαῖος, ἃ, ον, 7166 5547. 

ἀνάγκη, 7), 2ecessity. 

᾿Ανακρέων, ovros, the bard of Teos. 

dvev, prep. (never used in com- 
pos.), w. G., without. 

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, 6, @ man, as dis- 
tinguished from a woman; a 
man indeed. 

ἄνθρωπος, ὁ, a man, Person, hu- 
man being, Phil-anthropy. 

ἀν-ίστημι, se¢ up; pass., w. pf., 
plpf., and 2 aor. act., 77se. 


better, comp. of 


\ 
ava 


ἀνταγωνιστής 


119 


ἀρχαῖος 


ἀντ-αγωνιστής, 6, az opponent, 
ant-agonist. 

ἀντί, prep. w. G., 2 place of, for. 

ἀντι-φυλάττω, guard against. 

ἀνώγεων, w, τό, @ hall. 

ἄξιος, a, ov, of like value, worthy ; 
ἄξιος ἄρχειν, worthy to rule. 

ἀξιόω, deem worthy ; ask, claim, 
demand. 

ἀπ-αγγέλλω, bring back word, 
report. 

ἅ πᾶς, doa, av, (ἅμα -ἰ πᾶς), gute 
all, all together. 

ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι), go away. 

ἀπ-έρχομαι, go away. 

ἀπ-έχω, hold off; intr., be distant ; 
mid., w. G., refrain from. 

ἀπό, prep. w. G., away from, 
Jrom. OFF. 

ἀπο-δείκνυμι (δεικ-), -δείξω, -ἐδειξα, 
-δέδειχα, -δέδειγμαι, -εδείχθην, 
point out, show, publish, ap- 
point. 

ἀπο-δίδωμι, o7ve back, restore. 

ἀπο-θνήσκω. die off, be slain. 

dar-ouKid, ἡ (οἶκος), a colony. 

ἀπο-κρίνομαι, answer, reply. 

ἀπο-κτείνω, £21 off, put to death. 

Gar-OAADp. (GA-), -ολῶ, -ὠώλεσα, 
I pf. -ολώλεκα, 2 pf. -όλωλα, 2 
aor. mid., -wAdunv, destroy ut- 
terly, lose ; mid., perish. 

᾿Απόλλων, wvos, 6, the god of 
prophecy and music. 

ἀπο-πέμπω, sed away. 

ἀπορέω (d-mopos), be at a loss; 
w. D., be perplexed at; w.G. 
lack. 

ἀπορία, ἡ, (d-mopos), perplexity. 

ἄπορος, ov, (a priv. + πόρος, a 
way or means), without re- 
source or means, difficult. 


ἀπό-στολος, ὁ, (ἀπό + στέλλω), ὦ 
messenger, apostle. 

ἀπο-τίθημι, Dut away, lay aside. 

ὁπο-τυγχάνω, w. G., fail to hit ; 
fail. 

dpa, interr. particle, preposit., is 
not translated in a direct ques- 
tion. 

ἀργύριον, τό, a piece of silver, 
money. 

ἀρετή, ἡ, Virtue, courage. 

"Apys, eos, 6, the god of war. 

᾿Αριστείδης, 6, a patriotic Athe- 
nian, surnamed “the just,” 
through whose influence the 
Athenian confederacy was 
formed, 477 B.C.,at the close 
of the Persian war. 

᾿Αριστογείτων, ovos, 6, the asso- 
ciate of Harmodios. 

ἄριστος, 7, ov, best, bravest. Sup. 
of ἀγαθός. Aristo-cracy. 

᾿Αριστοτέλης, ovs, 6, the teacher 
of Alexander the Great, was 
the first great systematic 
thinker, and laid the founda- 
tions of both physics and 
metaphysics. 

ἅρμα, aros, τό. a chariot. 

“Appodtos, ὁ, the youth who, for 
a personal slight, assassinated 
the Athenian τύραννος Hip- 
parchos. Harmodios. was 
slain on the spot, and came 
to be regarded as a martyr to 
liberty. 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, 6, king of Persia. 

"Aprepis, «os, 7, a goddess 
famed in hunting, had a great 
temple at Ephesos. (Diana.) 

ἀρχαῖος, a, ov, original, old, 
archaic. 


ἀρχή 


180 


γένος 


ἀρχή, ἡ, Jeginning; authority, 
government. 

᾿Αρχίλοχος, ὁ, an early lyric poet. 
He was ranked with Homer, 
but only fragments of his 
songs remain. 

dpxw, ἄρξω, ἦρξα. ἦρχα, ἦργμαι, 
ἤρχθην, begin, be first; w. G., 
rule, command. 

ἄρχων, ovros, ὁ, a ruler; οἱ apxov- 
res, the nine chief magistrates 
at Athens. 

᾿Ασία, 7, a grand division of the 
eastern hemisphere. 

ἀσπίς, idos, ἡ, α shield. 

ἀσφαλής, ἐς, “οὐ to be tripped, 
jirm, secure, 

ἀτμό-πλοιον, τό, @ steamboat. 

av, adv., again, on the other 
hand. 

αὖθις, adv., again, back, back 
again. 

αὔρα, ἡ, @ breeze. 

αὔριον, adv., fo-orrow. 

ἀυτό-νομος, ov, Zudependent. 

αὐτός. ἡ, 6, inattr. pos., same, in 
pred. pos., se/f. Used as pron. 
of third person. except in nom. 

ἀφ-αιρέω, Zake away ; mid., rod. 

ἀφ-ίημι, send away, release. 

ἀφ-ικνέομαι (ἀπό + ix-), -ίξομαι, 
-τἰκόμην, -ἴγμαι, arrive; Ww. εἰς 
and A., arrive at. 

ἀφ-ίστημι, remove; pass., with 
pf., plpf., and 2 aor. act., stand 
off; revolt. 

‘Adpodtrn, ἡ, the goddess of love. 

‘Ayavol, oi, the name of a tribe 
of the Hellenes, extended by 
Homer to include the race. 

᾿Αχιλλεύς, éws, 6, the hero of the 
Iliad. 


B 


Βαβυλών, vos, ἡ, a great city on 
the Euphrates. 

βαίνω. (Ba-, Bav-), βήσομαι, 1 aor. 
ἔβησα. 2 aor. ἔβην, βέβηκα, βέ- 
βαμαι, ἐβάθην, ρο." 

βάλλω, βαλῶ, ἔβαλον, βέβληκα, 
βέβλημαι, ἐβλήθην, throw. 

βάρβαρος, ον, foreign, 
FHlellenic. Barbaric. 

βασίλειος, ov, or ἃ, ov, kingly, 
royal; βασίλειον, τό, Or βασί- 
λεια, τά, @ Palace, 

βασιλεύς, €ws, ὁ, a king. Basil 

βασιλικός, ἡ, dv, fit to be a king, 
royal. 

βελτίων, ον, 
αγαθός. 

βιβλίον, τό, a book. Bible. 

Bios, ὁ, life, a living. Bio- 
graphy. 

βλάπτω. βλάψω, ἔβλαψα. βέβλαφα. 
βέβλαμμαι, ἐβλάβην. 27172476. 

βουλεύω, 2 ζαϑ:,; mid., deliberate. 

βουλή, ἡ, @ plan, counsel. 

βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι. ἐβουλήθην. 
βεβούλημαι., well, wish, be will- 
ing, weaker than ἐθέλω, which 
expresses a fositive wish. 

βραχύς, εἴα, v, short. 

Bperavia, ἡ, England. 


721072- 


better, comp. of 


Me 


γάρ, post-posit. causal conj., 707. 
καὶ yap, Lat. efenim, implying 
an ellipsis, azd (this zs, or 
was, the case) for —. 

γέ, post-posit. particle, at east, 
encl., 


γένος, cos, τό, ace. Kind, kin, 


γέφυρα 


181 


διδάσκαλος 


γέφῦρα, 7, a bridge. 

yew-ypadla, ἡ, geography. 

Γεώργιος, 6, George. ; 

γῆν 7, (contr.- for yéa), earth, 
land. Geo-graphy. 

γή Aodos, 6, ὦ Hill. 

γίγνομαι (yev-), γενήσομαι, 2 aor. 


ἐγενόμην, γέγονα, γεγένημαι, 
become, occur, prove one’s 
self. 


γιγνώσκω (yvo-), γνώσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔγνων, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώ- 
σθην, KNOW. 

γλῶσσα, ἡ, the tongue ; language. 
Glossary. 

γνώμη, ἡ, (γιγνώσκω), judgment, 
opinion, knowledge. 

γράμμα, aros, τό (γράφω), a writ- 
ten character, letter. Gram- 
mar. 

γραμματικός, 7, ov, erammatical ; 
ἡ γραμματική, grammar. 

γράφω, γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραφα, 

_ γέγραμμαι, ἐγράφην, GRAVE, 
write, Graphic. 

γυμνάσιον, τό, a place for bodily 
exercise. 

γυνή, γυναικός. ἡ, @ woman, wife. 


A 


δαίμων, ovos, 6, 7, a Spirit, god, 
Jortune. Demon. 

Δᾶρεῖος, ὁ, the name of several 
kings of Persia. 

δέ, post-posit. conj., but, and. 

δεινός, ἡ, dv, fearful, powerful, 
skilful, 

δέκα, of, αἱ, τά, indecl., Zen. 

δέκατος. η, ov, (Séxa), fenth. 

Δελφοί, seat of the Oracle. 


δένδρον or δένδρος, cos, τό, 2 TREE. 
Rhodo-dendron. 

δεξιός, a, dv, on the right hand ; 
δεξιά, ἡ, (χείρ understood), a 
right hand, a pledge; ἐπὶ 
δεξιᾷ, on the right. 

δεσπότης, ὁ, α master. Despot. 

δεύτερος, a, ον, (δύο), second. 

ϑέχομαι, recezve, accept; await 
the attack of. 

δέω, δεήσω, x. τ. Δ.) want, δεῖ, 
impers., 22 7s mecessary, one 
ought; mid., stand in need of, 
want, beg. Passive deponent. 

δή, post-posit. intens. particle, 
now then, now, accordingly. 

Δῆλος, ἡ, isle of Apollo. 

δῆλος, n, ov, clear, plain. 

δηλόω, make clear. 

δημο-κρατία, 7, (κράτος), a de- 
mo-cracy. 

δήμος, ὁ, a district; the people, 
populace. Deme. 

Δημοσθένης, ovs, 6, the Athenian 
orator and statesman who 
strove to arouse the Hellenes 
against the encroachments of 
Philip of Makedonia. 

Ala, acc. of Ζεύς, Διός, 6. 

διά, prep. w. G., through, w. Α.. 
on account of. 

διαβαίνω, cross over. 

δια-πράττω, work through, ac- 
complish. 

δια-τελέω, -τελέσχω ΟΥ -ττελῶ, 
-ετέλεσα, κ. τ. λ., Continue, with 
suppl. partic. 

Sia-hepw, differ; w. G., differ 
Srom. 

διδασκαλεῖον, τό, (διδάσκω), ὦ 
school-house. } 

διδάσκαλος, 6, (διδάσκω), a teacher. 


διδάσκω 


182 


εἶτα 


διδάσκω (διδαχ-), διδάξω, ἐδίδαξα, 
δεδίδαχα, δεδίδαγμαι, ἐδιδάχθην, 
teach. Didactic. 

δίδωμι (δο-), δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, 
δέδομαι, ἐδόθην, give. 

δίκαιος, a, ον, (δίκη), just, right- 
cous. 

δίκη, ἡ. justice; penalty. 

Διονύσιος, a, ov, of Didnusos. 

Avoviros, 6, the god of wine, 
Bakchos. 

δίς, adv., (δύο), Zwece. 

δισ-χίλιοι, ar, a, fwo thousand. 

διώκω, διώξω or διώξομαι, ἐδίωξα, 
δεδίωχα, ἐδιώχθην, Pursue, 
chase, prosecute. 

δοκέω (δοκ-), δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογ- 
μαι, ἐδόχθην, think, suppose ; 
intr., seem, appear; δοκεῖ, zt 
seems good. 

δόρυ, δόρατος, τό, the stem of a 
tree; a spear-shaft, spear. 

δοῦλος, 6, α Slave. 

δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, ἐδυνήθην, 
δεδύνημαι, be able, capable, 
strong enough. 

δύναμις, ews, 7, (δύναμαι), strength, 
ability, a force for war, 
forces. Dynamite. 

δυνατός, ἡ, ov, (δύναμαι), strong, 
powerful, able. 

δύο, τώ, TWO. Dual. 

δύω, Sivw, or δύομαι, δύσομαι, 
2 aor. act. ἔδῦν, δέδῦκα, 671- 
ter, put on a garment; set, 
of the sun; δύω, δύσω, ἔδῦσα; 
causal, make to sink, tm- 
merse. 

Δωριεῖς, έων, of, the name of an 
Hellenic tribe to which the 
Spartans belonged. 

δῶρον, ro, a gift. Donate. 


E 


ἐάν, conj., (εἰ + ἄν), w. subjv., 7 

ἑ-αυτοῦ, ἧς, refl. pron. of third 
pers., gen. sing., of himself, 
herself, ttself. 

édw, ἐάσω, εἴᾶσα, εἴᾶκα, εἴαᾶμαι, 
εἰαθην, allow, let go or alone. 

ἑβδομήκοντα, indecl., seventy. 

ἐγγύς, adv. w. G., ear. 

ἐγώ, pers. pron. of first pers., Z. 
Egotism. 

ἐθέλω, sometimes θέλω, ἐθελήσω, 
ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα, wish, desire, 
implying more Purpose than 
βούλομαι. 

εἰ, Conj., 74 procl.; εἰ μή, unless; 
εἰ γάρ, or εἴθε, would that. 

εἶδον, ἰδεῖν, ἰδών, 2 aor. ind., infin. 
and partic. of an obsolete pres. 
εἴδω, supplied in the pres. by 
ὁράω, 566. 

εἴ-θε, interj., Ο that, would that / 

εἰκός, dros, τό, a neut. partic., 
likely, probable; εἰκός ἐστιν, 
zt is likely. 

εἴκοσι, οἱ, ai, ra, indecl., ¢wenty. 

εἷλον, ἑλεῖν, ἑλών, 2 aor. ind., infin. 
and partic. of aipéw, take, seize. 

εἰμί (ἐσ-), ἔσομαι, impf. ἦν, de. 
The pres. ind. is encl. except 
in the second pers. sing. εἶ 

εἶμι, imperf. Hew or ἦα, go. 

εἶπον, εἰπεῖν, εἰπών, 2 aor. of an 
obsolete pres. ἔπω, supplied 
in the pres. by φημί, say. 

εἰρήνη, ἡ, Peace. Irene. 

els or és, prep. w. A., 0, info, 
against, procl. 

els, μία, ἕν, 0716. 

εἴσω, adv., (εἰς), within. 

εἶτα, adv., then, thereupon, next. 


εἴτε 


188 


ἐπίσταμαι 


εἴ-τε, CONj.; εἴτε... εἴτε, ε11}.67 
«nares 

ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. w. G., 
out of, from, procl. 

ἕκαστος, η, ov, cach, every; pl., 
severally, all. 

ἐκ- βάλλω, cast out, banish. 

ἐκεῖνος, 7, ο, dem. pron., ¢hat. 

ἐκκλησία, ἡ, assembly; church. 
Ecclesiastic. 

ἐκ- πέμπω, send forth. 

ἑκών, odoa, ov, willing. 

ἐλάττων, ov, smaller, comp. of 
ὀλίγος. 

ἐλαύνω (ἐλα-), ἐλῶ, ἤλασα, ἐλή- 
λακα, ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην, drive ; 
vide, march. . 

ἐλάχιστος, 7, ov, fewest, worst, 
sup. of ὀλίγος. 

ἐλευθερία, ἡ, freedom, liberty. 

ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, Sree. 

ἐλεφάντινος, 7, ov, Of Zvory, tvOry. 

Ἑλικών, dvos, ὁ, mt. range in Hel- 
las, frequented by the Muses. 

‘EAAds, ados, ἡ, the land of the 
Hellenes. 

Ἕλλην, nvos, 6, son of Deucalion. 

The name was extended to 

his descendants, the Ἕλληνες. 

Ἑλληνίζω, iow, imitate the Hel- 


lenes, speak Greek; of an ex- | 


pression, “Ἑλληνίζει, 7¢ ἐς good 
Flellenic. 
Ἑιληνικός, 7, ov, Hellenic. 
Ἑλλησ-ποντος, ὁ, the Hellespont. 
ἐλπίς, Sos, ἡ, ope. 
éu-avtod, 7s, refl. pron. of first 
pers., gen. sing., of myself. 
ἐμ-ός, 7, dv, possess. pron. of first 
pers., my, mine. 
ἐμ-πόριον, τό, α mart, emporium. 
ἐν, prep. w. D., 2m, among, procl. 


évexa, prep. (never used in com- 
pos.), w. G., o2 account of. 

ἔνθα, adv., (ἐν), there, where. 

ἐνθά-δε, adv., (ἐν, ἔνθα), here, 
hither. 

ἐν-θυμέομαι (θυμός), pass. dep., 
have in mind, w. G., think 
deeply of. 

ἐν-νοέω (νόος), often as pass. dep., 
have tn mind, be apprehensive. 

ἐν-ταῦθα, adv., there, then. 

ἐν-τεῦθεν, adv., thence, thereupon. 

ἐξ-απατάω, decezve. 

ἐξ-ελαύνω, expel, 
march. 

ἔξ-εστι, 22 2s possible. 

ἔξω, adv., (ἐκ), outside. Exotic. 

ἐπ-αινέω, Praise, commend. 1 

᾿Επαμεινώνδας, 6, the Theban 
general who revolutionized 
the art of war, and made his 
city supreme in Hellas. 

ἐπεί, Conj., when, since. 

ἐπειδ-άν, COnj., (ἐπειδή + ἄν), w. 
subjv., when, whenever. 

ἐπειδή, CONj., when. 

ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), de upon or over. 

ἔπ-ειτα, adv., thereupon, there- 
after. 

ἐπί, prep. w. G., on, w. D., on, 
in the power of ; νυ. A., to, for, 
against. 

ἐπι-βουλεύω, νυ. D., Alot against. 

ἐπι-δείκνυμι, exhibit, show. 

ἐπι-θυμέω (θυμός), set one’s heart 
upon, desire. 

ἐπι-μελέομαι, pass. dep., w. G., 
care for, attend to. 

ἐπι-ορκέω (ὅρκος), break an oath. 

ἐπ-ίσταμαι, ἐπιστήσομαι, ἠπιστή- 
θην, understand, know, know 
how. 


vide forth, 


1 ἐπαινέω, -dow, ἐπήνεσα ἐπήνεκο, ἐπήνημαι, ἐπῃνέθην. 


ἐπιστολή 


184 


ἡγεμών 


ἐπι-στολή, ἡ, (στέλλω), av epistle. 
ἐπιτήδειος, ἃ, ον, suitable; pl., 
ἐπιτήδεια, τά, φγου510715. 
ἐπι-τίθημι, Aut upon, mid., throw 
one’s self upon, attack. Epi- 
thet. 
ἐπι-χειρέω (χείρ), Put hand to, 
try, attempt. 
ἕπομαι, ἕψομαι, ἑσπόμην, w. D., 
follow. 
ἑπτά, oi, ai, τά, indecl., SEVEN. 
Hept-archy. 
ἔργον, τό, WORK, deed, fact. 
ἔρημος, ἡ, ov, or os, ov, lonely, 
deserted, unprotected. 
‘Epps, 6, the divine messenger. 
ἔρομαι, ἐρήσομαι, ἠρόμην, ask, in- 
gutre. 
ἔρχομαι (epy-, ἐλυθ-, ἐλθ-), ἐλεύ- 
σομαι (Att. εἶμι), ἦλθον, ἐλή- 
λυθα, come, go. 
ἐρῶ. fut. for φήσω, shall say. 
ἐρωτάω, inguire, ask, question. 
ἑταῖρος, 6, α companion, comrade. 
ἕτερος, a, ov, the OTHER, one of 
two. 
ἔτι, adv., “2212, yet, longer. 
ἔτος, εος; TO, @ year. 
ev, adv., well, Eu-logy. 
εὐ-γενής, és, well-born, noble. 
εὐ-δαιμονία, ἡ, happiness. 
εὐ-δαίμων, ον, (δαίμων, fortune), 
Sortunate, happy, -μονέω. 
εὐθύς, cia, v, straight; εὐθύς or 
εὐθύ, adv., straighiway, at once. 
εὑρίσκω (εὗρ-), εὑρήσω, 2. aor. 
εὗρον, εὕρηκα, εὕρημαι, εὑρέθην, 
jind. Eureka. 
εὖρος, eos, τό, breadth, width. 
Evpérn, ἡ, a grand division of 
the eastern hemisphere. 
εὔχομαι, Dray, vow, desire." 


εὐ-ώνυμος, ov, (εὖ + ὄνομα), of good 
name, an euphemism for “677, 
left hand, since it was an ill 
omen to use the proper word 
for 77. 

ἐφ-ίστημι, bring toa stand, pass., 
w. pf., plpf., and 2 aor. act., Za/z. 

ἐχθρός, a, dv, hateful, hostile ; 
ὁ ἐχθρός, a personal enemy. 

ἔχω (cex-), impf. εἶχον, ἔξω or 
σχήσω, 2 aor. ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, 
ἔσχημαι, ἐσχέθην (rare), have; 
καλῶς ἔχει, 27 ἐξ well. 

ἕως, conj., as Jongas,; until. 


Z 


{a (takes n instead of ἃ in con- 
tract forms), Zéve. 

Ζεύς, Διός, Aci, Δία, Zed (Zed πάτερ, 
cf. Jupiter), Hellenic name 
for the supreme divinity, 
“father of gods and men.” 


H 


x 


qj, conj., Ὁ, than, ih .. . % 
either... or, πότερον . .. 
i, whether ... or. 

ἡγεμονία, ἡ, (ἡγέομαι), Leadership, 
command. In early times 
Sparta was recognized as 
having an ἡγεμονία among the 
Hellenic states. After the 
Persian war the ἡγεμονία was 
transferred to Athens; after 
the Peloponnesian war, it 
passed again to Sparta; after 
the victories of Epameinon- 
das, to Thebes; and, finally, 
to Makedonia. 

ἡγεμών, ὄνος. 6, a leader, guide. 


1 Aor. ηὐξάμην. 


ἡγέομαι 


185 


ἵλεως 


ἡγέομαι, ἰεαα, think. 

ἡδέως, adv., (ἡδύς), cheerfully, 
. gladly. 

- ἤδη, adv., already, now. 
ἥδιστος, n, ov, sweetest, most pleas- 


ant, sup. of ἡδύς. 
ἥσθην, be 


. ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι, 

pleased. 
ἡδύς, εἴα, ¥, SWEET, agrecadle. 

. ἥκω, de present, on hand, come. 

“ASov, ἐλθεῖν, ἐλθών, 2 aor. ind., 
inf., and partic. of ἔρχομαι, go, 
come. 

ἥλιος, 6, the sun. 
helio-type. 

ἦμαι (yo-), imperf. ἥμην, 511. 

ἡμέρα, ἡ, @ day. Eph-emeral. 

ἡμέτερος, a, ov, poss. pron. of 
first pers., our, ours. 

ἡνίκα, adv., when. 

Ἥρα, ἡ, queen of the gods. 

Ἡρακλῆς, cous, 6, a demigod, of 
the heroic age, famed for his 
exploits of strength. 

Ἡρόδοτος, 6, the father of history, 
wrote of the Persian wars. 

ἡρωικός, 7, dv, heroic. 

ἡττάομαι (ἥττων), pass. dep., de 
inferior, be defeated. 

ἥττων, ov, dzferior, comp. of κακός. 

Ἥφαιστος, ὁ, the god of fire. 
He was lame, and a great 
artificer. 


Helio-trope, 


Θ 


θάλασσα, Att. θάλαττα, ἡ, the sea. 

θάνατος, ὁ, (θνήσκων, death. 

θαυμάζω, θαυμάσομαι, ἐθαύμασα, 
k.T.A., wonder at, admire. 

θέᾶτρον, τό, a theatre. 

θέλω, θελήσω, shortened form of 
ἐθέλω, wish, prefer. 


Θεμιστοκλῆς, οὖς, 6, the hero of 
Salamis. At his advice, the 
Athenians built the long walls 
connecting the πόλις with the 
harbor at Πειραιεύς, and se- 
cured the naval equipments 
which gave them the empire 
of the sea. 

Θεόκριτος, ὁ, a rhetorician of the 
time of Alexander; a cele- 
brated pastoral poet. 

θεός, ὁ or 9, Voc. θεός, @ god, 
goddess. Theism. 

Θερμο-πύλαι, ai, the pass hero- 
ically defended by Leonidas 
and a few Spartans, against 
the hordes of Persia. _ 

Θῆβαι, ai, the chief city of 
Boiotia. 

Θηβαῖος, a, ov, of Thebes, The- 
ban. 

Θησεύς, éws, 6, a national hero of 
the Athenians. 

θνήσκω (Gav-, Gva-), θανοῦμαι, 
ἔθανον, τέθνηκα, die, be slain. 
απο-, save in pf. and plupf. 

θυγάτηρ, τρός, 7, @ DAUGHTER. 

θυμός, 6, the soul, spirit, courage, 
heart. 

θύρα, ἡ, 2 DOOR. 

θύω, θύσω, ἔθῦσα, τέθυκα, ἐτύθην, 
offer, sacrifice. 


I 


ἱερός, d, ov, sacred, pl., ἱερά, τά, 
sacrifices, sacred rites, omens. 
Hiero-glyphic, 

- ¢ ¢ 2 τ Ω 

τημι (€-), ἥσω, ἧκα, eika, εἷμαι, 
εἴθην, send, hurl, mid., rush. 

ἱκανός, ἡ, dv, sufficient. 

ἵλεως, ων. Aropitious. 


ἵνα 186 


κραυγή 


ἵνα, conj., w. subj., (after past 
tenses, w. subjv. or opt.), chat, 
in order that. 

ἱππεύς, €ws, 6, horseman. 

Ἱππίας, Ἵππαρχος, see p. 166. 

ἵππος, ὁ or ἡ, α horse. 

Ἴσθμια, τά, the Isthmian games. 

ἰσθμός, 6, az isthmus, the isth- 
mus at Korinthos. 

ἴσος, n, ov, egual. ISO-SCELES. 

ἵστημι, (ora-), στήσω, I aor. 
ἔστησα, 2 aor. ἔστην, ἕστηκα, 
éorapa, ἐστάθην, set, station ; 
pass., w. pf., plpf., and 2 aor. 
act., stand. 

ἱστορία, ἡ, a dearning by inquiry, 
history. 

tows, adv., egually, perhaps. 

Ἰταλία, ἡ, the land of the Ro- 
mans, 

Ἴωνες, of, an Hellenic tribe. 


K 


Κάδμος, ὁ, the founder of Thebes. 
καθ-αιρέω, cake or Pull down. 
καθίζω, καθίσω, Att. καθιῷ, ἐκά- 
θισα, seat; intr., stt down. 
καθ-ίστημι, set down, station, 
establish; pass., w. pf., plpf., 
and 2 aor. act., 522 down. 
καί, conj., azd, also, even; καὶ 
τὰ καὶ, δούειν ἡ». αἰ: 
καιρός, 6, the proper time, crists, 
occasion. 
καίω, καύσω, K. τ. λ., set on fire, 
burn. Cauterize, caustic. 
κακός, 4, dv, bad, base, cowardly. 
Caco-graphy. Comp. p. 171. 
κακῶς, adv., (κακός), badly. 
καλέω (καλε-, KAe-), καλῶ, ἐκά- 
λεσα, κέκληκα͵ κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην, 
call. 


καλλίων, κάλλιστος, comp. and 
sup. of καλός. 

καλός, ἡ, ov, beautiful, noble, 
good, favorable, honorable. 

καλῶς, adv., (καλός), well, beau- 
tifully, bravely; καλῶς ἔχει, 
at ts well, all right. 

κατά, prep. w. G., down from, 
against; w. A.,down, through, 
according to. 

κατα-βαίνω, go down. 

κατα-καίνω, used in 2 aor., κατέ- 
κανον, for κατα-κτείνω. 

κατα-κτείνω, £2//, Hut to death. 

κατα-λαμβάνω, seize, overtake, 
find. Cata-leptic. 

κατα-λείπω, abandon. 

κατα-λύω, Dut down, destroy. 

κεῖμαι, κείσομαι, lie, be sttuated. 

κελεύω, κελεύσω; ἐκέλευσα, KEKE- 
λευκα, κεκέλευσμαι, ἐκελεύσθην, 
command, order. 

κέρας, κέρατος OF κέρως, τό, horn, 
wing of an army. Rhino- 
ceros. 

Képxipa, 7, an island west of 
Hellas, famous for its sailors. 

κινδυνεύω (xivduvos), zucur peril. 

κίνδυνος, ὁ danger. 

Κλέαρχος ὁ a Spartan general. 

κοινός, ἡ, Ov, Common. [mus. 

Κόρινθος, ἡ, the city on the Isth- 

κοσμέω, arrange, adorn. 

κόσμος, 6, order, the Cosmos. 

κρατέω, (κράτος), be strong; w. G. 
or A., rule over, conquer. 

κράτιστος, ἡ, ov, strongest, best, 
a sup. of ἀγαθός. 

κράτος, eos, τό, strength; ava 
κράτος, up to one’s strength, at 
full speed. Auto-crat. 

κραυγή, ἡ, @ #otse, shout. 


κρείττων 


187 


μακρός 


κρείττων, ov, better, a comp. of 
ἀγαθός. 

κρίνω, κρινῶ, ἔκρῖνα, κέκρικα, κέκρι- 
μαι, ἐκρίθην, separate ; Judge. 

κτάομαι, acquire; pf., have ac- 
gutred, possess. 

κτείνω (krev-), κτενῶ, I ΔΟΥ͂. ἔκτεινα, 
2 aor. ἔκτανον, ἔκτονα, kid. 

Κῦρος, 6, Kuros the elder, found- 
er of the Persian empire ; 
Kuros the younger, brother of 
Artaxerxes, pretender to the 
throne of Persia. 

κύων, κυνός, 6, ἡ, @ dog, HOUND. 
Cynic. 

κωλύω (Ὁ before a consonant ; 
v before a vowel), Ainder. 

κώμη, 7, @ village. 

κωμῳδία, ἡ, comedy. 

Κωνσταντῖνος, 6, the first Chris- 
tian emperor (A. D. 306-337). 


A 


“Λακεδαιμόνιοι, of, inhabitants of 
Λακεδαίμων, capital of Λακω- 
νική. 

Λακωνική. ἡ, the part of the 
Peloponnésos -inhabited by 
the Spartans. 

λαμβάνω (AaB-), λήψομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔλαβον, εἴληφα, εἴλημμαι, ἐλή- 
φθην, take, capture. Di- 
lemma. 

λαμπρός, a, dv, bri/liant. Lamp. 

λανθάνω (Aad-), Anow, 2 aor. 
ἔλαθον, λέληθα, λέλησμαι, 45- 
cape observation of; mid., 
forget; commonly w. suppl. 
partic., λανθάνω αὐτὸν ἀπελθών, 
elude him in going away. 


λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, (εἴρηκα), λέλεγ- 
μαι, ἐλέχθην, say. Lex-icon. 

λείπω (λιπ-), λείψω, 2 aor. ἔλιπον, 
λέλοιπα, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην, 
leave. ἘΠ11 0515. 

Λεωνίδας, 6, the Spartan king, 
hero of Thermopulai. 

λογική, ἡ, (λόγος), the science of 
logic. 

λόγος, 6, word, speech, reason. 
Theo-logy, dia-log. 

λοιμός, 6, the Plague, pestilence. 

λοιπός, 7, ov, (λείπω), Left, re- 
maining. 

λόφος, ὁ, a Azl/. 

Aox-ayos, 6, (λόχος, @ company + 
ἡγέομαι), a captain. 

Λυκοῦργος, 6, the lawgiver of the - 
Lakedaimonians. 

λυπέω, grieve, Pain. 

Avpa, 7, a stringed instrument. 

λυρικός, 7, dv, siuging to the λύρα, 
lyric. 

Λύσανδρος; 6, the Lakedaimo- 
nian general who captured 
Athens at the close of the 
Peloponnesian war, 404 8. 6. 

Av, λύσω, ἔλῦσα, λέλυκα, λέλυμαι, 
ἐλύθην, LOOSE, destroy ; mid., 
ransom, Ana-lysis. 


M 


μάθημα, aros, τό, a lesson. 

μαθηματική, ἡ, the science of 
mathematics. 

μαθητής, ὁ, a learner, student. 

Μαίανδρος, 6, river in Asia M. 

Μακεδονία, ἡ, a division of North- 
ern Hellas. 

μακρός, d, dv, Jong. 


μάλα 


188 


μωρία 


μάλα, adv., much, very, es- 
pectally ; comp. μᾶλλον, sup. 
μάλιστα. 

Μαντίνεια, ἡ, the town in Arkadia 
where Epameinondas fought 
his last battle, 362 8. c. 

μάχη. ἡ, @ battle. 

μάχομαι, μαχοῦμαι, ἐμαχεσάμην, 
μεμάχημαι, W. D., fight against. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, great. 

μείζων, μέγιστος, comp. and sup. 
of μέγας. 

μείων, ov, smaller; comp. of 
μικρὸς. 

μέλας, awa, av, black, Melan- 
choly. 

μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα, be 
about to, intend, delay. 

μέν, a post-posit. particle, used 
to distinguish the word or 
clause with which it stands 
from something which is to fol- 
low, and commonly answered 
by δέ, Its force. is given 
usually by the tone and em- 
phasis of the voice, and not 
by any English word. 

μέντοι, post-posit. particle, Zow- 
ever. 

μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, 76- 
main, awatt. 

Mévov, wvos, ὁ, ἃ Greek general. 

μέρος, eos, τό, a Part, share. 

μέσος, 7, ον, MIDDLE; in the 
pred. posit., mzddle of; as, 
μέση ἡ χώρα, the middle of the 
country » but ἡ μέση χώρα, the 
middle country. 

μεστός, 7, ov, full, full of. 

pera, prep. w. G., with, im com- 
pany with, w. A., after. 

μετα-πέμπω, oF -opa, send 707. 


μέχρι, prep. (never used in 
compos.), w. G., until, up 
to; conj., until. 

μή, adv., zot,; conj., that not, 
lest. μή has all the com- 
pounds which οὐ has. μή and 
its compounds are used with 
the subj., impv.,and infin., and 
with other forms of the verb 
in expressions denoting a 
wish, purpose, or condition. 

pn-5-els, xn-de-pia, μη-δ-ἕέν, 20 One, 
nothing. 

μηδέ-ποτε, adv., ever. 

μή-τε, CONj., and not, pyre... 
μήτε, meither . . . nor. 

Μηδικός, ἡ, ov, pertaining to the 
Μῆδοι, a people of Asia as- 
sociated with the Πέρσαι. 

μήτηρ, μητρός, 7, @ MOTHER. 

pixpos, a, dv, small, 

μιμνήσκω (μνα-), μνήσω, ἔμνησα, 
μέμνημαι, ἐμνήσθην, remind ; 
mid., vemember. 

pioéw, ate. Mis-anthropist. 

μισθός, 6, Jay, reward, MEED. 

Μνημοσύνη, 7, (μιμνήσκω), Mem- 
ory, mother of the nine muses. 

μοναστήριον, τό, a religious house 
where men alone live. 

μόνος, n, ov, alone. Mon-arch. 

μουσική, ἡ, ay art of the muses, 
music. 

μῦθος, 6, a legend. 

Μυκῆναι, ai, ancient capital of 
Argolis. 

pupids, ados, ἡ, @ myriad. 

μύριοι, αἱ, a, Zen thousand. 

Mipov, wvos, 6, a famous sculp- 
tor. The Diskobolos (disk: 
thrower) was his work. 

μωρία, ἡ, fec/y. Sopho-more. 


vai 


189 


ὄμνυμι 


Ν 


val, adv., yea, γ65. 

ναῦς, νεώς, ἡ, Ship. Naval. 
vedvias, ὁ, α youth, young man. 
Νεῖλος, 6, river in Αἴγυπτος. 
νέκταρ, apos, τό, the drink of the 


gods, nectar. 
Nepéd, 7, seat of the Nemaean 
Games. (phyte. 


véos, ἃ, ov, young, NEW. Neo- 


νεώς ὦ, 6, α Lemple. 

νῆσος, 7, az 7sland. Poly-nesia. 

νϊκάω, conquer, be victorious. 

νίκη, ἡ, victory. 

νομίζω, “attic fut.” νομιῶ, K τ΄ Δ.» 
esteem, constder, think. 

νόμος, 6, α custom, law. 

νόος, contr. νοῦς, 6, ind. 

viv, adv, NOW. [night. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, wight; νυκτός, by 


ἘΞ 


ξένος, 6, a guest-friend, host, 
stranger. 

ἘΞενοφῶν, ὥντος, 6, an Athenian, 
a pupil of Sokratés, and author 
of the Anabasis. 

Ἐέρξης, 6, the famous king of 
Persia. 


O 


6, ἡ, τό, definite article, the; 
often equivalent to a posses- 
sive: in contrasted expres- 
sions a dem. pron., ὁ μὲν . .. 
ὁ δέ, the one .. . the other. 

ὀβολός, 6, an Hellenic coin worth 
one sixth of a drachmé, nearly 
three cents, but having a pur- 
chasing power much greater. 


ὅ-δε, ἥ-δε, τό-δε, dem. pron., Zhzs, 
the following. 

ὁδός, ἡ, @ way, road. Meth-od. 

᾿Οδυσσεύς, ews, 6, the wisest of 
the Hellenic chiefs in the 
Trojan war. 

ὅθεν, rel. adv., whence, from 
what source. 

οἶδα (ἰδ-), a 2 pf. used as a pres- 
ent, conjugation irreg., sub. 
εἰδῶ, fut. εἴσομαι, know. 

οἴκα-δε, adv., homeward. 

οἰκέτης, 6, α house-servant. 

οἰκέω, inhabit, dwell tn ; ἡ οἰκου- 
μένη (yn), the world. 

οἰκοδομική, ἡ; architecture. 

οἶκος, 6, a house, home. 

οἶνος, 6, WINE. 

οἴομαι, Att. οἶμαι, οἰήσομαι, ὠήθην, 
think, suppose. 

οἷος, a, ov, what, such as, as; 
οἷός τε, able; οἷόν τε, Possible, 

οἴσω, fut. of φέρω, 2 aor. ἤνεγκον, 
bear. 

οἴχομαι, οἰχήσομαι, pf. οἴχωκα, be 
gone. 

OAty-apx la, ἡ, a government by a 
Jew, oligarchy. 

ὀλίγος, η; ov, /été/e; pl., few. 

ὅλος, η, ov, whole, all. Catholic. 

Ὀλυμπιάς, ados, ἡ, an Olympic 
game; νικῶ ᾿Ολυμπιάδας, win 
Olympic victories. 

ὅλως, adv., o2 the whole, in short. 

Ὄλυμπος, 6, mountain in Θεσ- 
σαλία, seat of the gods. 

Ὅμηρος, 6, the father of Enic 
poetry, to whom are ascribed 
the Iliad and the Odyssey. 

ὄμνυμι (du-, ὀμο-), ὀμοῦμαι, ὥμοσα, 
ὀμώμοκα, ὀμώμοσμαι, ὠμόθην OF 
ὠμόσθην, swear, take oath. 


ὁμολογέω 


190 


παντάπασιν 


ὁμολογέω, agree, acknowledge. 

ὅμως, adv., at the same time, 
nevertheless. 

ὄνομα, ατος; τό, ANAME. An-ony- 
mous. 

ὄπισθεν, adv., dchind, after; as 
prep. w. G., dehind. 

ὁπλίτης, ὁ, ὦ heavy-armed foot- 
soldier. 

ὅπλον, τό, an implement; pl., 
arm:, armor. Pan-oply. 

ὅποι, rel. adv., whither, whither- 
S0ever. 

ὁπόσος, ἡ, ov, rel. pron., ow 
much,as much as; pl., how 
many, as many as. 

ὁπότε, rel. adv., when, whenever, 
SINCE. 

ὅπου, rel. adv., where, wherever. 

ὅπως, adv., how, as; conj, iz 
order that, that. 

ὁράω (ὀπ-, id-), ὄψομαι, 2 aor. 
εἶδον, ἑώρακα, ἑὠρᾶμαι OF ὦμμαι, 
ὥφθην, see. Pan-orama. 

ὅρκος, 6, az oath. Ex-orcism. 

Sppaw, sefin motion; intr., rush, 
sét out. 

Spvis, tos, 6, ἡ, α bird, fowl. 
Ornith-ology. 

Ὀρόντᾶς, 6, a traitor in the camp 
of Kuros. 

ὄρος, cos, τό, @ mountain. 

és, 7. 6, rel. pron., who, which, 
what, that. 

ὅσος, ἡ, ov, rel. pron., as much 
as; pl., as many as. 

ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, O-mep, rel. pron., 
which very person or thing. 

ὀστέον, Attic contr. ὀστοῦν, τό, 
a bone, 

ὅσ-τις, ἥ-τις, ὅ τι, rel. pron., who- 
ever, whichever, whatever. 


ὅτε, rel. adv., when. 


én, conj., that, because; ὅτι 


τάχιστα, as guickly as posst- 
dle (distinct from ὅ τι, neuter 
of ὅστις). 

οὐ, adv., before a vowel with 
smooth breathing οὐκ, before 
a vowel with rough breath- 
ing οὐχ. ot, procl.; οὔ φημι, 
Say no, deny, refuse. 

οὔ, pers. pron. of third pers., 
gen. sing., used refl., of him- 
self, herself, itself, encl. 

οὐ-δέ, conj., zof evens οὐδέ. .. 
ovde, not even... nor yet. 

ov-8-els, οὐ-δε-μία, οὐ-ὃ-έν, not 
even One, NO 0716. 

οὐκέτι, adv., 20 longer. 

οὖν, an inferential post-posit. 
conj., accordingly, therefore, 
and so. 

οὔ-ποτε, adv., 7-ever. 

οὐρανός, 6, the sky, heaven. 

ov-re, COnj., awd not, nor, οὔτε 

. οὔτε, neither... nor. 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, dem. pron., 
this. Predicate position. 

οὕτως, OF οὕτω, adv., thus. 


II 


παιδ-αγωγός, 6, @ slave who went 
with a boy to and from school, 
a kind of ¢ufor. Pedagogics. 

παιδίον, τό, @ little child, 
child. 

mats, παιδός, 6, 7, @ boy, child. 

παίω, strike. 

πάλιν, adv., again, back. Palim- 
psest. 

'παντά-πᾶσι(ν), adv., altogether. 

πάνυ, adv., altogether, very. 


πιστός 


παρά, prep. w. G., from beside, 
from; w. D., by the side of, 
near, W. A., 10, toward, con- 
trary to,compared with, along. 
Para-graph. Para-digm. 

παρ-αγγέλλω, sexd word along, 
give orders. 

παρα-γίγνομαι, come, arrive, be 
on hand. 

παρα-δίδωμι, deliver up. 

παρα-καλέω, cal/ forward, invite, 
exhort. 


παρασάγγης, 6, a measure of dis-, 


tance, thirty stadia, about 
three miles. 

παρα-σκευαάζω, make ready, pre- 
pare 


πάρ-ειμι (εἰμί), be near, at hand. 

παρ ελαύνω, march or ride along 
or dy. 

παρ-έρχομαι, Dass along or by. 

παρ-έχω, 92Ve, Provide. 

ΠΠαρθενών, dvos, 6, temple of the 
virgin goddess Athéné on the 
Acropolis at Athens. 

Tlapvaces, ὁ, ἃ mountain range in 
central Hellas, frequented by 
the Muses. See map, p. 9. 

Παρύσατις, 7, mother of Kuros. 

᾿ πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, the whole, every; 
pl., αἰ. Pan-theism. 

πάσχω (παθ-, πενθ-), πείσομαι, 2 
aor. ἔπαθον, 2 pf. πέπονθα, be 
affected by something, suffer; 
εὖ OF κακῶς πάσχω, suffer good 
or 221, τί παθών ; why? (what 
has happened to you, {πα --- 3) 

πατήρ, πατρός, 6, @ FATHER. 

πατρίς, ίδος, ἡ, (πατήρ), one’s 
fatherland. 

παύω, stop; mid., fause, desist. 

πεδίον, τό, a Plain. 


πεΐός, ἡ, dv, (πούς), 0 foot. 

πείθω (πιθ-), πείσω, ἔπεισα, πέ- 
πεικα, πέπεισμαι, ἐπείσθην, Per- 
suade ; mid., obey ; 2 pf. intr., 
πέποιθα, trust. 

Πειραιεύς, €ws, 6, the harbor of 
Athens. 

πειράω OF πειράομαι, Zry. Pirate. 

Πεισίστρατος, 6, “Tyrant” of 
Athens, a patron of art and 
literature. 

Πελοπόν-νησος, ἡ, (Πέλοψ + 
νῆσος, Pelops’s island), the 
peninsula south of the Korin- 
thian isthmus. 

πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, 2 pf. 
πέπομφα, πέπεμμαι, ἐπέμφθην, 
send. ~ 

πέντε, of, ai, ta, indecl., FIVE, 
Penta-gon. 

πεντήκοντα, of, ai, τά, indecl., 
jifty. Pente-cost. 

περί, prep. w. G., about, concern- 
ing; W. A., around. Peri- 
meter. 

TlepukA fis, €ous, εἴ, €a, VOC. Περίκλεις, 
6, the Athenian statesman un- 
der whose administration, just 
before the Peloponnesian war, 
the city reached the height of 
its glory. 

Πέρσαι, oi, an Asiatic people. 

πίναξ, axos, ὁ, a tablet, map. 

Πίνδαρος, ὁ, the great Lyric poet, 
styled, from his sublimity, 
‘““The Theban Eagle.” 

πίνω, (πι-, πο-), πίομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔπιον, πέπωκα, πέπομαι, ἐπόθην, 
drink. 

πιστεύω, w. D., crust. 

Πισίδαι, of, a warlike tribe. 

πιστός, 7, Ov, (πείθω), trusty, 


πλαίσιον 


192 


πρός 


πλαίσιον, τό, a σφέα. 

Πλάτων, wvos, 6, the Athenian 
philosopher, pupil of Socrates, 
and author of the Republic, 
Phaedo, and other famous 
dialogs. 

πλέθρον, τό, a measure of length, 
100 or Iot English feet, the 
sixth part of a stadion. 

πλείων, πλεῖστος, Comp. and sup. 
of πολύς, much, pl. many. 

πλέω (πλυ-), πλεύσομαι OF πλευ- 
σοῦμαι, ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, 
πέπλευσμαι, Sazl. 

πλῆθος, εος, τό, (πλήρης), fulness, 
amount, multitude. 

πλήν, prep. w. G., except. 

πλήρης, ες, FULL. 

πλησίος, a, ov, 2447. 

πλοῖον, τό, (πλέω), @ δοαΐ. 

πλούσιος, a, ov, ich. 

πλουτέω, be rich. 

πόθεν, interr. adv., whence ? 

mot, interr. adv., whzther ? 

mow, make, do; εὖ, OF κακῶς 
mow, treat well, or badly. 

ποίημα, aros, τό, creation, poem. 
ποίησις, ews, 7, (ποιέω), poetry. 
ποιητής, ὁ, (ποιέω), @ poet. 

ποῖος, ἃ, ον, interr. pron., of what 
kind ? what? 

πολεμέω (πόλεμος), Wage War. 

πολεμικός, ἡ, Ov, (πόλεμος), fit for 
war, warlike. 

πολέμιος, ἃ, dv, (πόλεμος), Of War, 
hostile; πολέμιος, 6, an enemy ἡ 
πολέμιοι, οἱ, the enemy. 

πόλεμος, 6, war. Polemic. 

πολι-ορκέω, besiege a city. 

πόλις, ews, 7), ὦ City, state. 

πολί-της, 6, a citizen. Politics. 

πολλάκις, adv., (πολύς), often. 


πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, much, great ; 
pl., any; comp. πλείων, sup. 
πλεῖστος. Poly-gon. 

πονηρός, a, ὄν, laborious, evil, 
bad. 

πόνος, ὁ, foil, hardship. 

mopela, 7, (πορεύω), a journey, 
march, 

mopevw, convey; mid. and pass., 
go, walk, march. 

Ποσειδῶν, ὥνος, 6, god of the sea. 

πόσος, ἡ; ov, interr. pron., how 
much? how many ? 

ποταμός, 6, (πο-, stem of iva), 
a river. 

more, indef. adv., af some time, 
once, encl. 

πότερος, a, ov, interr. pron., which 
of two? mérepov. .. ἢ . .. 5 
whether ..:0r.. 

mov, interr. adv., WHERE? 

πούς, ποδός, 6, @ FOOT. Tri-pod. 

πρᾶγμα, atos, τό, (πράττω). ὦ 
thing done, deed; pl., affairs, 
trouble. Pragmatic. 

πράἄττω, mpakw, ἔπραξα, πέπρᾶχα, 
πέπρᾶγμαι, ἐπράχθην, do, prac- 
tise; εὖ πράττω, do well, 
prosper. Practical. 

πρεσβύτερος, a, ov, elder. Pres- 
byterian. 

πρίν, adv. or conj., before, sooner 
than, until, w. infin. or indic. 

πρό, prep. w. G., before, in front 
of, FOR. Pro-gram. 

προ-δίδωμι, betray. 

πρό-ειμι (εἶμι), go forward. 

πρό-θῦμος, ov, with forwara 
mind, ready, enthusiastic. 

Πρόξενος, ὁ, a friend of Xenophon. 

πρός, prep. w. G., 7 front of, 
from; w.D., near, ats in ad- 


1 πλήν is never used in composition with a verb. 


πρόσειμι 


198 


Σοφοκλῆς 


dition to; w. A., to, toward, 
against. Pros-ody. 

πρόσ-ειμι (εἶμι), W. G., Or prep. 
and D., come to, approach. 

προσ-ήκω, be near at hand ; προσ- 
ἥκει, 1} ἐς fitting. 

προσ-μάχομαι, w. D., fightagainst. 
πρόσθεν, adv., (πρό), defore, 
formerly, sooner. 

προστίθημι, add. 

πρότερος, a, ov, (πρό), before; 
πρότερον, adv., before. 

προ-τίθημι, Dut lefore, offer. 

πρῶτος, 7, ov, (πρό), first. Prot- 
agonist. 

Πυθαγόρας, 6, of Samos. An 
early philosopher who _be- 
lieved in the transmigration 
of the soul. He made im- 
portant contributions to math- 
ematics and music. 

πύξ, adv., with clenched fist. 

πώ-ποτε, adv., ever yet, ever. 

πῶς, interr. adv., HOW? 

Tos, adv., 272: any way, encl. ; ὧδέ 
πως, somewhat as follows. 


P 


ῥᾷδιος, a, ov, easy. Comp. p. 171. 

ῥέω (ῥυ-), pevtooua, ἔρρευσα, 
ἐρρύηκα. ἐρρύην, flow. 

ῥήτωρ, opos, 6, a public speaker, 
orator. Rhetoric. 

ῥητορική, ἡ, the art of the ῥήτωρ. 


ῥίπτω, ῥίψω, ἔρρῖψα, ἔρρῖφα, 
ἔρριμμαι, ἐρρίφθην, throw, 
hurl. 


‘Popaixds, ἡ, dv, and “Pwpaios, a, 
ov, of Rome, Roman ; Ῥωμαῖος, 
6, ἃ Roman. 


= 


Σαλαμίς, ivos, 7, the island near 
Athens, where the famous 
battle of Salamis occurred in 
which the fleet of Xerxes was 
destroyed. 

Σαπφώ, οὖς, ACC. οὖν, VOC. οἵ, ἡ, a 
poetess of Lesbos, called by 
Solon “the tenth Muse.” 

Σάρδεις, εων, ai, a city in Asia 
Minor. 

σατράπης, 6, the Persian word 
for governor. Satrap. 

σε-αυτοῦ, js, Contr. σαυτοῦ, refi. 
pron. gen. sing., of thyself. 

σελήνη, ἡ, the moon. 

σῆμα, aros, τό, a tomb, grave. 

σήμερον, adv., fo-day. 

Σικελία, ἡ, island south of Italy. 

σῖτος, 6, pl. σῖτα, ra, grain, food. 

σκέπτομαι, σκέψομαι, ἐσκεψάμην, 
ἔσκεμμαι, look carefully at, 
watch, consider. Micro-scope. 
The pres. and the impf. of 
this verb, seldom found in 
Attic, are supplied by σκοπέω 
Or σκοπέομαι. 

σκηνή, 7, @ tent. Scene. 

σκοπέω, dep. σκοπέομαι, look at, 
contemplate, consider. This 
verb, used only in the pres. 
and the impf., has its other 
tenses supplied by σκέπτομαι. 

Σκύθαι, of, a nomadic tribe. 

σκυθρ-ωπός, ὄν, sad or sullen of 
face. 

Σόλων, wvos, 6, the early law- 
giver of Athens. 

σός, σή, σόν, POSS., YOUr, YOUTS. 

Σοφοκλῆς, έους, 6, one of the 
greatest of tragic poets. 


σοφία 194 τίθημι 
σοφία, ἡ, (σοφός), wisdom. σύν or ξύν, prep. w. D., with. 
σοφός, ἡ, ov, wise. Sophia, συν-έρχομαι, come or go together. 


Σπαρτιάτης, ὁ, a Spartan. 

σπονδή, 7, @ débation ; pl., treaty, 
truce. 

στάδιον, ro, a measure of length, 
six πλέθρα, nearly a furlong. 

σταθμός, ὁ, α station, day’s jour- 
Ney. 

στέλλω, στελῶ, ἔστειλα, ἔσταλκα, 
ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλην, send, fit out. 

στέφανος, ὁ, ὦ crown. 

στεφανόω (στέφανος), cvown. 

στόλος, 6, (στέλλω), an expedi- 
tion. 

στράτ-ευμα, aTos, TO, AN army. 

στρατεύω (στρατ-ηγός), make an 
expedition. 

στρατ-ηγέω, lead as general. 

στρατ-ηγός, 6, a general. 

στρατ-ιά, ἡ, α71 47.272}. 

στρατ-ιώτης, ὁ, a@ soldier. 

στρατ-ο-πεδ-εύω, ecamp. 

στρατ-ὅ-πεδον, τό, an encamp- 
ment, 

ov, pers. pron. of second per- 
son, THOU, encl. 

συγ-γίγνομαι, w. D., be with, 
associate with. 

συγ- γράφω, compose. 

συγ-καλέω, call together. 


συλ-λαμβάνω, sezze, arrest. Syl- 
lable. 
συλ-λέγω, συλ-λέξω, συν-έλεξα, 


συν-είλοχα, συν-είλεγμαι, 2 AaOTe 

συνελέγην, collect. 

_ συμ-βουλεύω, w. D., advise, coun- 
sel; mid., w. D., consult with. 

συμ-μαχία, ἡ, (μάχη), an alliance. 

σύμ-μαχος, ὁ, (μάχη), α7: ally. 

συμ-πορεύομαι, w. D., Droceed or 
journey with. 


σφαῖρα, ἡ, α dal/. Sphere. 

σφενδονάω, throw with the sling. 

σφόδρα, adv., greatly, very 
much. 

Σωκράτης, ous, et, ἡ; VOC. Σώκρατες, 
6, perhaps the greatest of un- 
inspired teachers and philoso- 
phers. 

σώζω (cwd-), save; mid., escape. 

σῶμα, atos, τό, the body. 


T 


ταμίᾶς, 6, α steward. 

τάξις, ews, ἡ, (τάττω), arrange- 
ment, order, rank. 

τάττω (ray-), arrange, marshal; 
mid., place one’s self. 

τάφος, ὁ, ὦ tomb, erave. 

τάφρος, ἡ, α ditch. 

ταχύς, εἴα, ύ, Quich, swifl,; ταχύ, 
or ταχέως, adv., guickly. 
Comp. θάττων, τάχιστος. 

τέ, post-posit. conj., αριἊἴ, encl.; 
re... τέ Or τὲ... καί, doth 

. and. 

τεῖχος, eos, τό, α wall, fort. 

τελευτάω (τελευτή), eva, aie. 

τελευτή ἡ, @ fulilment, accom- 
plishment. 

τέλος, eos, τό, AN end, issue. 

τέτταρες, oi, ai, τέτταρα, τά, FOUR. 
Tetr-arch. 

τέχνη, 9, art, skill. 
ology. 

τηλέ-γραφος, ὁ, ‘ie telegraph. 

τίθημι (Ge-), θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθεικα. 
τέθειμαι. ἐτέθην, put, Place. 
Thesis. 


Techn- 


τιμάω 


198 


ὑποπτεύω 


τιμάω (τιμή), honor. 

τιμή, ἡ, Zonor. 

τίς, τί, interr. 
which ? what? 

τὶς, ri, indef. pron., some, any, 
a certain, a, encl. 

τιτρώσκω (τρο-), τρώσω, K.T.A., 
wound. 

τοίνυν, post-posit. conj., chere- 
fore. 

τοιόσδε, ade, dvde, dem. pron., of 
such kind, such as the fol- 
lowing. 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο, Att. also 
τοιοῦτον, dem. pron., of such 
kind, such as the foregoing. 

τόξευ-μα, atos, τό, (τοξεύω), aH 
arrow. 

τοξεύω (τόξον), shoot with the bow. 

τόξον, τό, a bow. 

τοξότης, ὁ, (τόξον), aw archer. 

τόπος, 6, a place, space. Topic. 

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτον, dem. 
pron., so much, so great; pl., 
so many. 

τότε, adv., then. 

Τοῦρκος, 6, ὦ 775. 

τραγ-ῳδία, 7, tragedy, ode. 

τρεῖς, οἱ, ai, τρία, τά, THREE. 

τρέπω, τρέψω, I aor. ἔτρεψα, τέ- 
tpopa Or τέτραφα, τέτραμμαι, 
ἐτράπην, 2 aor. mid. ἐτραπόμην, 
turn; mid., abs., or fol. by 
prep. w. A., turn one’s self, 
turn, resort fo. . 

τρέχω (tpex-, for θρεχ-, δραμ-), 
δραμοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἔδραμον, δε- 
δράμηκα, δεδράμημαι, run. 

τριάκοντα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, (τρεῖς), 
indecl., thirty. 

τριᾶ-κόσιοι, at, a, Lhree hundred. 

τρίτος, n, ov, (τρεῖς), third, 


pron., WHO? 


Τροία, ἡ, the city besieged by 
the Achaians (Hellenes) in 
the heroic age, and called 
Ἴλιον by Homer. 

τρόπος, ὁ, (τρέπω), @ turn; dis- 
position, character. Trope. 

Tpwikes, 7, dv, of Trota, Trojan. 

τυγχάνω (τυχ-), τεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔτυχον, τετύχηκα OF τέτευχα, W. 
G., hit, obtain; happen, w. 
suppl. partic. 

τύραννος, 6, one who holds the 
supreme power by force. 

Τύριοι, of, inhabitants of Tyre. 

τύχη, ἡ, (τυγχάνω), chance, for- 
tune, luck. 


Y 

ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό, WATER. Hy- 
drant. 

υἱός, 6, SON. 

ὑμέτερος, ἅ, ov, poss. pron. of 
second pers., your, yours. 

ὑπ-άρχω, begin; w. D., exist, 
favor. 

ὑπέρ, prep. w. G., above, in be- 
half of ; w. A., over, beyond. 

ὑπισχνέομαι (strengthened form 
of ὑπ-έχομαι), ὑποσχήσομαι, 2 
aor. ὑπεσχόμην, ὑπέσχημαι, hold 
one’s self under; take upon 
one’s self, promise. 

ὑπό, prep. w. G., dy, under; 
w. Ὁ. or A., under. Hypo- 
thesis. 

ὑπο-ζύγιον, τό, (ὑπό + ζυγόν, ὦ 
yoke), a beast of burden. 

ὑπο-λαμβάνω, fake under one’s 
protection; answer; assume. 

ὑπ-οπτεύω, suspect, apprehend. 


ὑποψία 


190 


χορός 


“ ὑποοψία, ἡ, suspicion, apprehen- 
Sion. 

ὕστερος, a, ov, following, later , 
ὕστερον, adv., afterwards. 


} 


φαίνω (φαν-), φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέ- 
ᾧαγκα, 2 pf. intr. πέφηνα, 
πέφασμαι, ἐφάνθην or ἐφάνην, 
show, mid., appear. Phen- 
omenon. 

φάλαγξ, ayyos, ἡ, a line of battle. 

φανερός, a, dv, (φαίνω), mantfest. 

φείδομαι, w. G., spare. 

Φειδίας, 6, the greatest of Hel- 
lenic sculptors, friend . οἵ 
Periklés. 

. φέρω (oi-, ἐνεκ-, ἐνεγκ-), οἴσω, 1 
aor. ἤνεγκα, 2 ΔΟΙ. ἤνεγκον, 2 
pf. ἐνήνοχα, ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθην, 
BEAR, carry, bring, produce, 
endure. FPeri-phery. 

φεύγω (pvy-), φεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔφυγον, 2 pf. mépvya, flee, 
avoid, go into exile. 

ᾧφημί (da-), φήσω, ἔφησα, say, 
assert; οὔ φημι, refuse, deny. 
The pres. ind. is encl. except 
in the second pers. sing. φῇς. 

φιλέω (φίλος), love, welcome. 
Philo-pena. 

φιλία, ἡ, (φίλος), friendship. 

φίλιος, a, ον, (φίλος), friendly. 

Φίλιππος, 6, (lover of horses), 
the king of Makedonia, father 
of Alexandros, against whom 
were delivered the “ Philip- 
pics” of Demosthenes. 

Φίλος, ἡ, ov, dear, friendly ; 
φίλος, 6, a friend. 


ir0-copla, ἡ, philo-sophy. 

φιλό-σοφος, ov, fond of wisdom ; 
φιλόσοφος, 6, a philosopher. 

φοβέω, frighten ; mid. and pass., 
Sear. 

φόβος, ὁ, fear, panic. 

φοιτάω, go to and fro; attend 
school. 

φρονέω, think, be prudent, intend. 

Φρυγία, ἡ, a province of Asia 
Minor. 

φύλαξ, axos, 6, 9, @ guard, 
watcher. 

φυλάττω (φυλακ-), keep guard. 

φύλλον, τό, a leaf, page. 

φυσικός, 7, dv, physical. 


x 


χαίρω (xap-), χαιρήσω, 2 aor. 
pass. ἐχάρην, κεχάρηκα, κεχά- 
ρήῆμαι, rejoice; χαῖρε, Lat. 
salve, χαίρετε, gooa-day, good- 
by. 

Xatpovea, 7,a town in Boidtia, 
memorable for the decisive 
victory of Philip, 338 B. c. 

χαλεπός, 7, dv, hard, severe, 


angry. 
χαρίεις, εσσα; ev, (χάρις), graceful, 
pleasing. 


χάρις, «τος, , (χαίρω), grace, 
favor, gratitude. 

χείρ, χειρός, 9, α hand. 

χειρο-τέχνης, 6, az artisan. 

χείρων, ov, inferior, comp. of 
κακός. 

χθές, adv., yesterday. 

χίλιοι, at, a, α thousand. 

χορός, ὁ, @ dance, band of dan: 
cers. Chorus, 


Χράομαι 191 ὠφελέω 
χράομαι, w. D., use, employ ; 
χράομαί τινι ὡς φίλῳ, treat one Ω 


as a friend. 

χρή, impers., χρήσει, impf. ἐχρῆν 
or χρῆν, be mecessary, one 
ought. 

Χρῆμα, aros, τό, (χράομαι), thing 
used; pl., goods, money. 

χρήσιμος, ἡ, ov, useful, service- 
able, valiant. 

Χριστός, 6, (xpiw, anoint), the 
Anointed One, the Christ. 

χρόνος, 6, ze, chrono-meter. 

Χρύσεος, ἃ, ov, contr. χρυσοῦς, ἢ, 
οῦν, of gold, golden. 

χώρα, ἡ, a land, country. 

xwplov, τό, (χώρα), a place; a 
strong place, fortification. 


Ψ 


Ψεύδω, deceive; dep. ψεύδομαι, 
lie, be false. Pseud-onym. 
The act. is very rare in Attic 
prose. 

ψυχή, ἡ, the soul. Psyche. 


#, interj., expressing surprise, 
joy, or pain, Ὁ. Οὐ ὦ, a 
mere address. 

ὧδε, adv., (ὅδε), thus, as follows ; 
ὧδέ πως, somewhat as follows. 

dpa, ἡ, @ season, hour; the 
proper time for ἃ thing. 
Horo-scope. 

ὡς, rel. adv., as, procl.; ὡς 
βουλόμενος στρατεύεσθαι, on the 
ground that he wished to 
make an expedition; ὡς 
strengthens a superlative ; as, 
ὡς τάχιστα, as guickly as 
possible, 

ὡς, conj., ‘hat, in order that, 
used as iva. Also declarative, 
as ὅτι. 

ὥσ-περ, rel. adv., even as, Just as, 
as tf. 

ὥσ-τε, cOnj., w. infin., so as fo, 
so that, w. indic., so that. 

ὠφελέω, aid, benefit. 


a certain 


199 


appoint 


II. ENGLISH-GREEK 


This vocabulary will be adequate for quite a range of composition and conver- 


sation beyond the exercises of the Primer. 
Thus help, might, in company with, do not occur, but the Greek 


synonyms. 


If a word is not found, look for its 


words will be found under aid, ower, and with. Put the thought of an English 
sentence in its simplest form, and you will readily find a Greek equivalent 


A 


a, a certain, ris, ri, encl. 

abandon, καταλείπω, -λείψω, 2 
aor. κατέλιπον. 

able, δυνατός, 7, dv; οἷός Te; be 
- δύναμαι, ήσομαι. 

abolish, καταλύω, -λύσω. 

about (concerning), ἀμφί or περί 
w. G.; (around), ἀμφί or περί 
w. A.; be —, μέλλω, μελλήσω. 

abstain from, ἀπέχομαι, -έξομαι, 
2 aor. ἀπεσχόμην, w. G. 

accomplish, διαπράττω, -πράξω. 

accord, of one’s own, (willing), 
ἑκών, OUTA, Ov. 

accordingly, δή; οὖν. 

according to, κατά w. A. 

account of, on, ἕνεκα w. G.; διά 

Achaioi, ᾿Αχαιοί, oi. tw. A. 

Achilleus, ᾿Αχιλλεύς, éws, 6. 

acknowledge, ὁμολογεω, yoo. 

add, προστίθημι. 

admire, θαυμάζω, ἄσομαι. 

affair, πρᾶγμα ατος, τό. 

affirm, φημί, φήσω. 

afford, παρέχω, -έξω, 2 aor. -ἐσχον. 

after, μετά w. Α. ; aor. partic. 

again, πάλιν ; ad; αὖθις. 

against, ἐπί or πρός w. A. 

Agamemn6n, Αγαμέμνων, ovos, 6. 

agree, ὁμολογέω, now. 

aid, ὠφελέω, now. 


Aiguptos, Αἴγυπτος, ἧ. 

Aischulos, Αἰσχύλος, 6. 

akropolis, ἀκρόπολις, ews, ἧ. 

Alexandros, ᾿Αλέξανδρος, 6. 

all, πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν ; ἅπας, ἅπασα, 
ἅπαν. 

alliance, συμμαχία, 7. 

allow, ἐάω, ἐάσω. 

ally, σύμμαχος, ὁ. 

alone, μόνος, ἡ, ον. 

along (by), παρά w. A. 

already, ἤδη. 

also, καί. 

always, ἀεί. 

ambrosia, ἀμβροσία, ἧ. 

America, ᾿Αμερική, 7)- 

among, ἐν w. D.; pera w. G.; 
after a verb of motion, eis 
w. A. 

and, καί ; — yet, μέντοι. 

announce, ἀγγέλλω, γελῶ ; ἀπαγ- 
γέλλω. 

another, ἄλλος, n, ov; one —, ἀλ- 
λήλων. 

answer, ἀποκρίνομαι, -κρινοῦμαι. 

any, anything, ris, τὶ, encl. 

Aphrodité, ᾿Αφροδίτη, ἡ. 

apostle, ἀπόστολος, ὁ. 

appear, φαίνομαι, οὔμαι, 2 aor. 
ἐφάνην. 

appoint, καθίστημι, καταστήσω; 
ἐφίστημι, ἐπιστήσω; ἀποδείκνῦμι, 


«δείξω. 


apprehension 


200 


behind 


apprehension, ὑποψία, ἡ. [par 

apprehensive, be, ἐννοέομαι, noo- 

approach, πρόσειμι, w. 1). 

archer, τοξότης, ὁ. 

Archilochos, ᾿Αρχίλοχος, 6. 

architecture, οἰκοδομική, 7. 

arise, ἀνίσταμαι, ἀναστήσομαι, 2 
aor. act. ἀνέστην, κι τ. Χ. (intr. 
parts of ἀνίστημι). 

Aristeidés, ᾿Αριστείδης, ὁ. 

Aristogeitin, 
ovos, 6. 

Aristotelés, ᾿Αριστοτέλης, ous, 6. 

arms, ὅπλα, wv, τά : stack —, or 
stand in —, τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. 

army, στράτευμα, ατος, τό; --- in 
the field, στρατιά, 7. 

arrange, τάττω, τάξω. 

arrangement, τάξις, ews, 7. 

arrest, συλλαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 
aor. συνέλαβον. 

arrive, ἀφικνέομαι, -ἰξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἀφτκόμην ; πάρειμι, -ἔσομαι. 

arrow, τόξευμα, ατος, τό. 

art, τέχνη, ἥ. 

Artaxerxés, ᾿Αρταξέρξης, 6. 

Artemis, ’Apresis, cos, 7. 

artisan, χειροτέχνης; 6. 

as, os, procl.; asmuch —, ὅσος, 
n, ov; aS Much or as soon — 
possible, ὡς or ὅτι w. superla- 
tive; just —, ὥσπερ. 

ashamed, be, be — at, αἰσχύνο- 
μαι, χυνοῦμαι. 

Asia, ᾿Ασίᾷ, ἡ. 

ask, ἐρωτάω, now; ἔρομαι, ἤσο- 
μαι, 2 aor. ἠρόμην; --- for, ai- 
τέω, now ; δέομαι, δεήσομαι ; ; — 
as one’s right, ἀξιόω, aco. 

associate, cvyyiyvopat,-yevnoopat, 
2 aor. συνεγενόμην. 

assemble, ἀθροίζω, adpoicw. 


> ͵ 
Ἀριστογείτων, 


assembly, ἐκκλησία, ἧ. 

at, ἐπί or ἐν w. D.; arrive —a 
place, εἰς w. A. 

Athenian, ᾿Αθηναῖος, a, ov. 

Athens, ’A6jvat, ai. At— Αθήνησι. 

Athéné, ᾿Αθήνη, 7. 

athlete, ἀθλητής, 6. 

Athis, Ἄθως, @, 6. 

attack, ἐπιτίθεμαι, -θήσω; ἔπειμι. 

attempt, ἐπιχειρέω, now; πειρά- 
ομαι, avopat. 

attention, give — to, take care 
of, ἐπιμελέομαι, ήσομαι, w. G. 

await, μένω, μενῶ; — the attack 
of, δέχομαι, δέξομαι. 


Β 


Babulon, Βαβυλών, ὥνος, 6. 

bad, κακός, ἡ, ὄν; πονηρός, a, ov. 

ball, σφαῖρα, 7. 

banish, ἐκβάλλω, -Bad@, 2 aor. 
ἐξέβαλον. 

barbarian, βάρβαρος, ov. 

battle, μάχη, ἡ. 

be, εἰμέ, ἔσομαι; --- at hand, πάρ- 
εἰμι, -ἔσομαι. 

bear, φέρω, οἴσω, 2 aor. ἤνεγκον. 

beast of burden, ὑποζύγιον, τό. 

beautiful, καλός, ἡ, ov. 

because, ὅτι. — of, διά w. A. 

become, γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, 2 
aor. ἐγενόμην. 

before, πρό w. G.; (former), 
πρότερος, ἃ, ov; (Sooner), πρό- 
τερον; πρίν. 

begin, ἄρχομαι, ἄρξομαι, or ἄρχω. 

beginning, ἀρχή; ἧ. 

behalf, in — of, ὑπέρ w. G. 

behind, ὄπισθεν, abs., or w. G. ; 
ὕστερος, ἃ, ov. leave —, κατα- 
λείπω, -λείψω͵ 2 AOF. κατέλιπον. 


believe 201 comedy 
believe, νομίζω, νομιῶ. CG : 
benefit, ὠφελέω, now. 
beside, παρά w. D.; from —, | call, καλέω, έσω; — together, 


mapa W. G. 

besides, πρός w. D. 

besiege, πολιορῤκέω, noe. 

best, βέλτιστος, n, ov; (virtuous), 
ἄριστος, ἡ; ov; (strong), κρά- 
τιστος, ἢ; ov; seems ---, δοκεῖ 
w. Ὁ. 

ϑύβκθ one’s self (turn toward), 
τρέπομαι, τρέψομαι. 

betray, προδίδωμι, -δώσω. 

better, βελτέων, ov; (virtuous), 
ἀμείνων, ov; (strong), κρείσ- 
σων, ον. 

bid, κελεύω. evow. 

bird, ὄρνις, vidos, 6, ἡ. 

black, μέλας, awa, αν. 

boat, πλοῖον, τό. 

body, σῶμα, ατος, τό. 

bone, ὀστέον, Att. ὀστοῦν, 1 

book, βιβλίον, τό. 

both, ἀμφότερος, a, ov; —... 
and, kat... καί; τὲ... καί. 

bow, τόξον, τό. 

bowman, τοξότης, 6. 

boy, παῖς, παιδός, 6. 

brave, ἀγαθός, 7, ov. 

breadth, εὖρος, eos, τό. 

break, λύω, λύσω; — down, 
καταλύω. 

breeze, αὔρᾶ, ἡ. 

bridge, γέφυρα, ἡ. 

bright, λαμπρός, a, ov. 

bring, ἄγω, ἄξω, 2 aor. ἤγαγον; 
φέρω, οἴσω, 2 aor. ἤνεγκον. 

brother, ἀδελφός, ὁ. 

burn, καίω, καύσω. 

but, ἀλλά, δέ; ---- also, ἀλλὰ καί. 

by (agent), ὑπό w. G.; (beside),} 
παρά W. D.; — land, κατὰ γῆν. 


συγκαλέω. 

camp, στρατόπεδον, τό. 

captain, λοχαγός, ὁ. 

capture, λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, 2 
aor. ἔλαβον ; αἱρέω, now, 2 aor. 
εἷλον. be captured, ἁλίσκομαι, 
ἁλώσομαι, 2 aor ἑάλων. 

care for, ἐπιμελέομαι, 
w. G. 

carry, φέρω, οἴσω, 2 aor. ἤνεγ- 
κον. 

cause of, responsible, αἴτιος, ἃ ον. 

cavalry, ἱππεῖς, έων, οἱ. 

cease, παύομαι, παύσομαι; Oft. w. 
suppl. partic. 

certain, a, τὶς, ri, encl. 

chance, τύχη, 7; by —, τυγχάνω, 
τεύξομαι, 2 aor. ἔτυχον, w. 
suppl. partic. 

character, τρόπος, 6. 

charge, ἵεμαι, ἥσομαι. 

chariot, ἅρμα. ατος, τό. 

Chaironeia, Χαιρώνεια. ή. 

child, παῖς, παιδός, 6 or ἡ ; παι- 
δίον, τό. 


noopat, 


choose, αἱρέομαι, noopat. 

chorus, χορός, 6. 

church, ἐκκλησία, ἡ. 

citadel, ἀκρόπολις, ews, ἧ. 

citizen, πολίτης, 6. 

city, πόλις, ews, ἡ. 

clear, δῆλος, ἡ, ov; make —, 
δηλύω, oro. 

collect, συλλέγω, -λέξω ; ἀθροίζω, 
ἀθροίσω. 

colony, ἀποικία, ἡ. 

come, ἔρχομαι, ἐλεύσομαι. 2 aor. 
ἦλθον; have —, ἥκω, ἥξω. 

comedy, κωμῳδία, 7. 


1 by, denoting the instrument, is expressed simply by the dative. 


command 


202 


dwell 


command, κελεύω, evow. 

commend, ἐπαινέω, έσομαι. 

common, κοινός, 7, dv. 

companion, comrade, ἑταῖρος, 6. 

compel, ἀναγκάζω, ave. 

compose, συγγράφω, ayo. 

conquer, vikdw, noe. 

consider (observe), σκοπέω, σκέ- 
Woua; (regard), νομίζω, vo- 
μιῶ. 

consult, συμβουλεύομαι, evoopat, 
w. D. 

contest, ἀγών, ἀγῶνος, ὃ. 

continue, διατελέω, έσω, W. Suppl. 
partic. 

contrary to, παρά w. A. 

corn (grain), σῖτος, 6; pl., σῖτα. 

country, χώρα, 7; one’s native 
—, πατρίς, idos, ἡ. 

courage, ἀρετή. 7. 

cowardly, κακός, ἤ, dv. 

cross, διαβαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2 aor. 
διέβην. 

crown, στέφανος, 6; στεφανόω, 
Oo. 


D 


danger, xivdivos, 6; incur —, 
κινδυνεύω, EVTO. 

Dareios, Aapeios, 6. 

daughter, θυγάτηρ, τρός, 7. 

day, ἡμέρα, 7; at daybreak, ἅμα 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 

death, θάνατος, 6. 

deceive, ἐξαπατάω, now; Ψεύδω, 
ψεύσω, or ψεύδομαι, ψεύσομαι. 

deed, ἔργον, τό; πρᾶγμα, ατος, 
τό. 

defeat, νϊκάω, naw; be defeated, 
ἡττάομαι, ἤσομαι. 


delay, μέλλω, μελλήσω. 


deliberate, βουλεύομαι, εύσομαι. 

deliver up, παραδίδωμι, -δώσω. 

demand, αἰτέω, now; —as one’s 
right, ἀξιόω, ὠσω. 

démocracy, δημοκρατία, ἡ. 

Démosthenés, Δημοσθένης, ους, 6. 

deny, οὔ φημι, φήσω. 

descend, καταβαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2 
aor. κατέβην. 

desert, καταλείπω, -λείψω, 2 aor. 


κατέλιπον; deserted, ἔρημος, 
ἡ; ον. 
desire, ἐθέλω, σω; ἐπιθυμέω, 
noo. 


desist, παύομαι, παύσομαι. 

destroy, ἀπόλλῦμι, ολῶ ; καταλύω, 
-λύσω. take down, καθαιρέω, 
now, 2 aor. καθεῖλον. 

die, reXevrdw, now; ἀποθνήσκω, 
-θανοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἀπέθανον. 

differ, διαφέρω, διοίσω, 2 aor. δὲ- 
ἤνεγκον. - 

difficult, χαλεπός, 7, dv. 

Dionusos, Διόνυσος, 6. 

discussion, λόγος, 6. 

disposition, τρόπος, 6. 

distant, be, ἀπέχω, ἀφέξω, 2 aor. - 
ἀπέσχον. 

ditch, τάφρος, 7. 

divinity, δαίμων, ovos, 6. 

do, ποιέω, now; πράττω, πράξω. 

dog, κύων, κυνός, 6, ἡ. 

door, θύρα, 7. 

down from 97. upon, against, 
κατά w. G.; through, κατά 
w. A. 

downcast, σκυθρωπός, dv, or 7, 
dv. 

drink, 
ἔπιον. 

drive, ἐλαύνω, ἐλῷ ; διώκω, ὠξω. 

dwell, inhabit, οἰκέω, now. 


πίνω, πίομαι, 2 aor. 


each 


203 for 


E 


each, ἕκαστος, 7, ov. 

earth, γῆ, γῆς; ἧ. 

easy, ῥᾷδιος, a, ον. 

Egypt, Αἴγυπτος, ἡ- 

either... Or, 9}... 7. 

elder, πρεσβύτερος, a, ov. 

employ, xpdoua, χρήσομαι, 
w. D. 

emporium, ἐμπόριον, τό. 

enact, τίθημι, θήσω. 

encamp, στρατοπεδεύω, evoo. 

end (issue), τέλος; εος, τό; 
(completion), τελευτή, 3 τε- 
λευτάω, How. 

enemy (in war), πολέμιος, 6; 
(personal), ἐχθρός, ὃ. 

England, Bperavia, 7. 

enroll, enlist, γράφω, γράψω. 

Epameinéndas, ᾿Ἐπαμεινών- 
δας, 6. 

equal, ἴσος; n, ον. 

err, ἁμαρτάνω, τήσομαι. 

escape, φεύγω, φεύξομαι ; — the 
notice of, λανθάνω, λήσω, w. 
suppl. partic. 

especially, μάλιστα. 

establish, καθίστημι, -στήσω. 

Eurodpé, Εὐρώπη, 7). 

even, καί; not even, οὐδέ or 
μηδέ. 

ever yet, πώποτε. 

every, πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν. 

evident, δῆλος, ἡ, ov; φανερός, 
a, ov. 

evil, κακός, ἡ. ov; πονηρός, a, ov. 

except, πλήν, w. G. 

exhort, παρακαλέω, ἔσω. 

exile, go into, φεύγω, φεύξομαι, 
2 aor. ἔφυγον. ΐ 

expect, οἴομαι, ήσομαι, φήθην. 


expedition, στόλος, 6; go upon 
an —, στρατεύομαι, evoopat. 

expel, ἐκβάλλω, -βαλῶ, -έβαλον. 

experience, πάσχω, πείσομαι, 2 
aor. ἔπαθον. 


¥ 


fact, ἔργον, τό. 

fail, ἀποτυγχάνω, -τεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἀπέτυχον; (miss), ἁμαρτάνω, 
τήσομαι, 2 aor. ἥμαρτον, w. G. 

faithful, πιστός, ἡ, ov. 

fare, πράττω, πράξω, w. adv. 

farewell, impv. of χαίρω, χαιρήσω. 

father, πατήρ, πατρός, 6. 

favor, χάρις, tTos, 7). 

fear, φόβος, 6; φοβέομαι, noopat. 

fearful, δεινός, ἡ, ov. 

few, ὀλίγοι, at, a. 

field, ἀγρός; 6. 

fifty, πεντήκοντα, οἱ, ai, τά, indecl. 

fight, μάχη, ἡ ; μάχομαι, ovpat. 

find, εὑρίσκω, εὑρήσω, 2 aor. εὗρον. 

firm, ἀσφαλής, és. 

first, πρῶτος, n, ov; adv., πρῶτον. 

fist, with the, πύξ. 

fitting, be, impers., 
w. D. 

five, πέντε, oi, ai, τά, indecl. 

flee, φεύγω, φεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔφυγον. 

flight, turn to, τρέπω, τρέψω, 2 
aor. ἔτραπον. 

flow, ῥέω, ῥεύσομαι. 

follow, ἕπομαι, ἕψομαι, 2 aor. 
ἑσπόμην, w. D.; as follows, ὧδε. 

folly, μωρία, ἡ. 

food, σῖτος, ὃ ; σῖτα, τά. 

foot, πούς, ποδός, ὃ ; on —, πεζός, 
1), OVs 

for (because), γάρ, post-posit. ; 
(in behalf of), ὑπέρ, w. G. 


προσήκει, 


force 


204 


Hephaistos 


force, δύναμις, ews, 7. 

forget, λανθάνομαι, λήσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔλαθον. 

fort, τεῖχος, eos, TO; χωρίον, τό. 

fortune, τύχη, 7; δαίμων, ovos, 6 
or 7; fortunate, εὐδαίμων, ov. 

four, rérrapes, a. 

frighten, φοβέω, joo. 

free, ἐλεύθερος, ἃ, ον. 

freedom, ἐλευθερία, 7. 

friend, φίλος, 6. 

friendly, φίλιος, a, ov. 

friendship, φιλία, ἡ. 

from (away), ἅπό, w.G.; (out 
of), ἐκ, w. G. 

full, πλήρης, ες ; μεστός, 7, dv. 


G 


game, ἀγών, ὥνος, ὁ. 

general, στρατηγός, 6; στρατηγέω, 
now, oft. w. G. 

geography, yewypadia, ἡ. 

George, Γεώργιος, ὁ. 

get, κτάομαι, κτήσομαι. 

gift, δῶρον, τό. 

give, δίδωμι, δώσω. 

gladly, ἡδέως. 

ZO, εἶμι; ἔρχομαι, ἐλεύσομαι, 2 
aor. ἦλθον ; — away, ἄπειμι; 
ἀπέρχομαι; --- down, καταβαίνω, 
βήσομαι, 2 aor. κατέβην; — for- 
ward, πρόειμι ; be gone, otyo- 
μαι, noowa ; — Over, cross, δια- 
Baivw ; — to and fro, attend, 
φοιτάω, τήσω ; —- Up, ἀναβαίνω. 

god, θεός, 6, ἧ. 

golden, ypiveos, a, ον. 

good, ἀγαθός, ἡ, dv; —day, impv. 
of χαίρω, now. 

govern, ἄρχω, ἄρξω, w. G.; fit 
to —, ἀρχικός, ἡ. dv. 


government, ἀρχή, ἥ. 

grace, χάρις, ιτος, ἧ. 
graceful, χαρίεις, εσσα, εν. 
grammar, γραμματική, ἧ. 
great, μέγας, ἄλη, a. 

greatly, μεγάλως, σφόδρα. 
Grecian, “Ἑλληνικός, ἡ, ov. 
Greece, Ἑλλάς, ddos, 7). 
Greek, a, Ἕλλην, nvos, 6. 
ground arms, τίθεμαι τὰ ὅπλα. 
ground, on the — that, ὡς. 
guard, φύλαξ, axos, 6; φυλάττω. 
guest, ξένος, 6. 

guide, ἡγεμών, ὄνος, 6. 


gymnasium, γυμνάσιον, τό 


H 


Haidés, “Acdns, ὁ. 

hall, ἀνώγεων, w, τό. 

hand, χείρ, χειρός, ἡ. 

happen, τυγχάνω, τεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔτυχον, w. suppl. partic. 

happy, εὐδαίμων, ον. 

hard, χαλεπός, 7, dv. 

harm, βλάπτω, βλάψω; κακῶς 
ποιέω; Suffer —, κακῶς πάσχω, 
πείσομαι, 2 aor. ἔπαθον. 

Harmodios, “Ἁρμόδιος, ὁ. 

hate, μίσέω, now. 

have, ἔχω, ἕξω or σχήσω, 2 aor. 
ἔσχον ; κέκτημαι; εἰμί, W. 1). 

he (near), οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο; (re- 
mote), ἐκεῖνος, n, οὄ. but —, 
ὁ δέ. 

hear, ἀκούω, ούσομαι, w. G. of 
person, A. of thing. 

heart, θυμός, 63 ψυχή, ἧ. 

Hellas, Ἑλλάς, άδος, ἧ. 

Hellenic, “Ἑλληνικός, 7, ὄν. 


| Héphaistos, Ἥφαιστος 6. 


Hera 


205 


Klearchos 


Héra, Ἥρα, 7. 

,Heraklés, ‘Epaxdjs έους. ὁ. 

here, ἐνθάδε, ἐνταῦθα. 

hereupon, ἐνταῦθα. 

Hermés, Ἕρμης, ὁ. 

Herodotus, Ἡρόδοτος, ὁ. 

heroic, ἡρωικός, 7, dv. 

hill, λόφος, 6; γήλοφος, 6. 

him, αὐτός, in other cises than 
the nom. ; — self, ἑαυτοῦ. 

hinder, κωλύω, λύσω. 

his, the article; gen. sing. of 
αὐτός. 

history, ἱστορία, 7. 

hither, ἐνθάδε. 

home, οἶκος, 6; — ward, οἴκαδε 

Homer, Ὅμηρος, 6. 

honor, τιμή, ἡ ; τιμάω, How 

honorably, καλῶς. 

hope, ἐλπίς, ἰδος, ἡ. 

hoplités, ὁπλίτης, 6. 

horn, κέρας, atos, τό. 

horse, ἵππος, 6; On horseback, 
ap ἵππου; horseman, ἱππεύς, 
έως, ὁ. 

hostile, πολέμιος, ἃ, ov. 

hour, ὥρα, 7. 

house, οἶκος, 6. 

how, conj., ὅπως : how? πῶς: 
— much? πόσος, n, ov; — 
many ? πόσοι, at, a. 

however, μέντοι. 

hundred, ἑκατόν, oi, ai, τά, indecl. 

husband, ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ. 


Ι, ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ. 

if, εἰ; w. subjv., ἐάν. 

ill, κακός, ἡ, dv; κακῶς. 
immediately, εὐθύς or εὐθύ. 


immortal, ἀθάνατος, ον. 

impassable, ἄπορος, ον. 

impose, ἐπιτίθημι, -θήσω. 

impossible, ἀδύνατος, ov. 

impracticable, ἄπορος, ov. 

in, ἐν w. D.; — order that, iva, 
ὡς, ὅπως. 

independent, αὐτόνομος, ον. 

inferior, χείρων, ον. 

inflict, ἐπιτίθημι, -θήσω. 

injure, βλάπτω, βλάψω. 

injustice, ἀδικία, ἡ. 

instead of, ἀντί w. G. 

intend, μέλλω, μελλήσω. 

into, εἰς w. A. 

island, νῆσος, 7. 

isthmus, icOuds, 6. 

Italy, Ἰταλία, ἡ. 

ivory, of, ἐλεφάντινος, ἡ, ον. 


J 


journey, πορεία, ἡ ; ὁδός, ἡ; day's 
—, σταθμός, ὃ ; πορεύομαι, εύ- 
σομαι; — with, συμπορεύομαι. 

judge, κρίνω, κρινῶ. 

just, δίκαιος, ἃ, ov. 

justice, δίκη, ἡ. 


K 


Kadmos, Κάδμος, ὁ. 

keeping, in — with, πρός w. A. 

Kerkura, Képxipa, 7. 

kill, ἀποκτείνω, -κτενῶ, 2 aor. 
ἀπέκτανον: be killed, ἀπο- 
θνήσκω, -θανοῦμαι, ἀπέθανον. 

kind, γένος, eos, τό 

king, βασιλεύς, έως, ὃ. 

Klearchos, Κλέαρχος, 6. 


know 


206 


mother 


know, γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔγνων; οἶδα, ἤδειν, 2 pf. and 2 
plpf., w. sense of pres. and 
impf.; — how, ἐπίσταμαι. 
Konstantinos, Κωνσταντῖνος, 6. 
Kuros, Κῦρος, ὁ. 


Ι, 


Lakénia, Λακωνική, ἧ. 

Lakedaimonian, Λακεδαιμόνιος, 

_ G, ov. 

land, γῆ, 73; χώρα, ἡ. 

language, γλῶσσα, 7. 

large, μέγας, adn, a. 

later, ὕστερος, a, ov. 

law, νόμος, 6. 

lead, ἄγω, ἄξω, 2 aor. ἤγαγον; 
ἡγέομαι, ἤσομαι, w. G. or Ὁ. 

leader, ἡγεμών, όνος, ὁ. 

leadership, ἡγεμονία, ὁ. 

least, at, ye, post-posit. encl. 

leave, λείπω, λείψω, 2 aor. ἔλιπον. 

left, λοιπός, 7, Ov; On the —, 
εὐώνυμος, ἡ; OV. 

legend, μῦθος, ὁ. 

Lednidas, Λεωνίδας, a, 6. 

lesson, μάθημα, aros, τό. 

letter, γράμμα, ατος, τό; (epistle), 
ἐπιστολή, ἧ. 

lie (of position), κεῖμαι, κείσομαι; 
(falsify), ψεύδομαι, ψεύσομαι. 

life, βίος, ὁ. 

likely, εἰκός, ὁτος, τό. 

line, τάξις, ews, 7; — Of battle, 
φάλαγξ. ayyos, 7. 

live, (aw, ζήσω, cont. aet, ae, to ῃ, 
n; — in, inhabit, οἰκέω, joo. 

living, livelihood, Bios, 6. 

logic, λογική, 7. 

long, μακρός, 4, ὄν; as — as 
(while), conj., ἕως. 


loose, Ava, λύσω. 

lot, destiny, τύχη; ἡ. 
love, φιλέω, now. 
Lukourgos, Λυκοῦργος, 6. 
Lusandros, Λύσανδρος, ὁ. 
lyre, λύρα, ἡ. 

lyric, λυρικός, 7, dv. 


M 


Maiandros, Μαίανδρος, ὁ. 

majority, οἱ πολλοί. 

make, ποιέω, now. 

Makedonia, Μακεδονία, ἡ. 

man, ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, 6; (person), 
ἄνθρωπος, ὁ. 

manifest, φανερός, a, dv; δῆλος. 

manner, τρόπος, 6. 

Mantineia, Mavrive.a, 7. 

many, πολλοί, ai, a, 

map, πίναξ, axos, ὁ. 

march, πορεία, 7; ἐλαύνω, ἐλῶ ; 
— forth, ἐξελαύνω. 

market-place, ἀγορά; ἡ. 

master, δεσπότης, 6. 

mathematics, μαθηματική, ἡ. 

matter, πρᾶγμα, aros, τό; What 
is the —? why? τί παθών ; 

Mede, Μῆδος, 6. 

memory, μνημοσύνη, ἡ 

Menon, Μένων, ovos, 6. 

messenger, ἄγγελος, ὁ 

middle, μέσος, ἡ, ον. 

mind, νόος, contr. νοῦς, 6; have 
in —, ἐννοέομαι, ήσομαι ; ἐνθυ- 
μέομαι. ἥσομαι. 

miss, ἁμαρτάνω, τήσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἥμαρτον, W. G. 

monastery, μοναστήριον, τό. 

money, χρήματα, τά; ἀργύριον, τό. 

moon, σελήνη. ἡ. 

mother, μήτηρ, μητρός, ἧ. 


mountain 


207 


other 


mountain, ὄρος, eos, τό. 

much, πολύς, πολλή, πολύ ; SO —, 
τοσοῦτος, αὕτη, OUTO. 

Mukénai, Μυκῆναι, ai. 

multitude, πλῆθος, eos, τό. 

Muron, Μύρων, wvos, 6. 

muse, μοῦσα, 7. 

music, μουσική, 7. 

must, det; χρή; verbal adj. in 
τέος. 

muster, ἀθροίζω, oicw. 

my, mine, ἐμός, ἡ, ov; the articles 
gen. sing. of ἐγώ. 

myriad, μυριάς, ados, 7. 

myself, αὐτός, 7, ὁ; ἐμαυτοῦ. 


Ν 


name, ὄνομα, ατος, τό; καλέω, Aa. 

near, ἐγγύς w. G.; πρός or παρά 
w. D.; πλησίον. 

necessary, it is —, δεῖ; ἀνάγκη 
ἐστίν. 

nectar, νέκταρ, apos, τό. 

need, δέομαι, δεήσομαι, w. G. 


neither... nor, οὔτε... . ovre; 
μήτε... μήτε. 

never, οὔποτε, μήποτε. 

nevertheless, ὅμως. 

new, young, νέος, a, ov; the 


news, τὰ νέα. 

night, νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ. 

Nile, Νεῖλος, ὁ. 

no one, nothing, οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, 
οὐδέν ; μηδείς. nO, ov, ov μάλα. 

noble, εὐγενής, és. 

no longer, οὐκέτι. 

nor, οὐδέ. 

not, οὐ, before vowel οὐκ, before 
rough breathing οὐχ, procl.; 
μή and its compounds w. subj., 


impv., or infin., and w. other 
forms denoting wish, purpose, 
or condition ; — even, οὐδέ. 
notice, escape — of, λανθάνω, 
Ange, 2 aor. ἔλαθον. 
now (of time), νῦν; (inferen- 
tial), δή. 


O 


O, oh, exclam., ὦ; in address, 
ὦ. — that, εἴθε. 

oath, ὅρκος, ὁ. 

obey, πείθομαι, πείσομαι, w. D. 

obolos, obol, ὀβολός, 6. 

observe, σκοπέω, σκέψομαι. 

obtain, τυγχάνω, τεύξομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔτυχον, W. G. 

Odusseus, ᾿Οδυσσεύς, έως, ὁ. 

often, πολλάκις. 

old, ἀρχαῖος, a, ον. 

oligarchy, ὀλιγαρχία, ἡ. 

Olympiad, ᾿Ολυμπιάς, άδος, ἡ. 

omens, sacrifices, ἱερά, τά. 

on, ἐν w. D.; ἐπί w. G. or D.; 
— account of, διά w: A. 

once, ποτέ, encl.; at —, εὐθύς or 
εὐθύ; ἤδη. 

one, εἷς, μία, ἕν ; — another, ἀλ- 
λήλων. 

opinion, γνώμη; ἡ. 

opponent, ἀνταγωνιστής, 6. 

or, 7; either...—,q7... 7%. 

orator, ῥήτωρ, opos, ὁ. 

order, κελεύω, evow; in — that, 
iva Or ὅπως w. subjv. (after a 
past tense, w. subjv. or opt.). 

Orontas, ᾿Ορόντᾶς, 6. 

other, ἄλλος, n, 0; — of two, 
ἕτερος, ἃ, ov; the one... the 
—,dpev.. .65€;— wise, ἄλλως. 


ought 


208 


praise 


ought, χρή; δεῖ; verbal adj. in 
τέος. 

our, ΟΥ̓́Θ, ἡμέτερος, a, ov; gen. 
plu. of ἐγώ. 

outside, ἔξω. 

overcome, conquer, κρατέω, noo, 
w. G. 

own, the gen. of a reflex. pron. 
in the attrib. pos., ἐμαυτοῦ, 
σεαυτοῦ, K. TX. 


Ῥ 


page, leaf, φύλλον, τό. 

pain, λυπέω, noo. 

palace, βασίλεια, τά ; βασίλειον, 
τό. 

parasang, παρασάγγης, 6. 

Parnasos, Παρνᾶσός, 6. 

part, μέρος, eos, τό. 

Parthenon, Παρθενών, dvos, ὁ. 

pass by, παρέρχομαι, -ελεύσομαι, 
2 aor. -ἦλθον. 

pause, παύομαι, παύσομαι. 

pay, μισθός, 6; ἀποδίδωμι, -δώσω. 

peace, εἰρήνη; 7. 

Peisistratos, Πεισίστρατος, 6. 

Peloponnésos, Πελοπόννησος, ἡ. 

penalty, δίκη. ἡ. 

people, δῆμος. ὁ. 

perceive, αἰσθάνομαι, θήσομαι, 

. 2 aor. ἠσθόμην. 

perhaps, ἴσως. 

Periklés, Περικλῆς, €ovs, εἴ, ἐᾶ, 
voc. Περίκλεις, 6. 

perish, ἀπόλλυμαι, -ολοῦμαι, 2 aor. 
-ωλόμην. 

perjure one’s self, ἐπιορκέω, now. 

permit, ἐάω, ἐάσω. 

perplexed, ἄπορος, ov; ἀπορέω, 
now. 


perplexity, ἀπορία, 7. 

Persian, Πέρσης, 6. 

person, ἄνθρωπος, 6. 

persuade, πείθω, πείσω. 

phalanx, φάλαγξ, ayyos, ἧ. 

Pheidias, Φειδίας, 6. 

Philip, Φίλιππος. 6. 

philosopher, φιλόσοφος, ὁ. 

Phrugia, Φρυγία, ἡ. 

physical, φυσικός, ἡ, dv. 

Pindaros, Πίνδαρος, 6. 

place, χωρίον, τό; τόπος, 6; take 
- γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἐγενόμην. 

plague, λοιμός, 6. 


plain, πεδίον, τό. 


plan, βουλή, 7; βουλεύω, εύσω. 

Platon, Πλάτων, wvos, 6. 

pleased, be, ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι. 

pleasing, χαρίεις, eooa, ev. 

pledge, δεξιά, ἡ. 

plethron, πλέθρον, τό. 

plot against, ἐπιβουλεύω, εὔσω, 
w. Ὁ. 

plunder, ἄγω καὶ φέρω. 

poem, ποίημα, ατος, τό. 

poet, ποιητής; 6. 

poetry, ποίησις, ews, 7). 

point out, ἐπιδείκνυμι, -δείξω. 

Poseidon, Ποσειδῶν, ὥνος, 6. 

possess, κέκτημαι (pf. of κτάομαι 
acquire). εἰμί w. D. 

possible, δυνατός, ἡ, dv; is —, €&- 
εστιν; as much or as soon 
as —, ὡς or ὅτι w. super. 

post (station), καθίστημι, κατα- 
στήσω. 

power, δύναμις, ews, 7; (physi- 
cal), κράτος, eos, τό; in the — 
of, ἐπί w. Ὁ. 

powerful, δυνατός, 7, dv. 

praise, ἐπαινέω, ἔσω. 


_ pray 


209 


rush 


pray, εὔχομαι, εὔξομαι. ηὐξάμην. 

prepare, παρασκευάζω, aca, 

present, be, πάρειμι; abs., w.-D.; 
(have arrived at), πάρειμι εἰς, 
ἐπί, ΟΥ̓ πρός, w. A. 

proceed, πορεύομαι, εὕσομαι ; --- 
with, συμπορεύομαι. 

promise, ὑπισχνέομαι, ὑποσχήσο- 
μαι, 2 aor. ὑπεσχόμην. 

proper time, καιρός, ὁ. 

property, goods, χρήματα, τά. 

propitious, ἵλεως, wv. 

prosper, ed πράττω. εὐδαιμονέω. 

prosperous, εὐδαίμων, ov. 

protection, take under one’s, 
ὑπολαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 aor. 

province, ἀρχή, 7. [ὑπέλαβον. 

provisions, ἐπιτήδεια, τά. 

Proxenos, Πρόξενος, 6. 

punish, δίκην ἐπιτίθημι, - θήσω. 

pursue, διώκω, ὠξω. 


put, τίθημι, θήσω ; — away, ἀπο- 
τίθημι ; — around, ἀμφιτίθημι, 
— on, ἀμφιτίθεμαι; — to 


flight, τρέπω, τρέψω. 
Puthagoras, Πυθαγόρας, 6. 


Q 


question, ἐρωτάω, now; ἔρομαι, 
ἐρήσομαι, 2 aor. ἠρόμην. 


R 


race, γένος, eos, τό. 

rank, τάξις, ews, ἡ. 

ransom, λύομαι, λύσομαι. 

rapidly, ταχέως. 

rather, μᾶλλον, w. 7 or w. G. 

read, ἀναγιγνώσκω, ὦσομαι, 2 aor. 
ἀνέγνων. 


receive, δέχομαι, δέξομαι, — or 
await the attack of, δέχομαι ; 
μένω, μενῶ. 

refrain, ἀπέχομαι, -ἔξομαι, 2 aor. 
-εσχόμην, W. G. 

refuse, οὔ φημι. 

regard, in — to, πρός w. A. 

rejoice, χαίρω; χαιρήσω. 

remain, μένω. μενῶ. 

remember, μέμνημαι (pf. w. pres. 
sense), μνησθήσομαι, ἐμνήσθην, 
ν. . 

reply, ἀποκρίνομαι, οῦὔμαι, ἀπεκρΐ- 
νάμην. 

report, ἀπαγγέλλω, -αγγελῶ. 

resource, without, ἄπορος, ον. 

rest, the, λοιπός, ἡ, ὄν; ἄλλος, 
7, 0; rest, παύομαι, παύσομαι; 
make —, check, παύω, παύσω. 

revolt, ἀφίσταμαι, ἀποστήσομαι, 
2 aor. act. ἀπεστην, x... (in- 
trans. parts of ἀφίστημι). 

rhetoric, ῥητορική, ἡ. 

rich, πλούσιος, ἃ, ov; be —, πλου- 
TEM, NT. 

ride, ἐλαύνω, ἐλῶ; — by, mape- 
λαύνω. 


‘right (morally), δίκαιος, a, ov; 


on the — hand, δεξιός. a. dv; 
— hand (pledge), δεξιά, ἡ; 
on the —, ἐπὶ δεξιᾷ. 

river, ποταμός, 6. 

road, ὁδός, ἡ. 

fob, ἀφαιρέω, now, 2 aor. -εἶλον. 

Roman, Ῥωμαϊκός, 7, ov, Or ‘Pw- 
patos, a, ov. 

royal, βασίλειος, a, ov, OF os, ov. 

rule, dpyw, ἄρξω, w. G.; ruler, 
ἄρχων, ovtos, 6. 

run, τρέχω, δραμοῦμαι, 2 aor. 
ἔδραμον. 

rush, ἵεμαι, ἥσομαι ; ὁρμάω. now. 


sacred 210 station 
S silver, money, ἀργύριον, τό. 


sacred, ἱερός, a, dv. 

sacrifice, θύω, θύσω ; ἱερόν, τό. 

safe, ἀσφαλής, és. 

sail, πλέω, πλεύσομαι. 

same, αὐτός, ἡ, 6, in attr. pos. 

Salamis, Σαλαμίς, ivos, 7. 

Sapph6, Sarde, οὖς, Acc. οὖν, 
Voce. oi, ἡ. 

Sardeis, Σάρδεις, εων, ai. 

satrap, carpumns, 6. 

save, σώζω, σώσω. 

say, λέγω, λέξω; φημί (encl.) 
φήσω, w. inf.; εἶπον, said, w. 
ὅτι ἐρῶ shall say, w. infin. 

school, — house, διδασκαλεῖον, 

sea, θάλασσα, Att. θάλαττα, ἡ. 

seat, καθίζω, καθιῶ, tr, and intr, 

second, δεύτερος, ἃ, ov. 

see, dpdw, ὄψομαι, 2 aor. εἶδον 

seem, δοκέω, δόξω ; — best, do- 
κεῖ. 

seize, aipéw, καταλαμβάνω. 

self, αὐτός, ἡ, 6, in pred. pos. 

send, πέμπω, πέμψω; nu, foo ; 
— for, μεταπέμπομαι; — forth, 
ἐκπέμπω ; — back, away, ἀπο- 
πέμπω. 

servant, οἰκέτης, 6. 

set, ἵστημι, στήσω, 1 aor. ἔστησα 
(2 aor. ἔστην intr.); (of the 
sun), δύομαι, δύσομαι, 2 aor. 
act. ἔδῦν ; — up, ἀνίστημι. 

seven, ἑπτά, oi, ai, τά. 

severe, χαλεπός. 7, dv. 

shield, ἀσπίς, (dos, ἡ. 

ship, vais, νεώς, 7. 

shoot with bow, τοξεύω ciao. 

short, βραχύς, εἴα, v. 

shout, κραυγή, 7. [δείξω. 

show, φαίνω, φανῶ ; δείκνῦμι, 


since, conj., ἐπεί; (of time), ἀφ᾽ 
οὗ. 

sir, Mr., modern Greek, κύριος, 6. 

sit, καθίζω, καθιῶ, tr. and intr. 

skilful, δεινός, ἡ, ov. 

skill, τέχνη; ἡ. 

slave, δοῦλος, ὁ. 

slay, ἀποκτείνω, -κτενῶ, 2 aor. 
ἀπέκτανον ; be slain, ἀποθνή- 
oko, -θανοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἀπέθανον. 

sling, use the, σφενδονάω, now. 

small, pixpds, a, dv; ὀλίγος, η. ov. 

so as to, ὥστε w. infin. ; so that, 
ὥστε w. indic. or infin. 

so (manner), οὕτως ; (inferen 
tial), δή ; be —, οὕτως ἔχω. 

Sckratés, Σωκράτης, ovs, ὁ. 

soldier, στρατιώτης, 6. 

Soldn, Σόλων, wvos, ὁ. 

some, τινές, encl.; of μέν; — one, 
— thing, ris, ri, encl; —how, 
—what, πώς, encl. 

son, vids, 6. 

Sophoklés, Σοφοκλῆς, έους, ὁ. 

soul, ψυχή; 7; —, will, impulse, 
θυμὸς, ὁ. 

spare, φείδομαι, φείσομαι, w. G. 

speak, λέγω, λέξω; εἶπον, spoke; 
— Greek, ᾿Ἑλληνίζω, ico. 

spear, δόρυ, δόρατος, τό. 

speech, λόγος, 6. 

speed, at full, ἀνὰ κράτος. 

spirit, θυμός, 6. 

square, πλαίσιον, τό. 

stadion, στάδιον, τό. 

stage, station, σταθμός, ὁ. 

stand, ἵσταμαι, στήσομαι, 2 aor. 
act. ἔστην, x. TA. (intr. parts of 
ἵστημι). 

state, πόλις, ews, ἧ. 

station, σταθμός, 6; ἴο --- τάσσω. 


steamboat 


211 


three 


steamboat, ἀτμόπλοιον, τό. 

steward, ταμίας, ὁ. 

still, yet, ἔτι. 

stop, παύω, παύσω. 

stranger, ἕένος, 6. 

strike, παίω, παίσω. 

stronger, κρείσσων, κράτιστος. 

student, μαθητής, 6. 

such, τοιοῦτος, αὕτη, οὔτο ; — as, 
οἷος, a, ov. 

suffer, πάσχω, πείσομαι, ἔπαθον. 

sufficient, ἱκανός, ἡ, ov. 

suitable, ἐπιτήδειος, a, ον. 

summon, μεταπέμπομαι, -Ψομαι. 

sun, ἥλιος, ὁ. 

surprised at, be, θαυμάζω, dco. 

surrender, παραδίδωμι, -δώσω. 

suspect, ὑποπτεύω, evow. 

suspicion, ὑποψία, 7. 

swear, ὄμνῦμι, ὀμοῦμαι ; — false- 
ly, ἐπιορκέω, now. 

sweet, ἡδύς, εἴα, v. 

Swift, ταχύς, εἴα, v. 


Ἔ 


take, λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, 2 aor. 
ἔλαβον ; aipéw, now, 2 aor. εἷ- 


λον; — away, ἀφαιρέω; — 
down, καθαιρέω; — place, 
γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, 2 aor. 


ἐγενόμην ; be taken, ἁλίσκομαι, 
ἁλώσομαι, 2 aor. ἑάλων. 

teach, διδάσκω, διδάξω. 

teacher, διδάσκαλος, 6. 

telegraph, τηλέγραφος, 6. 

temple, νεώς, ὦ, ὁ. 

ten, δέκα, oi, ai, τά; — thousand, 
μύριοι, at, a. 

tent, σκηνή, 7. 

tenth, δέκατος, ἡ, ov. 


than, 7, or the GC. case. 

that, pron., ἐκεῖνος, ἡ, 0; in indir. 
disc., ὅτε; w. purpose cl., iva, 
ὅπως, ὡς ; w. verbs of fearing, 
μή; — not, μή; would —, εἴθε. 

the, ὁ, ἡ, τό. 

theatre, θέατρον, τό. 

Thébai, Θῆβαι, ai. 

Theban, Θηβαῖος, a, ον. 

their, the article; gen. pl. of 
αὐτός. 

Themistoklés, Θεμιστοκλῆς, έους, 
6. 

themselves, ἑαυτῶν; αὐτοί, ai, d, 
in pred. pos. 

then (of time), τότε ; (inferen- 
tial), δή ; (of sequence), εἶτα δέ. 

thence, ἐντεῦθεν. 

Theokritos, Θεόκριτος, 6. 

there, ἐνταῦθα. 

therefore, οὖν, poSt-posit.; τοί- 
vuv, post-posit. 

thereupon, ἔπειτα: εἶτα; ἐνταῦθα: 
ἐκ τούτου. 

Thermopulai, Θερμοπύλαι, ar, 
ai. 

Théseus, Θησεύς, €ws, 6. 

thing, πρᾶγμα, aros, τό. 

think, νομίζω, iow; ἡγέομαι, noo- 
pat; οἶμαι, οἰήσομαι ; (use the 
mind, be prudent, intend), 
φρονέω, now. 

third, τρίτος, ἡ; ov. 

thirty, τριάκοντα, οἱ, ai, rd. 

this, οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, in pred. 
pos.; ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, in pred. 
pos. 

thousand, χέἔλιοι, a, a; two —, 
δισχίλιοι ; ten —, μύριοι. 

Thrasuboulos, Θρασύβουλος, ὁ. 

three, τρεῖς, οἱ, ai, τρία, ra; --- 
hundred, τριακόσιοι, at, a. 


through 


212 


what ? 


) 

through (of time and space), διά 
w. G.; (of cause), dua w. A. 

throw, ῥίπτω, ῥίψω. 

thus (of what precedes or fol- 
lows), οὕτως ; (of what fol- 


lows), ὧδε. 
time, χρόνος, 6; season, hour, 
ὥρα, 7; proper —, καιρός, ὃ; 


at the same — with, ἅμα w. 
D.; in the — of, ἐπί w. G. 

Tissaphernés, Τισσαφέρνης, 6. 

to, εἰς, πρός; Or ἐπί w. A.; (before 
names of persons), ὡς, w, A.; 
up to, as far as, μέχρι w. G. 

to-day, σήμερον. 

toil, πόνος, 6. 

to-morrow, αὔριον. 

tomb, τάφος, 6; σῆμα, aros, τό. 

tongue, γλῶσσα, Att. γλῶττα, ἡ. 

towards, ἐπί w. G. 

tragedy, τραγῳδία, 7. 

treat, χράομαι, χρήσομαι, w. D. 

treaty, a solemn, σπονδαί, ai. 

tree, δένδρον, τό. 

trench, τάφρος, ἧ. 

Trojan, Τρωϊκός, ἡ, dv. 

trouble, πράγματα; τά. 

Troia, Τροία, 7. 

truce, a solemn, σπονδαί, ai 
(σπονδή, a libation). 

trust, πιστεύω, evow, Ww. D. 


try, ἐπιχειρέω, NOW; πειράω, dow. . 


Turk, Τοῦρκος, ὁ. 

turn (disposition), τρόπος, 6; 
τρέπω, τρέψω ; turn one’s self, 
turn, resort to, τρέπομαι. abs., 
or fol. by prep. w. A. 

twenty, εἴκοσι, oi, ai, τά. 

twice, δίς. 

two, δύο; — thousand, δισχί- 
λιοι, at, a. 

tyrant, τύραννος, ὁ. 


U 


under, ὑπό w. G. 

understand, ἐπίσταμαι, ἐπιστήσο- 
μαι, ἠπιστήθην. 

undertaking, πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ; 
πρᾶγμα, ατος, τό; ἔργον, τό. 

universe, κόσμος, ὁ. 

unjust, ἄδικος, n, ov. 

unless, εἰ μή ; ἐὰν μή. 

until, μέχρι; ἕως; πρίν; as far 
as, up to, μέχρι w. G. 

up (along), ἀνά w. A. 

upon, ἐπί w. G. or Ὁ. 

use, χράομαι, χρήσομαι, w. D. 

useful, χρήσιμος, ἡ; ov. 


Vv 


valor, ἀρετή, ἧ. 

very, pada; πάνυ. 
victorious, be, νϊκάω, now. 
victory, vixn, ἡ. 

village, κώμη, 7. 


ε 


virtue, ἀρετή, ἧ. 


Ww 


wagon, ἅμαξα, 7. 

wall (for defence), τεῖχος, eos, τό. 

war, πόλεμος, 6; Wage —, πολε- 
μέω, NOW. 

warlike, πολεμικός, 7, ov. 

water, ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό. 

way, ὁδός, ἡ. 

wear, ἔχω, ἕξω, 2 aor. ἔσχον. 

well, εὖ; καλῶς, it is —, καλῶς 
ἔχει. 

well-born, εὐγενής, és. 

what? τίς, ri, interr. 


what kind Ὁ 


213 


Zeus 


what kind ? ποῖος. a, ov. 

when, ἐπεί; ἐπειδή; ὅτε; ἡνίκα; 
ὡς; when? πότε. 

whence ? πόθεν. 

whenever, ὁπότε: 
subjv. 

where, ἔνθα ; where? ποῦ; 

wherever, ὅπου. 

whether, εἰ; dpa; πότερον. 

which ? πότερος, a, ον. 

while, ἕως. 

whither ? ποῖ. 

whithersoever, ὅποι. 

who, és, 7,6; who? what? ris, 
ri, interr. he —, use partic. 

whoever, ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι. 

whole, ὅλος, n, ov; πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν. 

why Ὁ τί; διὰ τί; τί παθών ; 

width, εὖρος, cos, τό. 

wife, γυνή, γυναικός, 7). 

willing, ἑκών, οὔσα, ov; be —, 
ἐθέλω, How. 

wine, oivos, 6. , 

wing of an army, κέρας, dros, τό. 

wisdom, σοφία, ἡ. 

wise, σοφός, 7, dv. 


ἐπειδάν, W. 


wish, ἐθέλω, now; βούλομαι, An- 


σομαι, pass. dep. 

with, μετά w. G.; σύν w. D.; ἔχων 
τὸ ἀργύριον, with the money. 

within, εἴσω, abs., or w. G. 

without (lacking), ἄνευ w. G.;- 
(outside), ἔξω. 

woman, γυνή; γυναικός, ἧ. 

wonder, θαυμάζω͵ dow. 

word, λόγος, 6. 

work, ἔργον, ro. 

world, inhabited, οἰκουμένη, 7, 
(partic. of οἰκέω w. γῆ under- 
stood). 


worse (of character), χείρων, ov; 
(physically), ἥσσων; ov. 

worsted, be, ἡττάομαι, τήσομαι,; 
ἡττήθην. 

worthy, ἄξιος, ἃ, ov; deem —, 
ἀξιόω, ow. 

would that, εἴθε; εἰ yap. 

wound, τιτρώσκω, τρώσω. 

write, γράφω, γράψω. 

wrong, ov do —, ἀδικέω, now. 


x 


Xenophsn, Zevopar, avros, ὁ. 
Xerxés, Ξέρξης, ὁ. 


x 


year, ἔτος, eos, τό. 

yes, vai; μάλιστα; πῶς yap οὔ; 
(for) why not? certainly. 

yesterday, χθές. 

yet, ἔτι. 

you, σύ, σοῦ. 

young, νέος, ἃ, ov; --- man, νεᾶ- 
νίᾷς, ὁ. 

your, σός, σή, σόν: ὑμέτερος, ἃ, 
ov; σοῦ, encl.; σεαυτοῦ. 

yourself, σεαυτοῦ, reflex. ; αὐτός, 
ἡ; 6, in pred. pos. 


Z 


zealous, πρόθυμος, 6. 
Zeus, Ζεύς, Διός, Ati, Δία, Zed. 


Ὑ 
ε- 


Ἢ 
4 
tN 
Ἵ 
7. 


Pe lhe 


Ψ'. 


GRAMMATICAL TERMS. 


The adverbs from the adjectives in this list are used freely; as 
ὑπερθετικῶς, (used) iz the superlative ; εὐτικώς, (used) 22 the optative. 


Accent, προσῳδία, ἡ. 
Acute, ὀξεια (ὀξύς, sharp). 
Circumflex, περισπωμένη. 
Grave, βαρεῖα (βαρύς, heavy). 
Accentuate, τονόω. 
Enclitic, ἐγκλιτικός, ἡ, ov. 
Proclitic, προκλιτικός, 9, ov. 
Adjective, ἐπιθετικόν, τό. 
Degree, βαθμός, ὁ. 
Pos. deg., θετικός. 
Comp. deg., συγκριτικός. 
Sup. deg., ὑπερθετικός. 
Adverb, ἐπίρρημα, aros, τό. 
Affix, μόριον, τό. 
Agree, συμφονέω. 
Article, ἄρθρον, τό. 


Case, πτῶσις, ews, ἧ. 
Nominative, ὀρθή. 
Genitive, γενική. 
Dative, δοτική. 
Accusative, air:drvkn. 
Vocative, κλητική. 
Class, εἶδος, eos, τό. 
Classification, διαίρεσις, ews, 7. 


Conjunction, σύνδεσμος, 6; pl., 


σύνθεσμα, τά. 
Conjugate, συζεύγνῦμι. 
Conjugation, συζυγία, ἡ. 
Course, of, παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. 


Declension, κλίσις, ews, ἧ. 
Decline, συγκλένω. 


Elements, στοιχεῖα, τά. 
Consonant, σύμφωνον, τό. 
Diphthong, δίφθογγος, ἡ. 
Vowel, φωνῆεν, evros, τό. 

English, ἡ ᾿Αγγλικὴ διάλεκτος. 
In English, ᾿Αγγλιστί. 
Speak English, ᾿Αγγλίζω. 

Every day, ὁσημέραι. 

Examination, ἐξέτασις, ews, 7- 


Generally, ὅλως. 

Gender, γένος, eos, τό, 
Masculine, ἀρσενικόν. 
Feminine, θηλυκόν. 
Neuter, οὐδέτερον. 

Greek, in, “Ἑλληνιστί. 


Interjection, ἐπιφώνημα, ατος, τὸ 


Mistake, σφάλμα, ατος, τό. 

Mode, ἔγκλισις; ews, ἧ. 
Indicative, ὁριστική. 
Subjunctive, ὑποτακτική. 
Optative, εὐτική. 
Imperative, προστακτική. 
Infinitive, ἀπαρέμφατος. 


Noun, ὄνομα, ατος, τό. 

Number, ἀριθμός, 6. 
Singular, ἑνικός. 
Dual, δυϊκὸς. 
Plural, πληθυντικός. 


216 


GREEK PRIMER. 


Participial, μετοχικός, ἡ, ov. 

Participle, μετοχή; 7. 

Parts of speech, τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς 
λέξεως. 

Practice, ἄσκησις, ews, ἧ. 

Predicate, κατηγορούμενον, τό. 

Preposition, πρόθεσις, ews, ἧ- 

Pronominal, ἀντωνυμικός, , ον. 

Pronoun, ἀντωνυμία, ἡ. 

Pronounce, ἐκφωνέω. 


Question, ἐρώτημα, ατος, τό. 


Sentence, λόγος, 6. 

Sign, σημεῖον, τό. 

So, it is, οὕτως ἔχει. 

Subject, ὑποκείμενον, ro. 

Syllable, συλλαβή, ἡ. 
Oxytone, ὀξύτονος. 
Penult, παραλήγουσα. 
Antepenult, προπαραλήγουσα. 
Ultima, ἐσχάτη. 

Syntax, σύνταξις, ews, 7)- 


Tense, χρόνος, 6. 
Present, ἐνεστώς, ὥτος. 
Imperfect, πυρατατικός. 
Future, μέλλων, οντος. 
Aorist, ἀόριστος. 
Perfect, συντελικός. 
Pluperfect, ὑπερσυντελικός. 
Translation, μετάφρασις, ews, ἧ. 


Understand, μανθάνω; oft. in 
dialog, μανθάνεις ; Do you un- 
derstand? πάνυ μανθάνω, per- 


fectly 4 


Verb, ῥῆμα, ατος, τό. 
Active, ἐνεργητικόν. 
Middle, μέσον. 
Passive, παθητικόν. 
Transitive, μεταβατικόν. 
Intrans., ἀμετάβατον. 

Voice, διάθεσις, ews, 7. 


Why ? τί παθών; 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Accent: Enclitics . . . 26 
General ‘Laws. . i. 6. 78 
Genitive Plural . . . 20 
Grave Accent . Nae a Το 
Infin. and Partic. 36, 39, 52 


_ Long Ultimain Gen., . 13 
Monosyllables of Con. Dec. 48 
Oxytone, Paroxytone,etc. 26 


Prociitics. <orayeset θέντες 
Recessive,—in verbs . I0 
Retentive,—in nouns . 12 
Second Aor. Imperative . III 
Adjectives . . 58, 62 
Alexander the Great . . I50 
Be ce a fw: τον 95,98, Oy. HOT 
*AvaBaots,. » « - + + +56 
Pe he eS tan 12 Ὁ 
As poss. pron... . . . 18 
Demon. pron . 189 
᾿αδηναε oe es os REO 
Patriotic song of Athens 160 
Athenian Empire . . 140 
Attributive Position. . . 14 
Breathings: ../.5. ΠΟΙ 4 
Case Absolute (Gen.) . . 90 


Classesof Verbs. . . . 84 


PAGE 
Comparison of Adjectives . 64 
Conditional Sentences 88, 99, 114 
Consonant Decl., 40, 42, 48, 56 
Conversation, Hintson. . 147 


ByporGems Ὁ gs 448 
Ree i ον τῶ, LAs & icy 78 
Diphthongs)) 26s Sie babel Σ 
Dual and Plural . . . . 20 
δύναμαι . 116 
εἰμί 26, 104, 110 
ἐν yh SS Οὐ ee IS 
᾿Επαμεινώνδας . 146 
ἐπίσταμαι . 116 
ἐστίν. wae 27, 59 
SNOUNCS 2g) ns μα | 36 
Euphony of Consonants . 16 
Euphony of Vowels . 24, 165 
Formulas 50, 87, 142 


Greek Mythology . . . 134 
Grimm’s Law . ey ἘΠ ΤΕ 


Hellas under the Romans . [54 


. 106 
. 27, 102 


Imperative Mode. 
Indirect Discourse . 


218 


GREEK PRIMER. 


PAGE 
Infinitive, Sub. omitted. . 82 
ἵστημι. eee a ΟΝ ΕΑ. 
OSE ta a a θ 
Lord’s Prayer, The. . . 162 
ἘΝ ASC 6 .. us ee AO 
Map of Hellas... ὦ « 9g 
Median (Persian) Wars . 138 
βείζων ΒΘ ΠΟΘ ΤΕ. te ποξι δηηδο 
ome werbe Dp. fost  σ} 78 
Middle Voice . . 46, 168 
Modern Greece . . . . 158 
Negatives : double ; οὐ or μή 90,99 
Neuter Plural Subject . . 21 
PMovable 006. HPS BS eg 


Optative, Conjugation and 


Uses . . 98-104 
ee 58 
Participles, Declensions awe 

Uses 44, 82, 118 
Peloponnesian War. . . 142 
Περικλῆς, Policy and Death 

140, 143 
PRIND: τς ‘oe Une ha 


Poetry, Read Metrically 62, 76 
Possession, How denoted 18, 74 


Practice necessary . xii, 60 
Predicate Position 14, 53 
Prepositions . ... + +120 

In composition. . . . 121 


Principal and _ Historical 
‘i etises..... Serco? Sas 


PAGE 
Prochties. ino... iat 
Pronouns, Declension, Po- 
sition . . 74, 80 
Pronunciation... 2 sae as 
Punctuation: ceed.» ς 
Purpose . 102, 103 
Quantity. . . 4 


Final a and οι, ἜΠΕΦΥΕ 20, ae 


Reading at Sight, Directions 7 


Revival of Learning. . . 156 
Second Aorists, etc.. . 52, 164 
Σωκράτης... . «πο καὶ oes 
Subjunctive, Conjugation 

and Uses . 98-104 


Syncopated Nouns . . . 48 
Synopsis of Verbs . . . 108 
Syntax, Résumé . . . . 128 


Tenses . 39, 45, 100 
nOgus weg cmgrel ὁ 78 
Translating, Direction: 9 134 
Typical Greek Words . . 66 


Use of the Grammar. . . 132 


Variations from λύω. . . 52 
Verbal Adjectives . . . go 
Verbs: 


Attic Reduplication : ἀκούω 173 
Augment and Reduplica- 


tion . 11, 18 
Classes and Kinds . . 84 
Deponent ...... . apni daaega 
Elements... *\ ΡΜ, 
Imperative . . . .°.+ 106 
Indic. Act. of Avo. . . 38 


INDEX. 219 
PAGE PAGE 
Verbs — (continued ). Verbs — (continued ). 

Lengthened Present Stems 54 Variations from Av@ . . 52 

Be 58S ee eh eo Ge Voice Signs. 11, 46 

-μι Forms 74, 78 BIO-T VOGANVE Te. DHE ὅς 2 

Mode Signs . . . 98 | Vowel Declensions . 12, 20, 34 
Optative . . 98-104 

Personal Bagings 2%... 22.) Wishes. 2... αὐ τύ τ ΥΩ 

Principal Parts. . . . 10 | Word Studies, Directions . 102 

Second Aorists, etc., 52, 164 | Writing Greek . . . . 132 
Stem Changes, Irregular 86 

- Subjunctive. . 98-104 | Hevopav. . . -. . . . 82 
pense Stems: /. 0. . Veil 


H TEAEYTH 


Allyn & Bacon .... Boston. 


Adopted at the High Schools of 


Bath and Hallowell, Maine; 
Hartford, Norwich, and Meriden, Ct.; 
Ogdensburgh, Ilion, Plattsburgh, 
Adams, and Flushing, New York ; 
Jersey City, Montclair, and 
Plainfield, New Jersey ; York, 
Pittsburgh, and Beaver, Pa.; 
Cleveland and Findlay, Ohio ; 


os 


Decatur and Quincy, IIl.; soins 

; 5 > Bound in 
Saint Paul, Minnesota; 

Leather. 

and at With col- 

Phillips Academy ored Maps, 


Plans, Illus- 
trations, and 
Vocabulary. 
$1.60. 


Adopted at 


Berkeley School, 
New York City; 
Dr. Pingry’s School, 
Hasbrouck Institute, 
Dearborn-Morgan Sch., 
Peddie Institute, N.J.; 
De Lancy School and 
Germantown Academy, Pa. 


Exeter, N. Hampshire; 
Wesleyan Academy, 
Wilbraham, Mass.; 
Thayer Academy, 
Braintree, Mass. ; 
Colgate Academy, 
Hamilton, N.Y.; 
Friends’ Central 
High School, 
Philadelphia ;, 
Horner Sch., 
Oxford, 

N. C. 


In the Prep. Dep’ts of 


Bucknell University, 
Westminster College, 
De Pauw University, 
Oberlin College, Cornell College, 
University of Neb., Iowa College, 
Colorado College, Hanover College, 


and many other 
schools and colleges. 


Kelsey’s Anabasis. 


F. 5. Morrison, High School, Hartford, Conn. — 
I have examined it with interest and pleasure; and 
am particularly pleased with the maps, the introduc- 
tory matter, and the table of idioms, supplying so 
much that is valnable yet lacking in our other editions. 


E. E. Wentworth, Principal High School, Great 
Barrington, Mass. — In my opinion, it leads all other 
editions by as wide a stride as was made by Kelsey’s 
Caesar, and that is saying a great deal. 


C. 5. Halsey, Classical Institute, Schenectady, 
WV. Y.— The notes are excellent; they furnish just 
the aid that is needed and no more. Especially 
worthy of commendation are the vocabulary and 
pages devoted to Idioms and Phrases. 


John G. Wight, Union School, Cooperstown, NV. Y. 
— For complete and comprehensive excellence —in 
respect to text, clear and exhaustive introduction, 
instructive illustrations, maps, notes, and vocabulary 
—it is unequalled by any text-book with which I am 
acquainted. 


D. C. Farr, Glens Falls Academy, N. Y.—1Tam 
sure every teacher ought to introduce the book first, 
and then congratulate you on making the best edition 
of the Anabasis yet published. 


Prof. H. S. Kritz, Wabash College, Crawfords- 
ville, Ind. — Nothing so beautiful and elegant in 
typography, or more neat and substantial in binding, 
has come under my observation for a long time. 
The editorial work has been done with rare appre- 
ciation of the wants of the students. 


Dr. William B. Corbyn, Principal High School, 
Quincy, 711. τττ Τὰ is admirable. We shall adopt it 
immediately. 


Allyn & Bacon.... Boston. 


Keep’s Homer’s Iliad 


Thurber’s Vocabulary 


Are now made in the following forms: 

Iliad, Books I-III, cloth . ... . . $0.90 
bound with Vocab., leather 1.20 
Tliad, Books I.-VI., leather . .. . . 1.40 
bound with Vocab., leather 1.60 
Vocabulary to Iliad,I.-VI., paper . . . 0.50 

The editions of Books I.-VI. contain a fac- 
simile of a page of the famous Venetian Manu- 
script of the Iliad. 


No pains have been spared to make these 
the most useful and practical editions of 
the Iliad that can be put into the hands of 
a beginner, and they are almost univers- 
ally accepted, not only as the best school 
editions of any part of Homer, but also 
as text-books of altogether exceptional 
merit, 

Prof. M. L. D’Ooge, University of Michigan. — 
It is unquestionably the most useful and the most 
attractive school edition of the first six books of the 
Iliad that has ever been prepared for English-speaking 
students. The Introduction, the Essay on Scanning, 
and the Sketch of the Epic Dialect are each admi- 
rable in its way; while the notes in general seem 
well suited to the wants of those for whom the edition 
is designed. 


Keep’s Homer’s Iliad. 


The Nation, Vew York.—It is seldom that we 
feel called upon to express unqualified approbation 
of a text-book for schools; but Mr. Robert P. Keep’s 
edition of the Iliad leaves so little room for fault- 
finding that we shall not attempt any. Facing the 
titlepage is a beautiful fac-simile of a page of the 
Codex Venetus A (13x 10), the most important MS. 
of the Iliad. The introduction gives a very good 
summary of the results of investigations of modern 
scholars as to the origin and mode of transmission 
of the Homeric poems; and, though necessarily brief, 
it will yet inform the student of what many quite 
recent text-books of the Iliad do not, that there is 
such a thing as “the Homeric question,” and impart 
some idea of its nature and the different answers 
which have been given to it. The sections on the 
structure and scansion of Homeric verse, on the 
dialect of Homer, and the commentary generally, 
show a nice appreciation of what a student needs 
and ought to have. Altogether the book is very 
handsome and very scholarly, and we have no doubt 
will prove very useful. 


Prof. George H. White, Oderlin College, Ohio. — 
Keep’s Iliad is evidently superior to any edition now 
in use, and we have voted to adopt it for our classes. 
The introductory matter is valuable, and includes a 
satisfactory outline of the Homeric forms; the notes 
are scholarly, graceful, and suggestive; and the 
whole work reveals the hand of the experienced and 
enthusiastic teacher. 


Dr. Henry A. Coit, St. Paul’s School, Concord, 
NV. H.— What would I not have given as a boy for 
such help, when I was first introduced to Homer! 


Allyn & Bacon .... Boston. 


Greek Prose 


: 9 
Allinson’s Composition. 


16mo. Cloth. 212 pages. $1.00. 


This book is intended for use in writing eon- 
nected Greek prose. It presupposes a knowl- 
edge of forms, and contains: 


I. Notes on Idiom and Syntax, explaining 


the use of the article, pronouns, participles, 
moods, and tenses. 


IL. Summary of Rules for cases and accents. 


III. Exercises, carefully graded, and arranged 
in three sections. 


IV. A general vocabulary. 


Dr. Morris H. Morgan, Harvard College.—I 
have carefully examined the book, and believe that 
it is a most excellent guide. Especially am I pleased 
with the fact that the exercises are based on real 
Greek models and expressed in the English language. 
This book is not disfigured by the vile jargon which 
was invented by the adversary for particular use in 
such manuals, a language certainly spoken nowhere © 
upon earth and, I trust, not elsewhere. I hope the 
book will meet the great success it deserves. 


Prof. Robert Sharp, Zulane University, New 
Orleans. —I1 need not say that I am pleased with 
the book; my action in adopting it for my classes 
shows as much. But I will say that it supplies our 
needs here better than any other book I have yet 
seen. 


Allyn & Bacon.... Boston. 


Moss’s WITH 
᾿ HINTs ON TRANSLATION, 
First NOTEs, 
Greek AND VOCABULARY. 


Revised edition. 


Reader . 160 pages. 70 cents. 


It is the aim of the author to furnish a book 
for beginners which shall be simple and interest- 
ing, and at the same time contain a large number 
of such words, phrases, and idioms as are of 
frequent occurrence in Attic Greek. The book 
contains no disconnected sentences; it consists 
of a series of carefully graded exercises for trans- 
lation, beginning with the simplest stories, and 
ending with extracts adapted from Xenophon, 
Herodotus, and Lucian. 


William C. Collar, Head-Master. Roxbury Latin 
School, Mass. —It is one of the brightest and most 
amusing school-books that I have ever seen. We 
have used it for a number of years with great satis- 
faction. 


Prof. J. B. Sewall, Principal of Thayer Academy, 
Braintree, Mass.— The work is well done, and I 
think the volume will prove very valuable for begin- 
ners, especially for sight-reading. 


Prof. E. B. Clapp, ///inois College, Jacksonville, 
/i7.— There can be no question of the success with 
which Professor Moss has striven to make his book 
easy, interesting, and progressive. 


Allyn & Bacon.... Boston. 


Revised Edition, 
with Maps 
and Plans. 


Pennell’s 
Ancient 
Greece. 


16mo. 
Cloth. 
60 cents. 


For this new edition the book has been entirely 
rewritten, its size being increased by about one 
half. Its distinctive features are: 


I. The concise and readable Form in which 
the leading facts of Greek history are presented ; 
minor details are omitted. 

II. The Maps and Plans, drawn and engraved 
specially for the book, containing all the data, 
and only the data, necessary for following the 
story. 

III. The Index, serving also as a key to the 
pronunciation of proper names. 

IV. Recent Examination Papers, used at Har- 
vard, Yale, and by the Regents of the University 
in New York. 


A. S. Roe, Principal of High School, Worcester, 
Mass.—It has for years maintained an excellent 
reputation, which the revision will do much to 
increase and strengthen. 


J. F. Smith, Principal of High School, Findlay, 
Ohio. —1 am particularly struck by the force of the 
narration, and by the success of the author in lend- 
ing interest to so concise but complete a history. 
The book is a perfect gem. 


Prof. H. 5. Kritz, Wabash College, Indiana. — It 
embraces quite as much as most preparatory schools 
can find time for, and its selection and arrangement 
could not in my judgment be improved. 


- τὰ 
lcd ρα ον 


ry A! 
Wee 


CS ree 
Ἷ (a % 4 


YB 36221 


».“----» .«..ὕ. 


<n 
΄ 
. el 


961641 


THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 


Nie 


ς 


mil 
i} 
ney 


ἡ 
Vy th} 
ΝΗ, 
Au Nahoeh 

DAAC Shoe 
ΝΑ 


Ὧν 
whe 


ἣν» 
“ἘΎ 
Piatt 


